Undergraduate Prospectus 2011 - University of Southampton

Challenging
minds.
Undergraduate
prospectus
2011

Broadening
your horizons
The University of Southampton has a global reputation
for academic excellence. We are one of the top 100
universities in the world and a member of the prestigious
Russell Group of research-intensive UK universities.
We understand that choosing your future career path is
one of the most challenging decisions you have to make.
Having listened to feedback from applicants, current
students and recent graduates, we are working hard to
ensure you get the most from the outstanding
opportunities here at Southampton.
If you already have a specific career in mind, we can offer
you the educational depth you need for success in today’s
global workplace. If you are still deciding, we are developing
our curriculum to give you the freedom to tailor your degree
to meet your needs. This will include opportunities to study
broad themes around your subject area and across the other
disciplines offered at the University. We will help you make
an informed choice about the subjects to study and your
future career options.
We understand that being at university is more than
just going to lectures and we have invested in excellent
social, cultural and sporting facilities. Your University
of Southampton experience will give you the transferable
skills – such as teamwork and leadership – that employers
really want. These exciting changes will give you the
advantage as you enter today’s increasingly competitive
global careers market.
4
2
See for yourself:
University open days
3 July, 8 and 9 September 2010
Find out more on page 27
www.southampton.ac.uk/visit

5
1. Outstanding academics
Men and women of the highest
intellectual calibre working at the
forefront of their fields.
Page 12
2. Entrepreneurial edge
Our unique commitment to
pioneering new approaches
and techniques.
Page 14
3. Research centres
Linking fundamental research
with real-world applications.
Page 16
4. Ensuring employability
At Southampton, employers
contribute to the curriculum,
ensuring our students are well
positioned for future careers.
Page 22
3
5. Southampton and region
A vibrant mix of recreation,
culture and entertainment in
a stunning location.
Page 34
In this prospectus
1
Our campuses 24
Students’ Union (SUSU) 26
University open days 27
Creativity on campus 28
Sporting excellence 30
Libraries 32
Accommodation 36
International students 40
Fees and loans 42
Scholarships and bursaries 44
The journey to your degree 46
(application information)
Directory of services 50
Our degree programmes 54
(listed alphabetically by subject)
How to get here 204
Terms of use 205
Index 206
3

Conserving our coral reefs.
Galapagos project to
protect coral ecosystems
Some of the world’s rarest coral reefs and the economies that depend
on them will be better protected thanks to a major international
marine project led by the University of Southampton.
The project was funded by the UK government’s Darwin Initiative and led
by Professor Terry Dawson from the School of Geography. The research
team studied the effect of climate change on the reefs of the Galapagos
Islands, as well as engaging with the local fishing and tourism industries on
how to manage the reefs in a sustainable way.
Terry comments: “It’s encouraging to note that the corals are adapting
to global warming. Nature has a habit of surprising us by being capable of
looking after itself, as long as the industries linked to it – such as fishing
and tourism in the case of the reefs – treat it with care.”
The research is published in a special edition of the peer-reviewed journal
Galapagos Research.

Protecting against infection.
Researchers develop a system
to detect hospital superbugs
The so-called ‘superbugs’ MRSA and Clostridium difficile (C. difficile)
cost the NHS more than £1bn a year. They are difficult to treat because
of their resistance to antibiotics, and, as they do not cause symptoms
in everyone, it is a challenge for hospitals to detect and control them.
Scientists at the University of Southampton are rising to the challenge by
developing a groundbreaking detection system that can spot superbugs in
hospitals. Using a specially designed optical device, the researchers are able
to examine medical equipment and surfaces for signs of MRSA, C. difficile
and other infections.
The multidisciplinary team includes researchers from the University’s
Schools of Biological Sciences and Health Sciences, as well as a
commercial business, Best Scientific – a company that designs and builds
optical and microscopic equipment. The team now plans to develop the
system into a portable detection kit for easy use by hospital staff.
Professor Bill Keevil, from the University’s School of Biological Sciences,
explains: “We are building in the capability of differentiating live from
dead bacteria on a range of hospital surfaces and equipment. This will
identify hotspots of contamination and improve the efficiency of cleaning
protocols. Understanding how pathogens survive in a hospital
environment is key to protecting patients and staff.”

Going for gold.
Supporting UK Sport
Researchers in the School of Engineering Sciences are working closely
with UK Sport to help British athletes reach their full potential in
events such as cycling and skeleton bob.
Head of Research and Innovation at UK Sport, Dr Scott Drawer, explains:
“Gold medals can be won or lost within fractions of seconds and our job is
to ensure the athletes are in the best possible position to take advantage
of those tiny margins. The knowledge and expertise that the University of
Southampton contributes is critical to our work.”
Photo: James Roche

Delving into the ‘dark side’.
Research that could lead us
out of the credit crunch

The behaviour of leaders could affect how companies recover from the
credit crunch, according to a new study by the School of Management.
The results of the pilot study challenge traditional views of leadership,
suggesting that leaders who appear to offer ‘heroic’ and ‘visionary’
leadership may also be narcissistic – self-obsessed and domineering.
This type of behaviour can damage a company internally, causing a drop
in long-term performance. One example is the excessive risk-taking
behaviour that led to the recent banking crisis.
Malcolm Higgs, Professor of HR Management and Organisational
Behaviour, says: “If we want to avoid the damaging impact of narcissistic
behaviours on organisations in the future, we need to change our view of
leadership. A key part of this will be emphasising the importance of a leader
being open to challenge and able to engage others in decision making.”
Malcolm is also looking at how companies can detect the early signs of
narcissism and coach leaders to make them aware of the ‘dark side’ of
their behaviour.

Outstanding academics
1. Dr Faith Hill
National Teaching Fellowship from the Higher
Education Academy, 2009
Faith has been awarded a prestigious National Teaching
Fellowship from the Higher Education Academy in
recognition of her teaching excellence in higher
education. Faith is Director of the Division of Medical
Education and Director of the Medical Education
Development Unit in the School of Medicine. An
outstanding leader and innovator in medical education,
she works to improve healthcare through enhancing
the learning experience and inspiring the next
generation of clinicians.
2. Professor Andrew Lotery
Royal College of Ophthalmologists Nettleship Medal
Andrew, a leading eye specialist at the School of
Medicine, was awarded the prestigious Nettleship
Medal of the Royal College of Ophthalmologists for his
research into age-related macular degeneration (AMD).
This is a major cause of blindness among elderly people
in developed countries. His work, in collaboration
with Dr Sarah Ennis, was published in the medical
journal The Lancet. It identified a new genetic risk
factor for AMD. The gene, named SERPING1, is faulty
in up to a quarter of people with AMD. The findings
could lead to new screening methods and treatments
for the condition.
3. Dr Jon Copley
Co-Chair of InterRidge
Jon, from the School of Ocean and Earth Science, is
Co-Chair of an international organisation, InterRidge.
In this role, Jon will be coordinating the exploration
of the mid-ocean ridge, a 60,000km-long chain of
undersea volcanoes. In 2008, Jon received the
Biosciences Federation Science Communication
Award for his enthusiasm, commitment and innovation
in communicating biological science to the public.
He features in the Science and Innovation listing of
the Courvoisier Future 500, a list of up-and-coming
25- to 40-year-olds, spanning categories from art and
public life to business and sport.
4. Professor Patrick Stephenson
Jacob and Wilhelm Grimm Prize
Patrick, from the School of Humanities (Modern
Languages), has been awarded the prestigious DAAD
(German Academic Exchange Service) 2009 Jacob and
Wilhelm Grimm Prize for outstanding contributions
from a non-German to any aspect of German studies.
The prize includes funding and a research visit
to Germany.
5. Dr Francesco Poletti
Royal Society University Research Fellowship
Francesco, a research fellow at the Optoelectronics
Research Centre (ORC), has been awarded two
prestigious fellowships: one from the Royal Society
and the other from the Royal Academy of Engineering.
Both five-year fellowships were offered to Francesco
to fund his work on a novel platform of extreme
fibre laser sources. Competition for these awards is
fierce, and to be awarded two fellowships is a great
achievement. Unable to accept two fellowships at
the same time, Francesco has accepted the Royal
Society University Research Fellowship.
6. Professor Dame Wendy Hall
Fellowship of the Royal Society
Wendy, based in the School of Electronics and
Computer Science, has been elected Fellow of the
Royal Society, the UK’s national academy of science.
One of the first computer scientists to undertake
serious research in multimedia and hypermedia,
Wendy has been at the forefront of this field ever
since. Through her leadership roles on national and
international bodies, she also helps to shape policy.
Wendy was appointed Dame Commander of the British
Empire (DBE) in January 2009 for services to science
and technology.

1
7. Professor Chris Skinner
Royal Statistical Society West Medal, 2009
Chris, from the School of Social Sciences, has been
awarded the Royal Statistical Society West Medal for his
outstanding achievements in the field of social statistics
methodology. The award also recognises his work in
the UK and internationally on the development and
provision of training in social science research methods.
Chris is Leverhulme Professor of Social Statistics.
Dr mc schraefel
Royal Academy of Engineering Senior Research
Fellowship
Chief Imaginist for Interactive Strategies in the School
of Electronics and Computer Science, mc (lower case
deliberate) has been awarded a Royal Academy of
Engineering Senior Research Fellowship, sponsored
by Microsoft Research.
Over the five-year duration of the award, mc will research
which environmental conditions (social, physical and
informational) are optimum for human creativity and lead
to the cognitive leap that synthesises new information in
the ‘pre-eureka’ moment.
2 3
4
5
6
7

Entrepreneurial edge
The University has a reputation for leadership in
enterprise. We work extensively with industrial
partners through collaborative research, student
and graduate industry placements, consultancy and
new business creation.
We have several University Technology Centres with
major organisations such as Rolls-Royce, the Royal
National Lifeboat Institution (RNLI) and Microsoft to
support ongoing collaborative research, the exchange
of ideas and technological development.
We have achieved considerable success in the creation
of spin-out companies. Twelve successful companies
have been spun out from Southampton since 2000.
Three of these have been floated on London’s
Alternative Investment Market with a combined
market capitalisation value of £160m.
Synairgen
Synairgen is a drug discovery and development
company specialising in respiratory diseases, with
a focus on asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary
disease (COPD). These conditions are rapidly growing
causes of illness and death worldwide, and represent an
increasing and largely unmet medical need. Synairgen
was founded by Professors Stephen Holgate, Ratko
Djukanovic and Donna Davies. The company’s focus is
based on their research. Synairgen was spun out from
the School of Medicine in 2003. By October 2004 the
company had completed its initial public offering on
the Alternative Investment Market, raising £10m to
enhance its research capabilities, develop its biobank
and invest in its proprietary programmes. Synairgen is
located within the School of Medicine.
Offshore Hydrocarbon Mapping (OHM)
This spin-out company has become a world leader in
using electromagnetic imaging to survey the oceans,
saving millions of pounds in the hunt for increasingly
scarce oil and gas reserves. OHM provides controlled
source electromagnetic imaging (CSEMI) services,
including surveying, data processing and data
interpretation services, to the offshore oil industry.
CSEMI has been used by researchers to examine
hydrothermal and volcanic systems on mid-ocean
ridges for more than 20 years. OHM has assembled a
team of leading scientists in this field to further refine
and develop the CSEMI technique into a potent tool for
optimising hydrocarbon exploration and production.
OHM was originally formed in 2002 as a spin out from
the National Oceanography Centre, Southampton, with
venture capital funding. The company has completed
more than 50 CSEMI surveys spanning four continents,
as well as numerous reprocessing and interpretation
projects using data collected by third parties.

Autism Diagnostic Research Centre (ADRC)
ADRC provides a diagnostic service for adults who
may have an autistic spectrum disorder (ASD). Set up
as a not-for-profit company by the University in 2007,
the Centre is based in the School of Psychology. It is
directed by Dr Tony Brown, a clinical psychologist
specialising in pervasive developmental disorders.
The Centre provides a diagnosis and a guide that will
help individuals, their families and those who support
them to understand their condition. The report gives
clear, concise guidance and recommendations for
support, enabling people with ASDs to live more
engaged, safe and fulfilling lives.
Student enterprise
Southampton also provides a thriving entrepreneurial
environment for our students. We participate in the
annual Students in Free Enterprise competition, which
challenges students globally to create enterprises that
are ethical, sustainable and improve people’s quality of
life both locally and around the world.
We also provide one-on-one advice via ‘business
surgeries’, as well as free residential courses, business
simulation workshops, training days and competitions.
Fish on Toast is our student entrepreneurs’ society.
Run by students, for students, it has a programme of
workshops and guest speakers throughout the year.
These cover a range of issues, from drawing up business
plans to acquiring funding, putting together a marketing
strategy and product development. The ‘Fish Food’
investment fund can also provide funding to help get
good business ideas off the ground.
You can also study Entrepreneurship (at BSc or MSc
level) through the School of Management. See page 104.
www.southampton.ac.uk/studententerprise

Research centres
With an unparalleled reputation for linking
fundamental research with real-world
applications, Southampton is home to
many world-leading research centres that
consistently break new ground.
Wolfson Unit
The Wolfson Unit is one of the most respected
marine design consultancies in the world. It has many
high-profile clients. These include: the designers of
yachts for the 2008/09 Vendée Globe race, with
participants Dee Caffari sailing Aviva, Mike Golding
sailing Ecover, and Marc Guillemot sailing Safran; the
designer of Puma, which was placed second in the 2009
Volvo Ocean Race; and several America’s Cup teams.
The Wolfson Unit is also an Innovation Partner for
UK Sport.
Microsoft Institute for High Performance Computing
The Institute was created in November 2005 and is the
only one of its kind in the UK (the only other European
institute is in Stuttgart, Germany) and one of a total
of nine institutes worldwide. Bill Gates, Microsoft
Chairman, announced the creation of the Institute
during his conference keynote speech at
Supercomputing 2005 in Seattle.
Led by Professor Simon Cox and Dr Kenji Takeda in
the School of Engineering Sciences, the Institute will
push state-of-the-art technologies to tackle real-world
scientific and engineering problems. Simon explains:
“Our aim is to demonstrate why, where and how we
are exploiting current and future Microsoft tools and
technologies to make the engineering design process
faster, cheaper and better.”
Optoelectronics Research Centre (ORC)
The ORC is a research-only School in the Faculty
of Engineering, Science and Mathematics, focusing
on photonics, the study of light. The ORC and its
predecessors have played a leading role in optics over
the last 40 years, and it continues to be at the forefront
of photonics advances today. The ORC provided key
components that enabled the communications
revolution of the late century. The ORC was formed as
an interdisciplinary research centre, merging groups
from the School of Physics and Astronomy and the
School of Electronics and Computer Science.
Developmental Origins of Health and
Disease (DOHaD)
DOHaD aims to promote research into the foetal
and developmental origins of health and disease.
Southampton researchers are particularly interested
in how early life influences the risk of later disease,
finding new markers of early risk and pioneering
new interventions.
National Oceanography Centre,
Southampton (NOCS)
NOCS is a collaboration between the University and
the Natural Environment Research Council. It is one
of the world’s leading centres for the development of
marine technology and the provision of large-scale
infrastructure and support for the marine research
community. The Centre has strong links with a variety
of businesses, including offshore industries (oil, gas
and communications), environmental technology
companies and government agencies (UK and overseas).

Institute of Sound and Vibration Research (ISVR)
ISVR is the world’s leading centre for research and
teaching in the area of sound and vibration offering
its own undergraduate and postgraduate programmes.
It relies on external research contracts and grants for
about two-thirds of its financial support, which comes
from industry, research councils, government
departments, the European Community and health
authorities in the UK, Europe and across the world.
Considerable emphasis is placed on cooperation and
collaboration with these external bodies to ensure that
research and teaching are directly related to the
everyday needs of society. These industrial links are
also important to graduates seeking employment and
include many companies in the audio, automotive and
consulting industries.
In 2005, ISVR was awarded a Queen’s Anniversary
Prize for Higher and Further Education ‘for improving
the quality of life for the profoundly deaf and reducing
noise pollution’. This honour reflects the successful
integration of engineering and medical research in
sound and vibration within the Institute.
The Parkes Institute
The Parkes Institute is a unique centre for the study
of Jewish–non-Jewish relations across the ages.
The Institute is made up of a community of scholars,
curators, librarians, students and activists, whose
work is based around the rich resources of the Parkes
Library and archive, held in the Hartley Library.
Through a combination of research, publications,
teaching and conservation work, the Institute provides
a world-class centre for the study of themes such as
the experience of minorities and outsiders, and the
examination of the power of prejudice from antiquity
to the contemporary world.
Centre for Maritime Archaeology
This flagship Centre is embedded in one of the largest
and most successful archaeology departments in
Europe. With high-performance computing facilities
complementing sonar imaging and fluid flow
measurement, researchers at the Centre have
developed unique non-intrusive techniques to assess
buried materials in the marine environment. Such work
epitomises the modern maritime archaeology
spearheaded at Southampton, integrating cutting-edge
science with archaeological and historical investigation
to provide a detailed window onto past societies.
The Centre works closely with NOCS on many
international ventures, has active research projects
on all five continents and collaborates with the
world’s foremost research institutes, including
Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution in the USA, and
English Heritage here in the UK. The Centre also works
with industry and government, including the Royal
Navy, to develop innovative underwater technologies.
Centre for Citizenship, Globalization and
Governance (C2G2)
The field of citizenship is changing in response to
global forces and this brings new governance demands.
Migration, human rights, issues of global warming,
pandemics of ill health and a looming crisis in energy
provision are challenges that cannot be contained or
addressed within national boundaries. With participants
from throughout the School of Social Sciences and the
wider University, C2G2 merges insights from political
science and international relations. The Centre focuses
on the central political questions of today about power,
cooperation, security, inequality and democracy.
Much of the Centre’s agenda will be set by the problems
of the political world as perceived by our fellow citizens,
although it will continue to challenge traditional ideas.
18

Our flagship Centre for Maritime Archaeology works
with industry and government, including the Royal Navy,
to develop innovative underwater technologies.

World-class facilities

Undergraduate teaching at the University of
Southampton is informed by our cutting-edge
research. As an undergraduate student you will
benefit from the world-class facilities that make
Southampton one of the best learning
environments in the UK.
Wind tunnels
Southampton’s wind tunnels have an illustrious history,
having been used by most of the current Formula One (F1)
teams since the 1980s. Superstars such as Adrian Newey,
F1’s most successful car designer, began their careers in
our wind tunnels.
Recent projects include working with UK Sport and the
world-beating British track cycling team, and developing
the Ferrari A1GP race car. The tunnels are used for yacht
design, sail design and aerodynamics testing, including
the Luna Rossa and Team New Zealand America’s
Cup teams. They are also used by the Airbus Noise
Technology Centre and aerospace companies.
As one of the few universities in the world with such an
extensive wind tunnel complex, we give students a unique
learning experience. Student projects have included the
2009 steam car world record, Bonneville 400 world F1
land speed record car, unmanned air vehicles and the
Quicksilver world water speed record contender.
Our graduates are prized by companies involved in
high-performance engineering. We probably supply
more aerodynamicists to the F1 industry than any other
university in the world. Many of our Ship Science
graduates go on to racing yacht and powerboat design.
Sound and vibration
The Institute of Sound and Vibration Research (ISVR)
is the world’s leading centre for research and teaching
in the area of sound and vibration. Laboratory facilities
include reverberation chambers, a large anechoic
chamber and a loudspeaker listening room. Our unique
six-axis motion simulator reproduces transport
motion with high fidelity, allowing the study of human
responses to combinations of the motion, acoustic and
thermal environment of transport. We also have a
simulator for the low-frequency motions causing
motion sickness, including those of tilting trains.
Marine
The National Oceanography Centre, Southampton
(NOCS) is situated in the revitalised dock area. A £49m
joint project with the Natural Environment Research
Council (NERC), it is considered Europe’s finest,
encompassing teaching, research and knowledge
transfer facilities. Through its National Marine
Facilities Division, NOCS, which houses the School
of Ocean and Earth Science, has a number of marine
test facilities. Pressure testing facilities include
two pressure tanks and an acoustic test tank, while
calibration facilities include temperature and pressure
calibration equipment.
RV Callista is a 20m, custom-built catamaran used for
research, outreach and teaching activities, particularly
student fieldwork. With a robust A-frame mounted on
the stern, the catamaran is also capable of deploying
equipment weighing three tonnes, essential for
commercial work.
Flight simulator
The Southampton flight simulator is unique in the
UK as it is being developed by students, for students.
Originally funded by BAE Systems, it is a state-of-theart
facility that uses commodity-off-the-shelf
technology (COTS). Dozens of third- and fourth-year
group projects have been involved in developing the
hardware and software for the simulator over a decade.
We collaborate closely with the Microsoft Flight
Simulator team and have been part of their test and
development programme for many years. It was
famously used in the Channel4/Discovery Channel
documentary The Dambusters in 2003. The state-of-theart
simulator is used extensively in the first-, third- and
fourth-year Aeronautics and Astronautics teaching
programmes, so all students are involved in flying and
developing it. For example, in the third year, teams of
students design a microlight aircraft from scratch,
which is then test flown in the flight simulator as part
of the evaluation. The test pilot for this is John Farley,
chief test pilot for the Harrier programme. Fourth-year
students are continuously developing the simulator
itself, most recently installing an Airbus glass cockpit
for the left-hand seat and a Merlin helicopter cockpit
for the right-hand seat.
21

Ensuring employability
Employability is about more than just getting a
job – we believe in helping our students gain
the necessary experience for a future career, along
with the skills to identify opportunities and take
advantage of them. Our Graduate Passport helps
students plan their involvement and gather
evidence of their achievements.
In an increasingly competitive global market, employers
are looking for more than the technical skills and
knowledge of a degree discipline. Whatever subject you
study, employers are looking for enterprising individuals
who can make ideas happen. We want to help you
increase innovation, creativity and productivity in the
UK and global marketplace.
At Southampton, employers contribute to the
curriculum in a variety of ways, such as through School
industrial advisory boards and programme review
panels, ensuring that the programme content is
relevant and up-to-date, and that students are well
positioned for their future careers. Many of the
programmes involve representatives from industry in
the delivery of the curriculum. Examples include
providing technical lectures, industry case studies,
project work to solve a real-life problem, and
supporting field trips. These all help to enhance and
enrich the programme content, and will help you to test
your knowledge and experience in an applied way.
The programme-specific pages of this prospectus
provide you with a list of the types of careers that our
graduates have entered. You will also find more details
about our relationships with industry on the websites
of many of our Academic Schools and at Career
Destinations within the Student Services Centre.
Make a difference
At Southampton you will have the opportunity to
develop your career opportunities and skills by meeting
employers, undertaking volunteering activities, getting
involved in student enterprise societies, taking up work
placements and much more. Many of our students take
advantage of the opportunity to get involved in
placements in local schools and colleges through the
Student Associate Scheme and the Undergraduate
Ambassador Scheme. Through our Community
Volunteering Scheme, we can arrange placements in
local schools, clubs, sports centres and other voluntary
organisations. We will give you the training you need,
free of charge, so all you need to provide is your
enthusiasm and your time.
Defence Technical Undergraduate Scheme (DTUS)
Southampton is one of only six UK universities to
accept students sponsored by the Ministry of Defence
(MOD) on the Defence Technical Undergraduate
Scheme (DTUS). The DTUS offers scholarships to
students wishing to pursue a technical, engineering or
scientific career in one of the three armed services or
the MOD civil service. More than 150 students at the
University are now sponsored by the DTUS.
Thunderer Squadron is part of the DTUS and is the
military support unit for undergraduate engineering
students who have committed to a career as an
engineer/technical officer in the armed forces or
civil service. Most Thunderers have passed the relevant
officer selection board for their chosen service before
starting at Southampton. However, it is possible to
apply while at the University if you are completing a
relevant degree and are successful at officer selection.
In return for their commitment, individuals receive
an annual tax-free bursary, currently £4,000, as
well as training pay and a reserve forces bounty of
approximately £1,500. In addition, the scheme provides
a valuable insight into military life during the semester
break periods and numerous opportunities to pursue
free or heavily subsidised sporting and adventure
training activities throughout the year.
www.thunderersquadron.mod.uk
22

Seven members of Thunderer Squadron organised
and participated in a two-day walking expedition
in the Peak District. They camped wild in challenging
weather conditions with high winds and low
temperatures. This type of activity enables them
to understand exactly what their future career in
the armed forces may entail.

We have four campuses in Southampton,
three of them next to Southampton Common
– which stretches for 130 hectares – and one
campus in nearby Winchester.
Highfield
Our main campus, in the north of the city, is home to the
Students’ Union, the Jubilee Sports Centre, the Student
Services Centre, the Hartley Library, the John Hansard Gallery,
The Nuffield Theatre and Turner Sims. There is also a choice of
cafés and restaurants, a shop, banks, a post office, a bookshop,
a travel centre and a hair and beauty salon.
Avenue
A few minutes’ walk from Highfield, Avenue Campus houses
most disciplines within the School of Humanities, and the
Centre for Language Study. It has a library, lecture theatres,
focused study spaces and catering amenities, plus a new
£3m Archaeology building, with state-of-the-art facilities for
teaching and research.
Winchester School of Art
The School of Art, founded in 1863, became part of the University
in 1996, and is located 12 miles north of Southampton, close to
Winchester city centre. The campus provides purpose-designed
studios and workshops, an extensive specialist library, Students’
Union facilities, a café and a well-stocked art supplies shop.
The renowned Winchester Gallery is based on campus.
Southampton General Hospital
Three miles west of Highfield is the base for the University’s
School of Medicine, at one of the country’s leading teaching
hospitals. The campus offers modern laboratories, computer
suites, newly refurbished lecture theatres, catering facilities
and a specialist Health Services Library.
National Oceanography Centre, Southampton
Located on the city’s waterfront, the National Oceanography
Centre, Southampton is one of the world’s leading research
centres for the study of ocean and earth sciences, and provides
the focus for oceanography in the UK. The campus has its own
fitness suite, sports hall and catering facilities.
Pictured opposite
1. Highfield
2. Avenue
3. National Oceonography Centre, Southampton
4. Winchester School of Art
24

1
2 3 4

Students’ Union
Over 240 clubs and societies
Something for everyone...
Uniplex cinema
Comedy nights
Whatever your interests, the Students’
Union (SUSU) organises a diverse
range of events and activities to keep you
entertained. SUSU is run by students,
for students and you will automatically
become a member when you join us.
From live music, club nights, karaoke,
comedy and international nights at
SUSU’s Cube nightclub to reducedprice
films at our on-site cinema, there
is something for everyone.
Freshers’ Week
SUSU organises Freshers’ Week and the Bunfight during
the first week of the academic year, with more than 240
clubs and societies vying for your membership. These
include the Conservation Volunteers, Alternative Indie
Music, Drama, Comedy, Circus, Breakdance, Astronomy,
Motorcycle, Chinese and Mexican societies. If your
particular hobby or interest is not represented, let us
know and we can help you to start your own club.
Get involved
SUSU also gives a voice to the student body. You can
get involved with lobbying the University and the
government, helping fellow students or working
as a volunteer in the community.
Getting involved is one of the best things you can do –
it’s fun, you don’t need any previous experience and it
looks great on your CV.
Despite its name, the Athletic Union (AU) is not just for
people who want to take part in track and field events.
The AU offers more than 80 clubs, covering everything
from paintballing and caving to archery and gliding.
To explore the full range of what the AU has to offer,
go to www.susu.org
26
SUSU facilities
Most activities are held at the main SUSU complex on the
Highfield Campus, where you will find:
−−four bars, including the Bridge Bar, with live DJs, and
the Stag’s Head pub, featuring Karaoke Kocktails every
Thursday night
−−SUSU café, open all day, serving hot and cold food,
including organic and halal
−−SUSU shop, with essentials such as food and stationery
−−banks and cash machines
−−travel centre
−−hair and beauty salon
−−campus market, with visiting traders bringing fresh fruit
and vegetables, CDs and other goods
−−330-seat Uniplex cinema, showing recently released films
at reduced prices
−−the Cube, our main entertainment and events venue
There are also Students’ Union facilities at our
Winchester School of Art campus, where a lively bar
hosts a range of events throughout the year. The campus
also has its own sports and activities representative, and a
number of flourishing clubs and societies. Find out more
at http://wsa.susu.org
Find out more
If you want a sneak preview of current and planned
activities before you arrive, visit SUSU’s award-winning
website www.susu.org
Watch the latest events and news using our online TV
service at www.susu.tv
Tune in to our award-winning student radio
station, SURGE Radio (1287 AM), or listen online
at www.surgeradio.co.uk
Read about the latest news and entertainment in
our student-run paper, The Wessex Scene, online at
www.wessexscene.co.uk

See for yourself:
University open days
Saturday 3 July, Wednesday 8 September
and Thursday 9 September 2010
Come along to one of our open days to see for
yourself why we are such a popular choice with
students from all over the world.
You can wander around our impressive campuses,
see our first-class facilities and attend a wide range
of general and subject-specific events. Our students
and staff will be on hand to give you more information
about what it is like to live and learn here.
If you are unable to make it to any of the open days, you
might like to attend one of the campus tours that we
run throughout the year. Current students lead guided
tours around the main Highfield Campus and nearby
halls of residence, so you can see the range of student
facilities we offer. Book online for open days and
campus tours at www.southampton.ac.uk/visit
If you would like to visit an Academic School
independently, please call and make an appointment.
Contact details for our Academic Schools are listed at
www.southampton.ac.uk/about/academicschools
and on the relevant programme pages in this prospectus.
“The open day was an excellent day
which was extremely informative.
The event just confirmed my
decision to apply to the University
of Southampton.”
The University’s UK Student Recruitment and
Outreach team attend UCAS and higher education
careers fairs every year. These events give you the
chance to chat informally with our representatives
and ask them any questions you have about living
and studying here at Southampton. We also have
a series of virtual tours on our website. For more
information about the activities organised by the
UK Student Recruitment and Outreach team,
please see page 53 or go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/visit
27

Creativity on campus
We support three of the UK’s most exciting
arts venues, all located on our Highfield Campus,
providing a rich and diverse mix of theatre,
music and art activities and events to inspire
and entertain. The School of Art, in Winchester,
also hosts the Winchester Gallery.
John Hansard Gallery
The Gallery enjoys a worldwide reputation for
exciting and innovative shows by leading UK and
international artists. Exhibitions range from painting
and photography to video and installations, and the
Gallery hosts regular seminars, talks and workshops.
Free admission for all.
www.hansardgallery.org.uk
The Nuffield Theatre
Recognised as a major force in British theatre, The
Nuffield is funded by Arts Council England and the
University, among others, and creates award-winning
productions that frequently tour internationally.
The theatre runs a full programme of classics, new
plays and studio performances, and hosts some of the
finest touring companies and stand-up comedians.
As a student at the University, you can usually buy
tickets at a reduced price.
www.nuffieldtheatre.co.uk
Turner Sims
At Turner Sims, one of the UK’s leading music venues,
you can expect anything from New York jazz to African
gospel choirs, virtuoso classical artists and traditional
folk music. As a student you will benefit from
discounted admission for most events.
www.turnersims.co.uk
Get involved
If you want to get involved in the Performing Arts
Union, the Southampton University Symphony
Orchestra (SUSO) or any of the wide range of cultural
clubs and societies at the University, visit the Students’
Union website at www.susu.org
Cities of culture
Southampton and Winchester both have a vibrant arts
scene and boast a rich variety of cultural attractions.
As well as the cathedral, Winchester is home to arts
centres, a cinema, two theatres and numerous
museums and galleries. Southampton’s cultural
attractions include:
The Mayflower
The largest theatre in southern England, staging
West End musicals, ballet, traditional pantomime,
operatic productions, comedy acts and evenings
with celebrities.
City Art Gallery
With more than 3,500 works of art, the gallery was
described by The Independent as “one of the best
places outside London to see British modern art
and studio ceramics”.
Museum of Archaeology
The Museum traces the history of Southampton
from its origins as a Roman town to the
Victorian age.
For more information about arts and entertainment
at the University and in the local area, visit
www.southampton.ac.uk/arts&ents
The Winchester Gallery
The Gallery is a public venue within our Winchester
School of Art. It shows contemporary and international
work and its programme has an emphasis on new media
and photography. From time to time the programme
includes material developed by the departments of the
School of Art.
www.winchestergallery.org.uk

Installation in the
exhibition space of the
John Hansard Gallery.

Sporting excellence
Our impressive range of sporting facilities are
among the best of any UK university. We have
invested heavily in our Sport and Recreation Service
(SportRec) to ensure that we can provide everything
you need to develop your sporting abilities, or just to
have fun – whatever your level of interest, experience
or skill, from beginner to elite athlete.
Our facilities
The Jubilee Sports Centre is a state-of-the-art,
£8.5m complex on the Highfield Campus.
Facilities include:
−−six-lane, 25m swimming pool
−−split-level gym, with 160 fitness stations – one of
the largest facilities of any UK university
−−magnificent sports hall, with eight badminton
courts or two netball/volleyball/basketball courts
−−indoor climbing wall
−−four squash courts
−−martial arts studio
−−multi-purpose studio and activity room
−−second sports hall for five-a-side football, cricket,
handball, Frisbee and roller hockey
Our recently redeveloped outdoor sports complex,
just three miles from Highfield, includes:
−−floodlit, synthetic pitches for hockey and football
−−20 grass pitches for winter and summer sports
−−eight floodlit tennis courts
−−training grids
−−pavilion, with 24 changing rooms and a bar
We offer an unrivalled range of water sports, and have
fostered Olympic competitors and British Universities
and Colleges Sport (BUCS) champions in sailing and
windsurfing. We run a number of courses from our Boat
Hard on the River Itchen.
www.sportrec.southampton.ac.uk
Outreach facilities
If you are based at the National Oceanography Centre,
Southampton, or living at Glen Eyre or Connaught halls
of residence, you can also take advantage of on-site
fitness facilities.
The University offers a scheme for students based
in Winchester, Basingstoke or the Isle of Wight to
purchase membership at local authority sports centres
and receive a partial rebate. The resulting fees are
equivalent to the cost of SportRec membership.
Sports bursaries
The University Sports Bursary Scheme encourages
students of outstanding sporting ability to develop
their full academic and sporting potential through
financial and training support. Previous bursary
recipients competed at the 2004 and 2008 Olympics
and the 2006 Commonwealth Games, bringing home
a selection of medals. For information about the
Talented Athlete Scholarship Scheme (TASS), please
see page 44.
Athletic Union
The Athletic Union is part of the Students’ Union, and
caters for around 80 sports clubs – both competitive
and recreational, from beginners to national level.
We provide excellent sporting activities for our 5,000
members at a subsidised cost.
Off campus
Southampton Sports Centre, close to Highfield, includes
a dry ski slope, all-weather pitches, cross-country routes,
athletics tracks and tennis courts. Southampton
Municipal Golf Course is alongside, and has two courses
and a practice ground. The Quays Eddie Read Swimming
and Diving Complex also offers a range of activities.
Southampton Football Club plays at the purpose-built,
35,000-seat St Mary’s Stadium, close to the city centre.
Just a few miles from Southampton is The Rose Bowl,
home to Hampshire Cricket Club, which hosts regular
international games.

Libraries
“Ranked sixth in the Russell Group
for the provision of library services and
resources.”
National Student Survey, 2009
When you join the University, you automatically
join all five University libraries, holding between
them a total of 2.6 million books, journals and
reports. The Reserve Collections containing key
materials for course units are especially valuable to
undergraduates. The libraries also provide access
to a wide range of electronic books, journals and
other resources which can be accessed from any
computer linked to the internet.
The Hartley Library is the largest library and has
benefited from a recent £11m extension and
refurbishment. Sited on the Highfield Campus, the
Library includes a state-of-the-art learning centre
which contains high-speed internet access, network
points for laptops, a language study area, a café, and a
lounge. The Library contains a variety of study areas,
including a large number of group study spaces, and has
wireless networking throughout. It houses the Special
Collections, including the Wellington Papers, worldrenowned
collections relating to Jewish history and
culture, and the Ford Collection, an extensive
collection of British Official Publications. The Assistive
Technology Service, based at the Hartley Library,
provides specialist services for users with disabilities.
The National Oceanographic Library is based at
the National Oceanography Centre, Southampton
(NOCS). It is the UK’s most extensive collection of
oceanographic literature, and is one of the largest
marine science libraries in Europe. The Library
provides resources for undergraduate and
postgraduate programmes.
There is a specialist art and design library at
Winchester School of Art. It includes a range of
specialist journals and books, exhibition catalogues,
slides and audio-visual materials. It also houses
specialist collections including artists’ books and
the Knitting Reference Library.
The Health Services Library is based at Southampton
General Hospital. Materials held support staff and
students in the School of Medicine and it also provides
the wide range of material and services needed by the
staff of Southampton University Hospitals Trust.
The Avenue Library holds material placed in the
Reserve Collection for students of the School of
Humanities.
Full details of all five libraries are available at
www.southampton.ac.uk/library
32

Our teaching and research are supported by
world-class facilities and learning environments.

Southampton & region
Southampton is one of southern England’s top
leisure and cultural destinations, offering a vibrant
mix of recreation, culture and entertainment – from
bars and nightclubs to restaurants, cafés, cinemas,
arts and sporting venues.
A warm welcome
Located on England’s south coast in the heart of
Hampshire, we are situated in an outstanding location,
just over an hour from central London and Heathrow
Airport, and within easy reach of open countryside.
This vibrant, cosmopolitan city provides a warm
welcome to the 22,000 students who choose to
make their home here, with more than 4,500 EU and
international students from 130 countries joining this
diverse and friendly environment.
Outstanding location
One of the greenest cities in southern England,
our students love the many parks and green
spaces around the University, including the huge
Southampton Common, located right alongside
three of our campuses.
Our coastal location provides countless opportunities
for sport and leisure. The marinas and waterfront bars
and restaurants are great for a night out or a relaxing
Sunday. The city also hosts the largest on-water boat
show in Europe – the annual Southampton Boat Show.
When you want a break from city life, you can head
for the New Forest National Park, which is less than
half an hour away. Ponies, deer and cows roam free in
open grassland and beautiful forests. You can walk,
ride horses, paddle canoes, cycle cross-country or relax
in a country pub. Alternatively, the sandy beaches of
Bournemouth and Poole are just down the coast, and
the Isle of Wight is only a ferry ride away.
Southampton hosts a number of festivals, including
the Kite Festival and Art Asia Mela Festival. The Isle
of Wight Festival is also within easy reach.
Sport and leisure
In addition to the University’s sporting activities,
the city offers a range of options for sports enthusiasts.
The waterfront provides plenty of opportunities for
windsurfing, sailing, boating and diving, while the
Quays Eddie Read Swimming and Diving Complex is
the perfect place to take the plunge. There is also great
live sporting action at Hampshire Cricket Club’s Rose
Bowl, and at the superb St Mary’s Stadium, home to
Southampton FC.

Shopping
Southampton is a haven for retail therapy. WestQuay,
one of the UK’s top 10 shopping centres, has all your
high-street favourites in a single location. The city
centre is bursting with quirky boutiques and an
impressive number of designer stores – as well as
plenty of choice if your budget is tight.
A great night out
Whether you are into the club scene or you just want
a quiet evening, there is something for everyone in
Southampton. The city is student friendly and every
evening students fill the pubs and clubs – many of
which offer good-value student nights.
Clubs in Southampton offer a mix of music nights,
but if you just want to unwind, head to Oxford Street in
the city centre, which has a wide variety of restaurants,
as well as cosy cafés and lounge bars. Leisure World is
an entertainment complex that features a 13-screen
cinema, two nightclubs, a casino, bowling alley, bars
and restaurants. For art-house films you can visit the
Harbour Lights Picturehouse, located on the waterfront.
Winchester
Home to our School of Art, Winchester was once
the capital of England and has a rich history. The city
is proud of its eleventh-century cathedral, cultural
heritage and lively atmosphere.
The ancient city streets are always bustling, with a
range of great shops. The city really comes alive with
the Winchester Hat Fair street festival, featuring music,
dance, cabaret and circus acts, and the Hi:Fi South
dance festival plays host to a range of live acts and
big-name DJs.

With 20 halls of residence, first-class
facilities and a guaranteed offer of a room
in halls in the first year*, it is no wonder our
accommodation is so popular.
We provide a wide range of accommodation options
to help you settle in quickly and make the most of
student life.
Halls of residence
Our halls vary in size, location, facilities and character,
but they all offer the same high-quality accommodation
in a safe, friendly and diverse environment.
−−Most or all utility bills,** internet connection and
uni-link bus pass are included in weekly cost of halls.
−−No prepayment is required for first-year undergraduate
students.
−−There are laundry facilities in every hall of residence and
food shops on site or close by.
−−A fast and frequent uni-link bus service runs between halls,
teaching campuses, the city centre and transport hubs.
−−Junior Common Room (JCR) committee and organised
social and sporting events in every hall.
−−Residences Support staff are available to point students
in the right direction for any help they may need.
They also facilitate communal living by ensuring that
students abide by hall regulations in a social, studyconducive
environment. A rota system provides
out-of-hours cover. Residences Support staff are not
trained to deal with emergency situations: they will
contact the appropriate services in such circumstances.
−−Secure entry to halls, well-lit paths, walkways, CCTV
and security staff contribute to the safe environment
provided in our halls.
Most dietary requirements can be catered for by prior
arrangement. For more information about catering,
go to www.catering.soton.ac.uk
Our accommodation is normally mixed and students
generally share facilities. However, we can offer
accommodation shared by single-sex groups on request.
Facilities across our halls of residence include shops,
sports facilities, library, plus music and computer
resource rooms.***
Our guarantee to you
If you are a registered full-time, first-year undergraduate
or international postgraduate student, you will be
guaranteed an offer of halls accommodation if:
−−you submit an application for accommodation by 1
August in the year in which your studies commence
−−you are unaccompanied and apply for single
accommodation (ie you do not bring any dependants,
such as a partner or child)
−−you normally live outside the Southampton city boundary
−−you make the us your firm choice
If you have made us your insurance choice, you will be
offered accommodation in a twin share room for the
start of term, as long as you meet the other terms of the
guarantee. You will then be offered a single room as soon
as one becomes available; typically this would be within
the first six weeks of term.
For more information, go to www.southampton.ac.uk/
accommodation/apply
Accommodation
36
Hall facilities
Accommodation in halls ranges from rooms sharing
bathroom facilities, to en-suite rooms with a toilet
and shower/bath.
Our self-catered halls of residence have well-equipped
communal kitchens. Alternatively, you can opt for
part-catered accommodation and enjoy the benefits of
breakfast and evening meals provided throughout the
week, plus some meals at weekends. Part-catered
students also have access to a communal kitchen.
* Subject to the conditions in ‘Our guarantee to you’,
above.
** A small number of rooms require top-up electricity
cards for additional power– the fees for these rooms
are lower than other comparable rooms.
*** Facilities vary across hall sites. Please see
www.southampton.ac.uk/accommodation for
further details.

Our halls of residence are friendly
places to work and socialise.

Further information and costs
Wessex Lane Halls Complex
Situated a 10-minute bus ride from the main Highfield
Campus, Wessex Lane has the feel of a traditional student
village housing 1,800 students. It has a vibrant social
scene, a 24-hour reception, landscaped gardens and is
well served by the uni-link bus service.
Wessex Lane Halls Complex
Self-catered – fees 2009/10
Room type Rooms Price*
Standard room 293 £71.40 to
£75.95
Enhanced room 416 £86.45
En-suite room 700 £101.85 to
£103.95
Premium en-suite room 53 £107.45
Part-catered – fees 2009/10
Standard room 289 £103.95 to
£116.55
Small Halls
We have a number of Small Halls based around the city
rather than in centralised hall complexes. All our Small
Halls have comparable facilities to those on the two large
hall complexes, but have their own style and character,
and a close-knit community feel.
Small Halls
Self-catered – fees 2009/10
Room type Rooms Price*
Standard room 213 £75.95
Enhanced room 84 £86.45
En-suite room 414 £103.95
Flat 75 £112.35 to
£166.95
Part-catered – fees 2009/10
Standard room 115 £120.75
Enhanced room 55 £128.80
En-suite room 43 £146.30
Accommodation
38
Glen Eyre Halls Complex
Situated in attractive landscaped surroundings, Glen Eyre
houses over 2,000 students. It has a 24-hour reception, a
shop and fitness suites, plus TV, computer and music rooms.
Glen Eyre Halls Complex
Self-catered – fees 2009/10
Room type Rooms Price*
Standard room 283 £89.25
Enhanced room 146 £97.30
Premium room 314 £103.60
En-suite room 890 £112.35 to
£114.80
Flat 99 £140.35 to
£153.30
Part-catered – fees 2009/10
Standard room 263 £108.85 to
£121.45
En-suite room 75 £147.35 to
£152.95
*All prices are weekly
Erasmus Park – Winchester
Ideally situated for our students studying in Winchester,
Erasmus Park offers 378 rooms with en-suite facilities,
all fitted with an internet connection and telephone.
Erasmus Park is entirely self-catered, with each flat having
a shared kitchen for food preparation. It enjoys the
same high-quality facilities as our halls in Southampton,
including communal areas, a launderette, TV room and
bicycle storage facilities.
Erasmus Park – Winchester
Self-catered – fees 2009/10
Room type Rooms Price*
En-suite room 378 £103.95

Through social activities
in halls, students soon
make new friends.
International students
We guarantee an offer of a room in halls for all new,
unaccompanied, non-EU international students for the
full, normal duration of their course. To be eligible for
your first year, you must apply by the deadline of 1 August
in the year in which your studies begin. For subsequent
years, you must apply by the published current student
deadline – for more information see our website.
Mature students
We encourage mature students to apply for a room in
halls, although we appreciate that you may have different
attitudes towards work and lifestyle from many of
your fellow students. Please feel free to contact the
Accommodation Service to discuss accommodation
options.
Students with disabilities
We provide a range of specially adapted accommodation
for students with disabilities and we work closely with our
Enabling Services (see page 51) to enhance and extend
facilities. If you have a disability and would like to discuss
your needs, please contact the Accommodation Service
or Enabling Services.
Couples and families
Most students have single study bedrooms. In addition to
rooms in our halls of residence, we have a limited number
of flats and houses for couples and families.
If you are planning to bring your partner and/or any
children to the University, please let us know when you
apply for accommodation.
Private rented accommodation
We advertise over 2,500 rooms in accredited properties in
the Southampton and Winchester areas for students who
wish to rent private accommodation. Students can access
our dedicated private rented website www.sassh.co.uk
after accepting an offer of a place to study at the
University. We also provide a free and confidential
advisory service covering all aspects of housing.
Weekly rent for a room in a shared house in the private
rented sector in Southampton or Winchester costs from
£65 per week, excluding bills such as water, electricity,
gas and telephone.
Contacting us
If you have any questions about accommodation, please
contact us by telephone, fax, email or post. Alternatively,
if you are in the local area, you are welcome to visit us in
person at the Student Services Centre.
For more information about accommodation options
and residence fees, along with specific details about all
our halls of residence and renting in the private sector,
please go to www.southampton.ac.uk/accommodation
Keep checking the accommodation website for details
of the latest halls fees.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5959
Fax: +44 (0)23 8059 3959
Email: accommodation@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/accommodation
Accommodation
39

We are fully aware of the needs of
international students: we make student entry
straightforward, offer attractive scholarships,
help you settle in to your new life and advise
you on all aspects of living in the UK.
International students
40
In 2009/10 we welcomed around 4,500 EU
and international students from more than
130 countries. With a global reputation for
excellence in research and teaching, we are part
of a network of university partnerships
stretching around the globe.
We are one of only a few UK universities to
guarantee non-EU international students
accommodation in halls for the full normal
duration of their course. If you are an EU student,
you are guaranteed accommodation for the first
year of study, provided you:
−−are a new student at the University
−−apply by the deadline of 1 August in the year in
which your studies begin
−−are unaccompanied
“No worries about bills and guaranteed security,
plus the hall’s conducive environment helps me to
fit in and feel comfortable in the whole new world
of the UK. Feeling safe inspires and motivates me
in my studies.”
Siti Saleha Basri, second-year BSc Accountancy
and Finance student
The International Office
Staff from our International Office make numerous visits
overseas and to colleges in the UK. We provide advice and
information to anyone who is considering applying to
Southampton. Our aim is to make the process of joining
the University as simple as possible.
You will find a quick introduction to the University on our
website. This is translated into 21 languages, with more
being added on a regular basis. Each translation is available
to view as a web page (HTML) or to download as a PDF. Go
to www.southampton.ac.uk/international/translations
You can also view web pages dedicated to more than
30 specific countries, with information about entry
requirements, details of student societies at the University,
overseas representatives and other useful links.
www.southampton.ac.uk/international/countrypages
Meet us in your country
We attend education exhibitions around the world, most of
them organised by the British Council. Face-to-face contact
is the best way of getting to know the University, so if you are
unable to visit us in Southampton, make sure that you book
an appointment to meet us at one of the exhibitions.
For full details of locations and timings of our overseas visits,
please contact the International Office or visit our website.
www.southampton.ac.uk/international
Applying
We are experienced in dealing with applications from
international students and are familiar with qualifications
from around the world. Undergraduate students
(studying for a bachelor’s degree) need to apply through
UCAS and can find details about programme and entry
requirements on our website.
www.southampton.ac.uk/international
Alternatively, contact the International Office or one of
our many overseas representatives listed on our website.
The British Council has offices around the world and your
local British Council office will also be able to offer advice
about applying.
Courses
The University offers a number of programmes specifically
designed to meet the needs of international students.
These include:
−−Foundation programmes: one-year bridging programmes
to prepare you for a wide range of undergraduate degrees
−−English programmes: a variety of pre-sessional and
intensive English language programmes if you need
extra tuition before starting your course
−−study abroad and exchange opportunities: one-semester
and one-year opportunities to study degree programmes
at the University in a wide range of subject areas

Southampton is a vibrant city that
offers something for every culture.
English language requirements
For the majority of our courses we require an IELTS level of
6.5 or equivalent, achieved in the past two years. For more
specific details about individual course requirements and
exemptions, go to www.southampton.ac.uk/international
or see page 47 in this prospectus.
Visas
Before you come to study in the UK, it is essential that you
find out about the UK’s immigration procedures and how
they will affect you. You should do this well in advance of
your arrival in the UK. Our website provides information
on student visas, police registration, working in the UK and
links to other useful websites.
www.southampton.ac.uk/visas
“On weekends I enjoy the peaceful walks in the
parks in Southampton. It helps me de-stress after
a busy week in School.”
Wei Kiat Tang, second-year BSc Occupational
Therapy student
Scholarships
We offer a large number of subject-specific scholarships
for courses at undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
These are based on academic merit and vary depending
on the subject or department. For example, the School of
Mathematics offers £1,000 for every A grade achieved at
A level if you choose to study BSc Mathematics with
Actuarial Studies at the University.
For more information, and to find out which organisations
offer funds to help international students with their studies
in the UK, go to www.southampton.ac.uk/intscholarships
Meet and Greet
The Meet and Greet service from London Heathrow
Airport is provided free of charge and is designed to get you
to the University in time for the International Welcome
Programme. You can register for both the service and the
programme from June 2010 on our website.
www.southampton.ac.uk/welcome
Welcoming our international students
Before leaving home and arriving in the UK, there are a
number of things you should do to prepare for university
life. This includes having the right papers, filling in forms
and registering for various services and programmes.
Make sure you read our information for international
students at www.international.susu.org, which offers
help and advice on documentation and registering for
various services and programmes. If you have any doubts
or questions, please contact the International Office and
we will be more than happy to help you.
International Welcome Programme
The International Welcome page on our website will help
you to prepare your own individual checklist of things
to do and tell you about our welcome arrangements for
international students. www.southampton.ac.uk/welcome
In September each year, we arrange an International
Welcome Programme. This is designed to help international
students settle in to life at the University. The programme
includes general events to introduce you to our facilities,
Faculty and School events to begin your academic
induction, and a range of social and cultural activities.
During the programme we encourage you to meet
other undergraduate students and have a look around
the city and the University, so that you will know where
to worship, shop and relax during your time here. You
will meet current international students who have been
through the same experience and will be able to give you
lots of good advice. When our UK students arrive, you will
be ready to get involved in Freshers’ Week before the
serious work begins.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 9699
Email: global@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/international
www.southampton.ac.uk/visas
International students
41

Here you will find the latest information
on fees, loans and financial support, so you
can work out how much it will cost and
what help is available.
Fees & loans
42
Full-time UK/EU student fees 2010/11
Fees for full-time UK/EU students: £3,290
The following programmes have exceptions to the
standard tuition fee:
−−BSc Occupational Therapy, Physiotherapy and Podiatry:
students are exempt from fees as these are paid by the
Department of Health
−−Nursing programmes: students are exempt from fees
as these are paid by the NHS
−−Foundation Degree in Health and Social Care: at
present, students are exempt from fees as these are
paid by the Workforce Development Confederation.
If this arrangement ceases, the maximum fee will be
equivalent to £3,290 per year
Part-time UK/EU student fees 2009/10
UK/EU students (minimum): £805
Please note: the fee quoted above is for entry in 2009
and may be subject to an inflationary increase. For more
details on tuition fees for part-time students, go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/fees
Channel Islands/Isle of Man student fees 2009/10
Price group A – clinical courses: £23,479
Price group B – science, engineering and
technology courses: £10,498
Price group C – other high-cost programmes with
a studio base, laboratory or fieldwork element: £8,240
Price group D – all other programmes: £6,547
Please note: fees quoted above are for entry in 2009
Fees are set by the islands’ governments and UK universities
are typically notified of the levels in the spring prior to
the academic session in which students commence their
course. Full details about the price groups can be found at
www.southampton.ac.uk/fees
International student fees 2011/12
All programmes (including Foundation Year) in Arts,
Humanities, Law and Social Sciences and the School
of Mathematics: £10,820
All programmes (including Foundation Year) in Engineering,
Science, first- and second-year Medicine, Health and Life
Sciences: £13,840
Third-, fourth- and fifth-year Medicine: £25,500
Which fees apply to me?
The University is required to classify your fees status
in accordance with the Education (Fees and Awards)
(England) Regulations 2007 and the Student Fees
(Qualifying Courses and Persons) (England) Regulations
2007. The amount you will have to pay depends on
a number of criteria, details of which are available
from the UK Council for International Student Affairs
(UKCISA), which provides free advice and information to
international students studying in the UK.
Publicly funded institutions charge two levels of fee:
the lower ‘home’ fee and the higher ‘overseas’ fee.
There are certain categories of students who must be
charged the ‘home’ fee. More information is available at
www.ukcisa.org.uk
Overseas (international) fees apply if you do not meet the
criteria for UK/EU (home) fees.
Note: All figures quoted in this section may be subject
to change.

Living costs
When planning your finances, you will need to take into
account the costs of living. These will vary, depending on
a range of factors, such as whether you live in catered
or self-catered halls of residence, private rented
accommodation or with your parents/carers.
Typical costs include:
−−accommodation
−−phone calls
−−utility bills
−−transport
−−laundry
−−socialising
−−personal expenditure
In addition to tuition fees, you will need to consider course
costs such as books, field trips, studying abroad and any
extra materials and equipment you may need for your
studies. For more information about living and course
costs, go to www.southampton.ac.uk/livingcosts
Entering higher education for the first time
Financial support:
If you are a full-time UK student starting a higher education
course in 2010/11, you can apply for loans to help pay for
both fees and maintenance:
−−Student Loan for Fees
−−Student Loan for Maintenance
Student loans are issued by Student Finance England on
behalf of the government – they are not commercial loans.
Interest is charged on a student loan from the date you
receive it to the date you pay it off. The interest charged
is linked to the rate of inflation, so the amount you repay
is the same in real terms as the amount you borrow.
Student Loan for Fees:
If you are a full-time UK/EU student, you will not have to
pay any tuition fees before or during your studies. Instead,
you can take out a Student Loan for Fees. You can borrow
up to £3,290 for the academic year 2010/11 to cover the
full cost of tuition fees. The amount you receive does not
depend on your financial circumstances.
Student Loan for Maintenance:
If you are a full-time UK student you can take out a Student
Loan for Maintenance to help with living costs. The amount
you can borrow depends on:
−−your level of income and household income
−−where you study
−−whether you live with your parents during your course
You are entitled to about 72 per cent of the loan regardless
of your household income and can apply for some or all
of the remainder depending on your income. Higher
loan rates are available if you live away from home.
The maximum rates for the Student Loan for
Maintenance for 2010/11 are:
Living at
home
Living away
from home
Maximum Student Loan £3,838 £4,950
for Maintenance
72% not income assessed £2,763 £3,564
28% income assessed £1,075 £1,386
Maximum if receiving
£2,906 Maintenance Grant
£2,381 £3,453
Additional support
Depending on your personal circumstances (eg your
household income), you may also be eligible for:
−−a non-repayable Maintenance Grant or Special
Support Grant
−−one of our bursaries or scholarships (see page 44)
Additional help is available if you have:
−−a disability or specific learning difficulty
−−dependent children or adults
You only begin to repay your student loan after you finish
your course and are earning more than £15,000 a year
(or the monthly or weekly equivalent).
Temporary work
If you would like a temporary job to help with your
living costs, our Temp Bank service advertises part-time,
temporary jobs available within the University.
For further details, email tempbank@southampton.ac.uk
Careers Destinations also has an online job shop. For more
information go to www.southampton.ac.uk/careers and
click on ‘e-jobs’.
Please note: international students are allowed to work
up to 20 hours per week during term time according to
student visa regulations.
Further information
The following websites provide information about all
aspects of student finances:
www.southampton.ac.uk/livingcosts – get help estimating
your university living costs
www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance – useful information
about student finance in general
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 9599
Email: ssc@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/fees
www.southampton.ac.uk/livingcosts
Fees & loans
43

We have more than £4m for
scholarship and bursaries in 2009/10,
rewarding academic excellence with
scholarships and offering bursaries to
those in most financial need.
Scholarships & bursaries
44
Scholarships
We offer a variety of scholarships and progression
awards to the most talented students in all subject areas.
Scholarships are available to undergraduates studying the
following programmes:
−−Art: Fine Art, Graphic Arts, Fashion Marketing
−−Biological Sciences: Biochemistry, Biology, Biomedical
Sciences, Pharmacology, Zoology
−−Chemistry
−−Civil Engineering and the Environment: Civil and
Environmental Engineering, Environmental Sciences
−−Education: Post-Compulsory Education, Sport Studies
−−Electronics and Computer Science: Computer Science,
Electrical Engineering, Electromechanical Engineering,
Electronic Engineering, Information Technology in
Organisations
−−Engineering Sciences: Aeronautics and Astronautics,
Mechanical Engineering, Ship Science
−−Geography
−−Humanities: Archaeology, Languages and Contemporary
European Studies, English, Film, French, German, History,
Linguistics and Language Studies, Music, Philosophy,
Spanish, Portuguese and Latin American Studies
−−Institute of Sound and Vibration Research: Acoustical
Engineering, Acoustics and Music
−−Law
−−Management: Accounting and Finance, Management,
Management Sciences, Management with
Entrepreneurship
−−Mathematics
−−Medicine
−−Ocean and Earth Science: Geology, Geophysics,
Marine Biology, Oceanography
−−Physics and Astronomy
−−Psychology
−−Social Sciences: Anthropology, Applied Social Sciences,
Criminology, Criminology and Psychological Studies,
Economics, Politics and International Relations, Population
Sciences, Social Work, Sociology and Social Policy.
You do not need to apply separately for a scholarship as
a decision will be made by the University on the basis of
your application and qualifications. Please refer to the
Academic School for full eligibility criteria.
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
www.southampton.ac.uk/intscholarships
Defence Technical Undergraduate Scheme
See page 22 for details.
www.thunderersquadron.mod.uk
Talented Athlete Scholarship Scheme (TASS)
TASS is a scheme that supports elite athletes who wish to
progress with a formal academic course and maintain
an involvement in performance sport.
Students are selected by the National Governing Body
of their sport and the funding is channelled through the
university where students are based. Since the scheme
was introduced in 2004, the University has supported
more than 150 athletes through this programme.
Further information is available at www.tass.gov.uk
Bursaries
In addition to our scholarship programme, we offer a
range of bursaries designed to help UK undergraduate
students in the most financial need. On average, a third
of our students receive a bursary.
You may be eligible if you fulfil the following criteria:
−−you are a new, full-time UK undergraduate student
−−you are not already receiving an NHS bursary
−−your household income is £25,000 or less per year
(bursary = £1,200 for every year of full-time registration
to which the £3,225 tuition fee applies)

−−your household income is between £25,001 and
£35,000 (bursary = £600 for every year of full-time
registration to which the £3,290 tuition fee applies)
You should apply for these bursaries when you apply for
your statutory funding. Bursaries are paid in January.
Hampshire and Isle of Wight bursary
We offer up to 150 bursaries each year to first-year
students from minority groups who, at the time of
application, were living in or studying at a further
education college or school sixth form in Hampshire and
on the Isle of Wight.
We allocate these bursaries on a competitive basis and
you must meet certain criteria. You can apply if you are:
−−a new, full-time UK undergraduate student
−−living and/or studying at a sixth-form or further
education college in Hampshire or on the Isle of Wight
(or with a postcode in the Hampshire and Isle of
Wight area)
−−a UK resident (excluding the Channel Islands and the
Isle of Man)
−−living in a household with a total income of less
than £35,000
−−not already receiving an NHS bursary
School of Medicine bursaries
Every year our School of Medicine offers 30 maintenance
bursaries, worth £1,000, to students on the Bachelor of
Medicine six-year programme (BM6). This programme
is aimed at widening access to the study of medicine.
Sports bursaries
See page 30.
Other funding
Maintenance grants
The government has introduced a UK Maintenance Grant
for new, full-time UK students. The maximum amount
available is £2,906, but the actual amount will depend on
your income/household income:
−−a parental income of £25,000 or less per year = a grant
of £2,906 per year
−−a parental income between £25,000 and £50,020 per
year = a partial grant
−−a parental income of £50,020 or more = no grant
−−if you are awarded the full £2,906 maintenance grant and
are on a programme of study charging the full £3,225, you
will also be eligible for a University bursary
A maintenance grant does not need to be paid back.
Allowances and grants
If you have dependants, are a single parent and/or have a
disability, you may also be entitled to a grant to help meet
certain living costs.
−−If you are a parent, you can apply for a Parents’ Learning
Allowance and Childcare Grant, together with the
Child Tax Credit.
−−If you have a disability, you will be eligible for an
allowance to pay for non-medical help, specialist
equipment, general costs relating to your disability
and extra travel costs.
The Disabled Students’ Award is the only award that is not
means-tested.
www.southampton.ac.uk/fees
Access to Learning Fund
This Fund provides discretionary financial support for
those able to demonstrate genuine financial hardship.
It can be used to help with living costs including
childcare, disability, travel, accommodation, household
expenses, books and course equipment. Full-time ‘home’
undergraduate students and part-time students studying
at least 50 per cent of a full-time course can apply.
If you fall within one of the following groups you will be a
priority for help from the Access to Learning Fund:
−−students with children, especially lone parents
−−mature students, especially those with existing financial
commitments
−−disabled students, especially where the Disabled Students’
Allowance (DSA) is unable to meet particular costs and the
institution has no legal responsibility to do so
−−care leavers
−−students from the Foyer Federation or who are homeless
−−final-year students
The Access to Learning Fund cannot help students
meet the cost of tuition fees, or help those who have
mismanaged their finances and simply run out of
money. It cannot compensate for the lack of parental
contribution, especially where a student has only been
able to take the non-means-tested element of the
Student Loan.
Note: All figures quoted in this section are for 2010/11,
unless otherwise stated, and may be subject to change.
Scholarships & bursaries
45

Our aim is to select students who we
believe have the potential to complete their
chosen course successfully and who can make
a valuable contribution to university life.
The journey to your degree
46
We are committed to making our admissions
fair and transparent. Higher education at
Southampton is open to all students with
the necessary skills and ability, regardless of
age, background or financial circumstances.
Merit and potential
By considering the whole application, we assess each
applicant’s merit and potential. Potential factors include:
formal educational achievement; the educational
context in which the applicant achieved their formal
qualifications; indicators of potential and capability,
such as subject-specific tests, interview, non-academic
experiences and other relevant skills; how an applicant’s
experiences, skills and perspectives could contribute to
the learning environment, such as paid or unpaid work
experience, gap-year experience, home responsibilities,
experience of diverse communities or cultures, and
musical or sporting abilities.
Young students
We do not have a minimum age of entry for our courses
and welcome applications from younger students,
including those who will be under 18 when they come to
study with us. Because some of our applicants are under
18, we assess the risk to the young student’s wellbeing and
make reasonable, proportionate adaptations to activities,
including learning activities and accommodation. However,
if we judge that the adaptations necessary to safeguard a
young student go beyond what is reasonable, we cannot
admit them. For more information, visit our website.
Mature students
If you are over 21 (23 for Law) and feel you would benefit
from degree-level studies, we can be more flexible about
our entry requirements. For full-time courses, selectors
will expect you to demonstrate your commitment by means
of some recent serious study, for example, one or two GCE
A level passes, successful completion of an Open University
foundation course or an appropriate Access course. Your
application will be considered on individual merit and you
may be asked to attend an interview to assess your potential.
Entry qualifications
We acknowledge a wide range of entry qualifications.
The table below gives a general comparison for popular
UK qualifications. If you are studying for other
qualifications, more information is available
at www.southampton.ac.uk/apply
The University also welcomes international applicants
with country-specific qualifications. For more details,
visit www.southampton.ac.uk/international/entry_reqs
Qualification
Typical standard offer
GCE A level requirement AAA AAB ABB BBB BBC
BTEC requirement * DDD DDD DDM DDM DMM
OCR national extended D1 D1 D2 M1 M2
diploma requirement *
Scottish Higher (Scottish AAAA(AA) AABB(AB) ABBB(BB) BBBB(BC) BBBC(BC)
Advanced Higher)
Irish Leaving Certificate at A1,A1,A1,A1,A1,A1 A1,A1,A1,A1,A1,A2 A1,A1,A1,A1,A2,A2 A1,A1,A2,A2,A2,B1 A1,A2,A2,A2,B1,B1
Higher Level
Welsh Baccalaureate
Pass the core plus Pass the core plus Pass the core plus Pass the core plus Pass the core plus
requirements
AA in the options AB in the options BB in the options BB in the options CC in the options
International Baccalaureate Pass, with overall
(points from subjects taken score of 36 (18)
at Higher Level)
Pass, with overall
score of 34 (17)
Pass, with overall
score of 32 (16)
Pass, with overall
score of 30 (16)
Pass, with overall
score of 28 (16)
*This is a guide only to the achievement required where the guided learning hours have been assessed to cover the
same learning outcomes as their GCE A level counterparts; additional study may be required.

You will need to satisfy our general entrance requirements
(which you will find on our website at www.southampton.
ac.uk/apply) and those of your chosen Academic School.
Typical entry requirements for applicants with GCE A
levels can be found on individual programme pages.
We will consider a 14–19 Advanced Diploma at level 3 as
part of our general entry requirements. However, not all
Diploma subjects will be acceptable for entry to every
discipline and applicants will probably be expected to
take specific additional or specialist learning components
of the Diploma in order to satisfy course-specific entry
requirements. For more information, go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/apply
English language requirements
If English is not your first language, you will need to reach
a satisfactory standard in an approved English language
test. This is to demonstrate that you have sufficient
command of both written and spoken English to enable
you to enjoy the full benefits of your proposed degree
programme. The required qualification in English
language will usually have been obtained within the past
two to three years. Tests currently approved are listed
below. British Council/Cambridge IELTS, TOEFL and
internet-based TOEFL are usually acceptable at the
following grade/score levels:
Usual requirement
IELTS**
TOEFL paperbased
test
Internet-based
TOEFL
6.5 580 92
Foundation year programmes
IELTS**
TOEFL paperbased
test
Internet-based
TOEFL
5.5 527 71
Studio-based programmes at Winchester School of Art
IELTS**
TOEFL paperbased
test
Internet-based
TOEFL
6.0 553 81
Law LLM, Bachelor of Medicine, BSc Occupational
Therapy, BSc Physiotherapy, BSc Podiatry***
IELTS**
TOEFL paperbased
test
7.0 617 105
Internet-based
TOEFL
**IELTS qualification must include the academic reading
and writing modules. Although the overall grade is stated,
requirements for the particular components of listening,
reading, writing and speaking may vary.
***For the full list of programmes with these English
language requirements, go to www.southampton.ac.uk/
international/entry_reqs
Alternative requirements
Applicants are advised to contact the admissions tutors
at individual Academic Schools for definitive programme
requirements.
Test of English for Educational Purposes (TEEP)
(University of Reading, grade 6.5 throughout)
Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English
(grade C or above)
Cambridge International Examinations English O level
(used in Malaysia, Brunei and Singapore) (grade C or above)
Certificate in Advanced English (Cambridge) (grades A–B)
Certificate of Attainment in English (London) (levels 5–6)
GCE O level or GCSE in English (grade C or above)
IGCSE English as a Second Language (used in Cyprus, the
Middle East and Argentina) (grade C or above)
JMB University Entrance Test in English for Speakers of
Other Languages (pass)
Warwick Higher Education Foundation Programme
(55 per cent)
Northern Consortium of British Universities (NCUK)
EAP English for Academic Purposes UK (grade B)
Language Specialists International (LSI) – Presessional
English language courses delivered by LSI in Portsmouth
(IELTS equivalent)
Successful completion of a presessional course offered
by the University’s Centre for Language Study
The following qualifications are also acceptable:
−−German Abitur, with a minimum score of 11 out of 15,
or 2 out of 6, in English Language as a Leistungskurs
−−European Baccalaureate with a minimum 7.5 in English
as the First Foreign Language L2 or First Foreign
Language – Advanced L2A
−−International Baccalaureate, (Syllabus A1: grade 4 at
either higher or standard level; Syllabus A2: grade 5
at higher level or grade 5 at standard level where the
International Baccalaureate subjects have been studied
through the medium of English; Syllabus B: grade 5 at
higher level)
−−India English Exam for CBSE and ISC exam boards,
with a minimum score of 70 per cent
−−Nigeria Year 12 Certificate in English (West African
Examinations Council) (grade C6 and above)
−−Norwegian Vitnemål, with a minimum score of 4
in English
www.southampton.ac.uk/international/entry_reqs
The journey to your degree
47

The journey to your degree
48
How to apply
Apply online at www.ucas.com, the website for UCAS,
the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service. Our
UCAS code name is SOTON and our number is S27.
All students should apply between 1 September 2010 and
15 January 2011. If you are an international student from
outside the UK or EU, we may consider your application
up until 30 June 2011. However, we cannot guarantee
there will be vacancies on our courses after the January
deadline; we advise you to apply as early as possible and
to check with the University that there are vacancies
still available before you apply. If you are interested in
studying Medicine, the closing date for all applications
is 15 October 2010.
Criminal records and Criminal Records Bureau
disclosures
The aim of the admissions process is to select students
who have the ability and motivation to benefit from
the course they intend to follow, and who will make a
contribution to the life of the University. This takes place
within the context of the University’s equal opportunities
policy, which aims to ensure that no prospective student
should receive less favourable treatment on any grounds
that are not relevant to academic ability and attainment.
It is important that this aim is achieved without prejudice
to the safety and wellbeing of other members of the
University community, and it is possible that there may
be occasions when this aim has to be placed ahead of all
other considerations.
Applicants are asked to read the guidance on the UCAS
Apply website and answer the criminal conviction question
truthfully. Please note that declaration of relevant criminal
convictions will not necessarily prevent an applicant from
entry to a course.
We require Criminal Records Bureau disclosures
for some of our programmes of study, typically where
contact with children and/or vulnerable adults occurs.
We reserve the right to refuse to admit an individual to
certain programmes of study, where the disclosure reveals
information that would preclude them from participating
in a placement or other learning activity required for
successful completion of the programme.
Our policy and procedures which govern how we handle
applications from individuals with criminal convictions
or a criminal record, and how we handle Criminal
Records Bureau disclosures, can be found at
www.southampton.ac.uk/calendar/sectioniv
What happens next?
UCAS will send you an acknowledgement and forward your
application to the University, where the admissions tutor
and others in the Academic School you have chosen will
consider your application carefully. You will normally hear
back from us within six weeks.
Personal statement
The personal statement is your chance to impress. Many
people with good grade predictions and good GCSEs
will be applying for the same course as you, so you need
to use this space to show why you deserve to be offered
a place at the university of your choice. Get ideas from
your teachers, parents, friends and websites, but make
sure that the statement you submit is your own.
To help you start thinking about what you will write,
here are some ideas:
−−Why are you interested in a particular course? Try to
give reasons and support them with evidence; avoid
sweeping statements, such as ‘I have always had an
interest in physics’, without anything to back them up.
−−Include relevant work experience and the skills you
have acquired.
−−Include your career aspirations, ideally related to the
course you want to study. This shows commitment to
the subject area.
−−Include hobbies and interests, especially if you are in
a position of responsibility or they are related to the
degree course you are applying for. Again, it might
be a good idea to talk briefly about the skills you
have gained from these activities.
−−What do you hope to get from university? This is a
good chance to mention any societies or activities
you plan to become involved in, including areas that
are completely new to you as well as those where you
are already active.
−−Any other information that supports your application
or shows that you are likely to be successful on the
course.
−−Try to have a strong concluding paragraph. You could
try summing up the type of person you are – words
that convey qualities such as being organised,
self-disciplined and committed might be appropriate.
Remember
The UCAS Apply website times out after one hour,
so it is easier to cut and paste the statement into
your application.
−−Get someone (or several people) to check your
personal statement – spelling/grammar mistakes
do not give a good impression.
−−Many universities/courses will not interview you
before making you an offer, so your UCAS application
might be the only chance you get to impress them.
−−Regularly ‘save’ while completing your application
and personal statement.
−−Never lie.
−−Try to avoid some common mistakes: putting the wrong
date of birth; entering incorrect university or course
codes; not completing all the sections of the form.
−−Take your time and make sure your application is
complete and accurate.

In the 2008 assessment by the
Quality Assurance Agency, which
monitors standards of teaching in the
UK, we were awarded the highest level
of achievement for the standard of our
educational provision.
We are particularly proud of our working
relationship with our students and we were
praised for this and for the way in which feedback
is used to improve the student learning experience.
Having heard the feedback from our students,
we are gradually introducing exciting changes
to our programmes to enable students to more
effectively tailor their degree to meet their needs.
These changes will give our students the maximum
advantage in today’s global careers market.
Learning and teaching methods
Blending innovative approaches with established
techniques, we offer a variety of specialist learning and
teaching methods – including ocean- and land-based field
trips, laboratory study, excavations, private and public
sector placements, and interprofessional group work – all
of which are supported by virtual learning environments.
Depending on your choice of study, you may experience
some of these specialist methods, and some or all of the
key methods outlined below.
You will be taught by staff working at the forefront of their
fields, ensuring that you receive the kind of education that
will give you a competitive edge in the employment market
and put you among the most sought-after graduates.
Traditionally, learning and teaching takes place face-toface
in a variety of ways.
−−Lectures introduce new ideas and key concepts, and
are the backbone of many courses. Lectures may bring
together groups of students from different courses.
−−Seminars, typically of 15 to 20 students, are used to
explore ideas in greater depth, through lively and
interactive discussion.
−−Tutorials consist of even smaller groups, with your
tutor providing guidance on the detailed study of
specialised topics and you playing a key role in the
discussion and debate.
For most of our courses, teaching is usually timetabled
from 9am to 6pm on Mondays, Tuesdays, Thursdays and
Fridays, and from 9am to 1pm on Wednesdays.
Independent learning
These methods help support your independent learning.
The ability to work and learn independently is essential
for university study and is expected by employers when
you graduate. At Southampton you will be challenged
to develop your independent learning skills, and you
will receive both academic and personal support from
appropriate staff.
In the 2009 Student Experience Questionnaire, our
students rated their ability to learn independently
with a score of 4.3 out of 5 – an excellent result.
Assessment
Assessment helps you learn and develop a range of
skills to prepare you for your future. As well as testing
your understanding, assessments enable your tutors
to evaluate your progress.
We use a variety of assessment methods in different
disciplines. Typically, assessment includes a mixture
of exams, coursework, presentations, group work
and a final-year project or dissertation.
The feedback you receive on your assessments is a vital
tool to help your personal learning and development.
It takes a variety of forms, from individual written
comments to dedicated group sessions. You will also
exchange valuable feedback with your fellow students.
The journey to your degree
49

From the moment you arrive, we
will provide you with all the support and
advice you will need to make the most of
your life here.
Directory of services
50
Specialist staff will be happy to offer guidance
on a host of issues, from fees and study to careers
advice. Our commitment to widening participation,
and our extensive range of bursaries, scholarships
and other awards, means that higher education
here at Southampton is open to all students with
the necessary skills and ability, regardless of age,
background or financial circumstances.
Accommodation
For information about our range of accommodation,
see page 36.
Alumni
As a Southampton graduate, you will join a worldwide
community of 160,000 alumni. In addition to the benefits
of contact with past, present and future graduates, this
global community provides access to University facilities,
invitations to reunions and significant networking
opportunities.
www.southampton.ac.uk/alumni
Ancillary Learning Support Service
The Ancillary Learning Support Service, which is based
in Enabling Services, provides learning support if you
have a disability or health condition and need additional
assistance with your academic tasks. This support is
tailored to meet your individual needs and includes
note taking, library support, readers, exam scribes,
general assistance and buddying to help you settle in
to life on campus.
You must be referred through Enabling Services or
Dyslexia Services.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2441
Email: learningsupport@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/als
Applying
For information about applying to the University,
see page 46.
Assistive Technology Service
If you have a specific learning difficulty or disability,
the Assistive Technology Service can provide:
−−enhanced computers and specialised software
−−specialist advice on the use of IT
www.southampton.ac.uk/ats
Campuses
For information about our campuses, see page 24.
Career Destinations
Career Destinations provides guidance and information
to all Southampton students, graduates and alumni.
Whether you need advice on maximising your graduate
skills, or finding the best jobs and opportunities at
home or globally, Career Destinations can give you the
assistance you need.
Specialist teams offer careers advice and can put you in
touch with employers, alumni and other organisations to
support your learning and personal development.
www.southampton.ac.uk/careers
Centre for Language Study
With the Centre for Language Study (CLS) you can
choose from up to 20 languages which you can study
as a component of your degree, as a part-time evening
course or in a lunchtime taster session. Languages on
offer include: Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, English as a foreign
language, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Modern Greek, Modern
Hebrew, Danish and Swedish.
We also offer in-sessional and pre-sessional English
language support classes for students whose first language
is not English.
You can also study independently in the Language
Resource Centre (LRC) at the Avenue Campus, where you
can access the latest multimedia technologies, including
digital download, recording and playback facilities.
Increasingly, however, we are making learning resources
available for remote access online.

Other resources in the LRC include foreign language
newspapers and magazines, satellite TV, off-air recordings,
reference materials, language course books and language
learning software. If you would like individual help for your
language learning from a language advisor, we can offer
both face-to-face and online support.
www.southampton.ac.uk/cls
Counselling Service
The University offers a confidential counselling
service for all members of our community. Professionally
qualified counsellors are available to help you manage
any academic or personal difficulties you might experience.
Our counsellors are trained to work in ways that respect
and value individual differences. No matter how big or
small a difficulty seems to be, the Counselling Service is
there to help you.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 3719
Email: counser@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/counsel
Doctors and dentists
At Southampton we make your health and wellbeing
a priority. There are two health practices based at the
Highfield Campus, both offering NHS practitioners.
However, there are several local practices where you may
prefer to register. Full-time international students who
are in the UK for longer than six months are entitled to
free health coverage under the NHS.
You can find a full list of doctors and dental surgeries
online at one of the following websites.
www.nhsdirect.nhs.uk
www.unidocs.co.uk
www.highfieldhealth.nhs.uk
Dyslexia Services
Dyslexia Services offers advice and support if you have
dyslexia or other learning differences, such as dyspraxia.
Screening and full assessments can be arranged. Trained
dyslexia tutors can provide individual study skills tutorials
and make recommendations for special examination
arrangements. It is essential that you register with Dyslexia
Services to organise any special examination arrangements.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2759
Email: dyslexia@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/dyslexiaservices
Enabling Services
Enabling Services is a useful resource if you have a disability
or health condition. We offer a wide range of services and
facilities tailored to meet your individual needs.
We can help with:
−−accessing and applying for additional funding, for
example the Disabled Students’ Allowance
−−arranging academic support, such as additional exam
requirements
−−equipment loans
−−transport and access issues
The service also provides specialist support if your
academic studies are being affected by health problems,
including medical conditions and mental health difficulties.
Mentor support is confidential, but, if needed, we can
help you liaise with your academic department about
extenuating circumstances and possible adjustments
to exams or coursework deadlines. Mentors also offer
support with workload organisation and planning,
motivation and morale, as well as study skills.
Please contact us for more information, to discuss your
support needs or to arrange a visit.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7726
Email: mentors@southampton.ac.uk (mentoring enquiries)
or enable@southampton.ac.uk (disability enquiries)
www.southampton.ac.uk/edusupport
Directory of services
51

Directory of services
52
First Support Team
The First Support Team is dedicated to being the first
point of contact and support for students during times of
crisis. Anyone concerned about a student may contact us.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7488
Email: firstsupport@soton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/firstsupport
IT and computing facilities
There are approximately 1,700 computer workstations,
together with many internet cafés, across our campuses
and halls of residence.
Rooms dedicated for student use offer printers, scanners
and CD/DVD writers, extensive general and course-specific
software, including software for e-learning, and specialist
software to support the Assistive Technology Service
(see page 50).
Wired and wireless high-speed internet connections
are provided in many campus locations. All rooms in our
halls of residence have high-speed internet connections.
Our IT services can be accessed off-campus.
Mature students
Today, more and more people are considering higher
education at a later stage in life, for a whole range of reasons.
Studying for a degree is a rewarding experience at any
age and we are committed to supporting you throughout
your studies. If you are over 21 (23 for Law), our entry
requirements are more flexible, with each application
considered on individual merit (see page 46 for details).
The Students’ Union organises a welcome event for mature
students prior to the start of term. This is an opportunity to
familiarise yourself with campus facilities and discuss any
concerns about study skills and finance with support staff.
Military units
Our military units offer you the opportunity to find
out more about the work of the armed services while
enjoying a range of challenging activities. When you begin
your studies, you can apply to join the Southampton
University Officers’ Training Corps, Royal Naval Unit or
Air Squadron, even if you are not considering a career
in the armed services.
Officers’ Training Corps
www.army.mod.uk
Royal Naval Unit
www.southampton.ac.uk/~surnu
Air Squadron
www.southamptonuas.co.uk
Nightline
Our student-run Nightline service provides emotional
support and a listening ear from 8pm right through to
8am during term time.
http://nline.susu.org
Nursery
Our Day Nursery is situated on the Highfield Campus.
It provides a stimulating and caring environment for
children aged between four months and five years.
The Nursery provides a high standard of care and
education to meet every child’s individual needs, enabling
children to reach their full potential in a secure and
stimulating environment.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 3465
www.southampton.ac.uk/nursery
Prospective student finance information
The University appreciates the importance of providing
effective financial information and support for prospective
and existing students. This commitment was recognised
when the University was shortlisted by Times Higher
Education for ‘Outstanding Financial Support Package
of the Year’ in 2008.
The University employs a Student Finance Outreach
Officer who works within schools and colleges to raise
awareness of the student financial support provided by
the University and the government. This member of staff
offers clear, factual information to schools and colleges
on the process of applying for higher education funding,
as well as detailing the differences and eligibility for loans,
grants, bursaries and scholarships.
As a new student at the University, you will benefit from
a wide range of support. This includes ensuring you have
received all the funding you are entitled to, providing
help with budgeting, and, if necessary, putting you in
touch with trained counsellors to help you with money
management and the impact of other issues that affect
students studying in higher education.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4737
www.southampton.ac.uk/sais/sfo
Religion – a place for every faith
The Chaplaincy Centre welcomes people of all faiths.
We provide free tea and coffee, wireless internet and
a busy social calendar of events. There is a separate
Muslim prayer room with washing facilities on campus.
The Centre is open every weekday during term time, for
regular services and private prayer. You may like to join
one of the many student-led groups of different faiths
who use the Centre.
Whatever your religion, you will find a place to worship,
either on or off campus. For more information go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/chaplaincy

Sports
The University has invested heavily in an impressive range
of facilities to ensure that, whatever your level of interest,
experience or skill, our Sport and Recreation Service
(SportRec) can provide everything you need to develop
your sporting abilities. To make full use of these facilities,
you can purchase a SportRec membership, which offers
great value at only £110.00 per year (for 2009/10). For
details of the indoor and outdoor facilities and activities
available, go to www.southampton.ac.uk/sportrec
Student Recruitment and Outreach team
For information about our open days, see page 27.
The UK Student Recruitment and Outreach Team delivers
educational liaison activities, engaging with potential
students across the United Kingdom. The team works with
schools and colleges, to encourage potential learners to
consider progression to the University of Southampton
specifically and to higher education in general.
We offer a range of on- and off-campus activities, including
campus tours, open days, taster events and Easter and
summer school residentials. Team members also carry
out visits to schools and colleges each year, attend careers
and higher education fairs, and deliver presentations to
thousands of prospective students on higher education
and on the University of Southampton itself.
Tel: +44 (0) 23 8059 4737
www.southampton.ac.uk/schoolsandcolleges
Student Services Centre
Our purpose-built Student Services Centre is at the
heart of the Highfield Campus. The Centre’s friendly and
dedicated team offer support and advice, and will help
you with any queries on student-related subjects, such
as fees, accommodation and admissions.
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 9599
Email: ssc@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ssc
The University’s Points Based Visa Team can provide
advice on immigration issues.
www.southampton.ac.uk/visa
Students’ Union
For more information see page 26.
Students’ Union Advice and Information
Centre (SUAIC)
We provide independent, free, confidential and impartial
advice to students. We can help with practical matters such
as student finance, debt counselling and budgeting skills.
Our advisors can also provide guidance on changing
or leaving your course, housing, consumer rights, legal
matters and international student issues. Centre staff
can also provide support and representation at academic
appeals, disciplinary hearings and fitness to practise
panels, and offer support for students who are dissatisfied
with any aspect of their university life. During term
time we provide access to a solicitor free of charge on a
fortnightly basis. We also hold advice surgeries for home
and international students at Winchester School of Art
on alternate Wednesdays during term time.
Opening hours: Mon, Tues, Thurs, Fri: 10am to 4pm,
Weds: 10.30am to 3.30pm
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2085
Email: suaic@southampton.ac.uk
www.suaic.susu.org
Studying abroad
You can choose to broaden your university experience
by taking the opportunity to study abroad. Our Academic
Schools offer a range of exchange opportunities
worldwide, and the EU’s Erasmus exchange programme
allows you to spend a semester or a full year at one of
our European partner institutions. We currently have
Erasmus links in 17 different countries across Europe.
www.southampton.ac.uk/international
Transport
Wherever you are based, you will never be far away from
campus facilities, most of which are within walking or
cycling distance. Our award-winning uni-link bus service
connects all four Southampton-based campuses and
halls of residence, the city centre and local transport
links throughout the day. If you choose to live in halls
you will have unlimited use of the service included in
your accommodation fees.
Most campuses lie within the city’s extensive 29km cycle
route network, and the campus cycle path provides a safe
and convenient route through the Highfield Campus.
There are 47 lockable bicycle stores across campus and
at all halls (except Gateley Hall). Cycle repair services are
available on the Highfield Campus. Most uni-link buses
allow bicycles on board (space permitting).
Just over an hour from central London by train and from
Heathrow Airport by coach, Southampton has excellent
transport links with the rest of the UK and internationally,
by road, rail, sea and air. The city is serviced by two
mainline train stations and its own airport, with regular
flights to UK and major European cities.
Wessex Needs Assessment Centre
The Wessex Needs Assessment Centre provides
specialist study needs assessments and training for
students with disabilities and specific learning difficulties
such as dyslexia. Our recommendations may include
computer equipment, training, study aids and specialist
strategies. We also provide ongoing support and advice.
Tel: +44 (0)23 80 597 233
Email: wessexdsa@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/wnac
Directory of services
53

The School of Management has an
international reputation for accounting and
finance. These subjects are informed by a
range of perspectives, including economics,
mathematics, behavioural and political
science, sociology and psychology.
Accounting & Finance
54
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, plus GCSE mathematics grade B
or above
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview in special circumstances)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Accounting and Finance
| N400 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Accounting and Economics
| NL41 | 3 years | see page 85
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics and Finance
| L1NH | 3 years | see page 87
BSc Management Sciences and Accounting
| NN24 | 3 years | see page 145
BSc Mathematics with Finance
| G1NH | 3 years | see page 149
International Foundation Year in Arts, Humanities,
Law and Social Sciences (including School of
Management programmes)
| LMV0 | 1 year | see page 136
Located at Highfield Campus
A degree in accounting and finance could enable
you to operate at a strategic level within a variety
of organisations, developing key skills such as
problem solving, communication, self-management
and teamwork.
Accountancy is concerned with the provision and
analysis of information for regulation, resource
allocation and other decision-making tasks, both
inside and outside an organisation.
Finance addresses the ways in which money is raised
and distributed over time, including the measurement
and management of risk, the valuation of financial
assets, and the operation of capital markets and their
relationships with government, financial institutions
and business.
“The programme is challenging, yet
extremely rewarding, and covers many topics
in accounting, management and finance. It is
structured to test you in a variety of ways and to
develop your transferable skills, which makes
you very attractive to potential employers.”
Tom Rossi
BSc Accounting and Finance graduate, 2006

Tom Rossi studying in
the Students’ Union café
BSc Accounting and Finance N400
This degree will provide you with a
thorough working knowledge of
accounting and finance theory and
methods in the context of social science.
−−You will learn how to prepare and
interpret financial and managerial
information for a variety of users
−−You will gain an understanding of the
theory and practice of investment
and finance
−−You will be able to choose optional
modules from the School of
Management, as well as a language
or other approved subjects
Key facts
One of the UK’s leading management
schools
In 2009, 76 per cent of School of
Management students achieved firstclass
or upper second-class degrees
Home to the Centre for Research
in Accounting, Accountability and
Governance (CRAAG) and the Centre
for Banking, Finance and Sustainable
Development
Our student society, ManSoc, is one of
the largest academic societies affiliated
to the Students’ Union
Typical course content
−−Commercial and company law
−−Financial accounting
−−Financial management
−−Information systems and information
technology
−−Introduction to management
−−Management accounting
−−Management analysis
−−Management decisions
−−Portfolio theory and financial markets
Career opportunities
−−The School of Management has close
links with business
−−Many of our graduates go on to
professional training and graduate
management schemes
−−A range of career options are available
in management, accounting, finance
and banking
−−A small number of students go
on to establish their own business
−−Recent recruiters of School of
Management students include
Deloitte, Ernst & Young, KPMG,
PricewaterhouseCoopers
and Barclays
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Management go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Visit the School of Management’s
website for more information.
School of Management
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5507
Email: mgtmail3@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
management

Dolphins, jet engines, concert and sports
halls, sound reproduction, environmental
assessment, medical ultrasound, motion
sickness, wind turbines, car refinement: put
your maths and physics into action, and take
a look at acoustical engineering.
Acoustical Engineering
56
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB–BBB
IB: 32–30 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: approximately 25 students
Average applicants per place: 4–5
Selection process: UCAS application
and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng/MEng Acoustical Engineering
| H722 | 3/4 years
BSc Acoustics and Music
| HW73 | 3 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
“Studying acoustics provides a unique
and fascinating angle on the broader
subject of engineering, one which
employers will love. Small class
sizes make for excellent teaching
in a friendly environment.”
Toby Park
MEng Acoustical Engineering graduate, 2008
Acoustical engineering is taught in the Institute
of Sound and Vibration Research (ISVR), one of the
world’s leading centres for research, teaching and
consultancy in acoustics.
Acoustical engineering demands a remarkable breadth
and depth of study, drawing on disciplines such as
mechanics, materials, manufacturing, electronics and
signal processing. Consequently, acoustical engineering
is an excellent degree choice for those who want to open
up a broad range of scientific and engineering career
options on graduation.
The MEng Acoustical Engineering is accredited by the
Institution of Mechanical Engineers and the Institute
of Acoustics, and meets the educational requirements
for Chartered Engineer (CEng) status.
BEng/MEng Acoustical Engineering H722
A levels: ABB, including mathematics and physics
(one of which must be grade A)
IB: 32 points (minimum), including a total of 12 points from
mathematics and physics at higher level
−−Engineering design to optimise high-quality sound
reproduction and minimise noise and vibration
−−Small-group teaching and in-depth laboratory
and project work
−−Optional Audio Engineering certificate programme
−−Scholarships available for extracurricular music
performance tuition (grade 8 required)

Toby Park performing sound measurement
in ISVR’s anechoic chamber
BSc Acoustics and Music HW73
A levels: BBB, in mathematics, physics
and music. In addition, grade 8 music
practical is required (grade 7 theory is
usually acceptable as an alternative to
A level music)
IB: 30 points (minimum), including
a total of 10 points from mathematics
and physics at higher level and 6 points
from music at higher level, plus grade 8
music practical
−−Joint honours degree for those wishing
to combine a rigorous scientific
programme with their love of music
−−Wide choice of acoustics and music
modules
−−Weight your studies in favour of either
subject, with a split of anything from
25/75 to 75/25 per cent
Key facts
ISVR was awarded the prestigious
Queen’s Anniversary Prize for its
achievements in higher education
ISVR is one of the leading brand names
in acoustics, known and respected
worldwide
100 per cent employment record in
recent exit surveys
Typical course content
−−Principles of sound and vibration
−−Electronics and transducers
−−Analysis of signals (eg sound, seismic,
biomedical)
−−Ocean acoustics and sonar
−−Controlling noise and vibration
(eg in buildings, road vehicles, aircraft)
−−Sound reproduction and musical
instrument acoustics
−−Perception of sound and vibration
by humans
−−Mechanical engineering design and
computing
−−Individual and group project work
−−10-week or year-long industrial
placements (typically paid employment)
Career opportunities
A degree in acoustical engineering is well
suited to any employer seeking highly
numerate graduates, with honed
analytical and problem-solving skills.
Typical career routes include:
−−Acoustics consultant, assessing noise
problems and advising on solutions
−−Mechanical engineer (eg in design of
gas turbines, aircraft, cars, audio and
telecommunications equipment or
high-precision instruments)
−−Research scientist/engineer in industry
or a university
−−Postgraduate student in engineering,
audiology, speech therapy or medical
physics
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
ISVR go to www.southampton.ac.uk/
scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr David Simpson,
Admissions Tutor, for
more information.
Institute of Sound
and Vibration Research
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2294
Email: admissions.isvr@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/isvr

The sky is not the limit, it is just the
beginning. Aeronautics and astronautics
encompasses a broad range of disciplines
within the field of aerospace engineering.
Aeronautics & Astronautics
58
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA, including mathematics and physics
(general studies not accepted), plus GCSE English
language grade C or above
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, including a total of
12 in mathematics and physics at higher level
Intake: 80–90 students
Average applicants per place: 10
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng Aeronautics and Astronautics | H422 | 3 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics | H401 | 4 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/Advanced
Materials | HJ45 | 4 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/Aerodynamics
| H490 | 4 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/Airvehicle
Systems Design | H491 | 4 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/Engineering
Management | HN42 | 4 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/European
Studies | H425 | 4 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/Spacecraft
Engineering | H493 | 4 years
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/Structural
Design | H492 | 4 years
MEng Space Systems Engineering | H400 | 4 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
Aeronautics and astronautics courses cover
applications to the specification, design and
construction of aircraft, engines, satellites
and other spacecraft.
Our wide range of facilities include world-class wind
tunnels, state of the art flight simulators, propulsion test
cells, astronautics facilities and a student workshop.
Strong links with the aerospace and race car industries
provide excellent opportunities for work placements and
job prospects, and many of our students gain sponsorship.
Our graduates have followed careers in all areas of
aerospace engineering, including fixed- and rotarywing
aircraft, spacecraft and propulsion, and aerospace
operations. The multidisciplinary nature of our
programmes also prepares you for a career in many
non-aerospace industries, particularly the commercial
sector.
All our master’s (MEng) programmes provide a direct
route of entry to Chartered Engineer (CEng) status
and are accredited by the Royal Aeronautical Society.
BEng Aeronautics and Astronautics H422
This is a balanced three-year programme of technical and
practical study, meeting the highest international professional
standards demanded by aerospace and related industries.
“Studying here has enabled me to focus on
the subject areas I am most interested in.
This flexibility and the University’s great
reputation helped me to start a career in
my chosen industry. My first job as
a graduate is at the European
Space Agency in Italy.”
Nicola Beveridge
MEng Aeronautics and
Astronautics graduate,
2007

Southampton graduates piloting the
A380 and Red Arrows at Farnborough
Air Show 2006
©Airbus SAS
Photo by e x m company / P Masclet
MEng Aeronautics and
Astronautics H401
This programme offers a choice of
specialist themes of study, or you can
select an interdisciplinary theme to provide
a broader technical background. You may
also choose to spend a semester at one
of our European partner institutions.
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/
Advanced Materials HJ45
This programme offers in-depth study of
the selection of appropriate materials in
design and manufacture, along with an
understanding of how those materials
behave in service.
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/
Aerodynamics H490
On this programme, you will learn about
the design and integration of wings and
propulsion systems for aerospace.
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/
Airvehicle Systems Design H491
This programme focuses on aeronautic
topics with a particular emphasis on
helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft,
engine design, unmanned air vehicles
and avionics.
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/
Engineering Management HN42
This innovative programme provides the
technical skills to understand, design and
manufacture new products, and the
expertise to manage the process, people
and finances.
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/
European Studies H425
This programme is aimed at students who
wish to pursue a career in the aerospace
industry in the European context.
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/
Spacecraft Engineering H493
This programme is aimed at students
who are interested in pursuing a career in
the spacecraft industry or undertaking
spacecraft-related research.
MEng Aeronautics and Astronautics/
Structural Design H492
This programme focuses on the selection
of materials and the design of aerospace
structures, demonstrating how materials
behave in service and reasons why they
sometimes fail.
MEng Space Systems
Engineering H400
The only programme of its kind in the UK,
this degree is concerned with the design
and optimisation of a complete space
system to meet a set of mission
objectives.
Key facts
Number one in The Guardian University
Guide 2010 for mechanically-based
engineering, which includes aerospace
engineering
BAE Systems’ preferred course in the UK;
preferred academic supplier to Airbus
UK; and academic partner of Agusta
Westland
100 per cent of Aeronautics and
Astronautics students were satisfied
with the quality of their course (National
Student Survey, 2008)
Active branch of the Royal Aeronautical
Society, with flying opportunities through
the Students’ Union or membership of
the University Air Squadron
Recognised by the Defence Technical
Undergraduate Scheme, which provides
sponsored places as part of officer
training in Her Majesty’s Armed Forces
The School of Engineering Sciences
has been awarded an ExxonMobil
Award in recognition of Excellence
in Engineering Teaching
Typical course content
−−Aerodynamics
−−Aerospace and structural design
−−Aircraft dynamics, propulsion and
structures
−−Astronautics and spacecraft engineering
−−Avionics
−−Materials engineering
−−Mathematics for engineering sciences
−−Mechanics of flight
−−Modelling and computing
Career opportunities
−−Aerospace engineer (aeronautical/
spacecraft)
−−Civil or military pilot
−−Race car designer
−−Management, financial or IT consultant
−−Software engineer
−−Systems engineer
−−Research assistant (university/
government)
−−Research consultant
−−Postgraduate study
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Engineering Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Glyn Thomas,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Engineering Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4885
Email: aeroucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ses/aero

Anthropology provides a crosscultural
study of the global diversity of
human knowledge and cultural practice
in the twenty-first century.
Anthropology
60
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB or ABBb (when an additional AS level
has been studied), plus GCSE mathematics and
English at grade C or above
IB: 33 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 20
Average applicants per place: 6
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview as required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Anthropology)
| LL36 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology)
| LM39 | 3 years | see page 80
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology and Psychological Studies)
| LC3V | 3 years | see page 82
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(General Pathway)
| L310 | 3 years | see page 62
Located at Highfield Campus
With studies of community and group formation,
anthropology forces you to consider vital aspects
of social life, such as identity, culture, rationality,
ethnicity and belief systems.
Although you will specialise in social and cultural
anthropology, the overall applied social sciences
degree programme has been carefully crafted to offer
four degree pathways. These will enable you to enjoy
the specialised challenge of your main discipline
while you study optional modules from the others,
encouraging you to study the social world beyond purely
anthropological concerns. This enables you to explore
the connections and differences between your main
studies in anthropology and wider social factors from
the disciplines of psychology, criminology, sociology
and social policy, as you create a degree suited for your
intended future career. Further information, including a
typical module breakdown of the degree over three years,
can be found at www.southampton.ac.uk/appsocsci
“Everyone is really friendly and you feel
comfortable in lectures and seminars, which
helps to create an atmosphere of good debate
and learning. I decided to study anthropology
because I was interested in studying the way
other cultures live. It opens your mind to
the diversity of culture and the amount of
difference in the world. It provides you with a
better understanding of your own culture and
makes you start to question your own morals,
values and ideologies.”
Lisa Kyle
BSc (Social Sciences)
Applied Social Sciences
(Anthropology) graduate, 2009

Do tribal systems exist in all societies?
Whether you want to make sense
of the role that political systems
play in our lives, the meaning of
witchcraft and magic, or differing
sexualities and patterns of gender
relations, the Anthropology pathway
will help you to comprehend the
complexities of contemporary life.
By studying the diversity of human
experiences, practices and social
group formations, you will gain
new perspectives from which
to consider your own culture,
alongside an appreciation of
the social world beyond.
Anthropology graduates appeal to
employers because of their global
awareness and knowledge of cultural
diversity. Good communication
skills, the ability to design and
undertake research, along with skills
in gathering and processing data, and
the ability to present it in a variety
of formats, are equally valued.
This pathway allows you to explore
other cultures, behaviours, beliefs
and social institutions on a crosscultural
basis. You will gain an
invaluable understanding of the
world in which we live, and an
appreciation of cultural and
social diversity.
−−Throughout all three years
there is a wide range of optional
courses from other applied social
sciences pathways, with increasing
specialisation in anthropology
−−Introductory year one offers a
range of optional courses designed
specifically for students who have
not studied anthropology before
−−In year three you will write a
dissertation linked to anthropology,
on a research topic of your choice
Key facts
Wide-ranging, contemporary,
cross-cultural programme
Training in methods unique to
anthropologists, who participate
in the lives of the people they study
Optional module choices from other
pathways, with increasing specialisation
in anthropology each year
Dedicated, friendly and approachable
staff
Typical course content
−−Exploring other cultures
−−Social thought in context
−−Crime, social change and society
−−Social anthropology
−−Cosmology, ritual and belief
−−Sexuality and intimacy
−−Human emotions: social and cultural
dimensions
−−Anthropology, film and
representations of the other
Career opportunities
−−Overseas development
−−Local and central government
−−Business and public administration
−−Public relations and marketing
−−Consultancy and self-employment
−−Voluntary sector
−−Journalism, publishing and media
−−Probation and police work
−−Human resources
−−Further education teaching
−−Postgraduate studies and research
(master’s, PhD)
What to do next
Contact Nick Rayner, Admissions
Tutor, for more information.
A detailed course brochure
is available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2512
Email: sspucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/appsocsci

Study criminology, anthropology and
psychology alongside sociology and social
policy and tailor your degree over three
years to suit your interests.
Applied Social Sciences
General Pathway
62
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB or ABBb (when an additional AS level
has been studied), plus GCSE mathematics and
English at grade C or above
IB: 33 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 15
Average applicants per place: 6
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview as required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(General Pathway)
| L310 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Anthropology)
| LL36 | 3 years | see page 60
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology)
| LM39 | 3 years | see page 80
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology and Psychological Studies)
| LC3V | 3 years | see page 82
Located at Highfield Campus
The General pathway is part of the Applied
Social Sciences degree programme. Unlike the
other three pathways, the General pathway offers
you the opportunity to build your degree around
your career aspirations and study interests. This
pathway is ideal for you if you are not yet sure of
your future career, or if you simply want to enjoy
a wide range of choices in your degree.
You can choose to study criminology and anthropology,
which both have their roots in sociology, but which often
study different areas of human life. Or you might want to
consider the connections and fundamental differences
in perspective and methodology between psychology
and anthropology. Psychology also provides a valuable
connection to criminology. Other optional modules
will come from studies in the disciplines of sociology
and social policy.
“This programme has given me the
opportunity to study a wide range of concepts
and courses that a single honours degree could
not offer. Watching the news has never been
the same. Staff have always been friendly and
approachable, giving me the confidence to join
seminar discussions and wider activities.”
Christian Andersen Tuffnell
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(General Pathway) graduate

Develop your skills in
analysis and research
This unique fusion of traditionally
separate disciplines offers a fantastic
range of investigative possibilities
for you to explore. Further
information, including a typical
module breakdown of the degree
over three years, can be found at
www.southampton.ac.uk/appsocsci
The General pathway provides you
with flexibility, problem-solving
abilities and a broad knowledge base,
while developing your skills in data
gathering, processing and analysis.
Internal safeguards ensure that you
do not spread your options too thinly,
allowing you to acquire the focused
knowledge that employers value.
The programme provides a
broad-based knowledge of how
anthropologists, criminologists,
psychologists and sociologists
contribute to an understanding
of contemporary social and
cultural issues.
−−You can tailor up to 70 per cent
of your course around a central
set of applied social sciences
modules, creating a programme
suited to your intended career
−−In year three you can choose to
write your dissertation in any
of the applied social sciences
disciplines you have studied on a
research topic of your choice
Students progress into comparable
careers and postgraduate places as
those on the other three pathways
(LL36, LM39, LC3V).
Key facts
The widest choice of optional modules of
all the applied social sciences pathways
The broadest range of key ideas and
methods
Flexible range of optional modules
to enable specialisation
Friendly, dedicated, student-focused staff
Typical course content
−−The making of psychology
−−Exploring other cultures
−−Society and crime: sociological
perspectives
−−Social anthropology
−−Research methods in the social sciences
−−The psychology of groups and its
application to real-world settings
−−Culture, communication and cognition
−−Sexuality and intimacy
−−Anthropology, film and
representations of the other
−−Issues in law enforcement and
social control
−−Dissertation project
Career opportunities
−−Central and local government
−−Voluntary sector
−−Probation and police work
−−Human resources
−−Business and finance
−−Social and community services
−−Journalism and media
−−Commercial, public and other active
research environments
−−Further education teaching
−−Postgraduate studies and research
(master’s, PhD)
What to do next
Contact Nick Rayner, Admissions
Tutor, for more information.
A detailed course brochure is
available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2512
Email: sspucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/appsocsci

A degree in archaeology will open up
new worlds. Whether in the laboratory
or the library, you will explore a range of
questions about people in the past.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB–BBB
IB: 32–30 points, 16 at higher level
Selection process: UCAS application
and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Archaeology
| V400 | 3 years
BA Archaeology and Geography
| VL47 | 3 years
BA Archaeology and History
| VV41 | 3 years
BSc Archaeology
| F400 | 3 years
Located at Avenue Campus
“I like the way the course progressed
almost to self-study over three years.
In archaeology there are many links
between the different units offered
over the course, so you can trace a
particular time period or a specific
place throughout your degree.”
Archaeology brings together diverse approaches
to answer questions such as what our ancestors
ate, what they wore, who they traded with, and the
environments they lived in. You might undertake the
chemical analysis of ceramics or human bones, or
use theories drawn from anthropology or sociology.
Archaeology is one of the broadest subjects taught
at university, and you can study it with either science
or humanities A levels. All you need is an enquiring
mind and an interest in the past.
We cover the full-timespan of the human past, from the
earliest humans to the modern world. The breadth of
subjects available means that you can study the areas
you are most interested in. Southampton is a world
leader in maritime archaeology, and you can take
these units in all three years.
BA Archaeology V400
This programme covers a wide range of world archaeology,
from the first appearance of humans two million years ago.
You will also learn more about the methods used to find out
about the past.
−−Period-based and practical units introduce the breadth
of the subject in year one, with specialised units and research
in the second and final years
−−Three-week field project in the UK or abroad
−−Develop your own specialist interest with the dissertation
in your final year
−−Option to take up to 25 per cent of your programme
in an alternative subject
Archaeology
64
Julia Morgan
BA Archaeology and
History graduate, 2007

Course includes three weeks of
fieldwork in the UK or abroad, and
there are opportunities for more
fieldwork or placements
BA Archaeology and
Geography VL47
Studying these two subjects together
allows you to explore the relationship
between the wider landscape and
environment and the human societies
that inhabited them in the past. In addition
to the broad archaeological base, this
programme covers social and cultural
anthropology, historical archaeology,
and physical and cultural geography.
−−Two compulsory and two optional
modules from each subject in year one,
with the option of 25 per cent in a
third subject
−−Flexibility in the combination of the
subjects in the second and final years,
with a dissertation in either subject
BA Archaeology and History VV41
Combined degree structure as for VL47
This programme allows you to study past
societies from both their archaeological
remains and their textual sources. You can
choose related modules, such as the
medieval period, from both perspectives,
or broaden your interests by selecting
modules from entirely different periods,
such as the prehistoric era from
archaeology and the Second World War
from history.
BSc Archaeology F400
Apply cutting-edge scientific methods to
answer questions about the lives of people
in the past. What did climate change mean
to people living at the end of the last ice
age? What can the chemical composition
of human bones tell us about changes in
diet during the medieval period?
The BSc will provide you with a grounding
in the basics, while allowing you to develop
your own interests in specialist fields.
−−Specific tracks in computing, maritime,
osteoarchaeology and survey
−−Option to take complementary
units in geography and geophysics
−−Access to state-of-the-art laboratory
facilities
Key facts
Rated in the top six in the UK in the 2008
Research Assessment Exercise
£3 million purpose-built archaeology
building, with excellent laboratory
facilities and dedicated undergraduate
teaching lab
Placement schemes with archaeological
units and national heritage bodies
Research-based fieldwork project, either
in the UK or abroad, in locations such as
Crete, Hungary, Sweden and the Caribbean
Typical course content
−−Excavation, field survey and geophysics
−−Underwater archaeology
−−Comparative osteology
−−Artefacts analysis
−−Human origins
−−Medieval archaeology
−−Archaeology of the Roman Empire
−−Prehistoric archaeology
−−Anthropology and ethno-archaeology
−−Museums
−−Heritage and public archaeology
Career opportunities
There are many jobs in the field
of archaeology. In 2007 there were
6,865 people working as ‘diggers’ and
museum curators, professors, public
administrators and business consultants.
Our graduates have also gone on to
become Heads of Archaeology units.
Archaeology also offers a stimulating
degree, which provides the transferable
skills and intellectual achievements
employers want for other graduate-entry
jobs. Previous graduates now work as
solicitors, accountants, police officers,
marketing consultants and teachers.
What to do next
Contact Dr Louise Revell,
Admissions Tutor, or Thom Bull,
Admissions Coordinator, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 8404
Email: humanities@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
archaeology

Audiology is the healthcare science
of hearing and balance disorders.
Combining science, patient care and
no tuition fees, our award-winning
Audiology degree offers exciting
career opportunities.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB, including one A level in a sciencerelated
subject (mathematics accepted)
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 30
Average applicants per place: 4
Selection process: UCAS application and interview,
with a test for applicants with alternative academic
backgrounds (applicants should plan to visit an
audiology department); enhanced Criminal
Records Bureau disclosure required
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Audiology
| B610 | 4 years
Due to funding arrangements, we are unable to
accept overseas applications. Students from the
Channel Islands and the Isle of Man pay tuition fees.
Located at Highfield Campus
Audiologists, based primarily in the NHS, assess
hearing and balance disorders in children and
adults. They work closely with patients, and their
families, to enhance quality of life, through using
digital hearing technology and rehabilitation,
for example.
Audiologists are also involved in the development
of local and national services, research and teaching,
and they may choose to specialise in a particular area,
such as paediatrics, balance impairment or tinnitus.
Audiologists work closely with other healthcare
professionals, including ear, nose and throat doctors,
community paediatricians, speech and language
therapists, teachers of the deaf and physiotherapists.
Our degree programme is approved by the
Department of Health and the British Academy of
Audiology. Graduates are therefore able to register
and work as audiologists in the NHS immediately,
and command starting salaries of at least £20,000
per annum. The course is fully funded by the NHS.
Audiology
66
“Southampton is a brilliant place to study,
with a fantastic range of societies and
sports clubs. Studying audiology is really
enjoyable. The hands-on approach makes
lectures easy to understand and thoroughly
prepares you for jobs in the field.”
Claire Jenks
Audiology student

An audiologist looks in Claire Jenks’
ear using a video otoscope
UK and EU students do not pay
tuition fees and they are eligible to
apply for means-tested bursaries;
they are also paid around £12,000
(2008)during the placement year.
Our award-winning BSc Audiology
provides clinical training
underpinned by a strong foundation
in the physical, biological and
behavioural sciences, using a variety
of teaching methods, including
problem-based and discovery
learning. In addition to key clinical
skills, we aim to develop faculties
for independent learning, critical
thinking, reflective and evidencebased
practice, and problem solving,
all of which provide the basis for
high-quality professional practice
and employability. The research
project in year four provides an
exciting opportunity for in-depth
study on a chosen topic, as well as
making a valuable contribution to
audiology science.
Career opportunities for
Southampton graduates are
excellent. Approximately 80 per
cent of our students obtain job
offers in their preferred area,
usually the NHS. The remaining 20
per cent typically obtain offers for
further study, including fast-track
degrees in medicine and PhDs.
Key facts
No tuition fees and a salaried placement
year (UK and EU students only)
Only UK university with in-house
audiology and cochlear implant centres
Over 35 years’ experience of teaching
audiology
In collaboration with Engineering Sciences,
ISVR ranked second in the total number of
Unit of Assessment: 28 academics whose
research was deemed “world leading” or
“internationally excellent” (RAE, 2008)
Vice Chancellor’s Award for excellence
in teaching (2005, 2009) and Queen’s
Anniversary Prize (2005)
Typical course content
−−Clinical practicum throughout
−−Two six-month clinical placements in
year three organised by the University
−−Day clinical placements in years one
and two
−− Research project involving experimental
work (throughout year four)
−−Biological, behavioural and social
sciences
−−Acoustics, hearing, speech and
communication sciences
−−Diseases, disorders and assessment
of hearing and balance
−−Hearing aids and cochlear implants
−−Rehabilitation of hearing impairment,
tinnitus and balance disorder
−−Paediatric assessment and
rehabilitation
−−Interprofessional learning
−−Problem-based learning
(year four, with topic options)
−− Research methods and statistics
Career opportunities
−−Registered audiologist in NHS
or independent sector
−−Research (including PhD)
−−Teaching
−−Audiology technology research,
development and sales
−−Healthcare
−−Private hearing aid dispenser
(with top-up qualification)
−−Postgraduate study in biomedical/
healthcare science or engineering
What to do next
Contact Dr Daniel Rowan,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
Institute of Sound
and Vibration Research
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2288
Email: audiology@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/audiology

Biochemistry, the molecular approach
to biological systems, is at the forefront
of far-reaching developments in medicine
and biotechnology, and is a source of
practical benefit for mankind.
Biochemistry
68
Typical entry requirements
GCSEs: Grades A–C in English, mathematics and
science. If you lack these formal qualifications, your
aptitude for the course will be assessed at interview.
International students whose first language is not
English must have already attained the necessary
standard in English, such as 6.5 in IELTS
A levels: If offering three science A levels: 300 points
from three A levels = BBB
If offering two science A levels: 320 points from
three A levels = ABB
For biochemistry degrees, chemistry must be
offered at A level (minimum grade B) with at least
one other A level science subject. A level science
subjects considered include biology, human biology,
physics, mathematics, psychology
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level, including chemistry
Intake: 40
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application (all applicants
who receive an offer are invited to visit the School)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Biochemistry
| C700 | 3 years
BSc Biochemistry with Foundation Year
| CB71 | 4 years | see page 186
Located at Highfield Campus
As a result of advances in biochemistry we can
manipulate genes and modify proteins, and we know
the complete sequence of the human and over 400
other genomes. Our staff are involved in research into
the molecular basis of disease, the control of gene
transcription and protein translation, cell signalling,
membrane proteins, DNA structure and drug
development, as well as other areas of biochemistry.
Alongside research-led teaching, you will have access
to world-class laboratories for your third-year project,
as well as enjoying the benefits of a new, purpose-built
facility from 2010. We also offer a year out in industry
for students who want to gain experience working in
the pharmaceutical industry.
This degree provides broad training in biochemistry,
with core subjects covered in years one and two, and
the opportunity to specialise in year three.
“I spent a lot of time looking at the various
prospectuses and course booklets from several
universities to compare what was available.
Southampton offered me exactly what I was
looking for. You start off with excellent core
modules to introduce you to the various
disciplines. The programme is very flexible,
with many different courses to choose from.
The School allows you
to follow your interests
through a huge range of
options and you can even
study a language.”
Annie Cardew
Biochemistry PhD student

A 3D render of DNA strands
The flexible structure of our
programme offers a wide range of
options, and in year two you can
choose modules from across the
School of Biological Sciences, as
well as other disciplines. In year
three you will undertake a research
project in an area of your choice.
Key facts
Flexible, interdisciplinary programme,
with opportunity to study modules from
other disciplines
Option of working in pharmaceutical
industry for a year
Third-year project undertaken as part
of research team working at the cutting
edge of biochemistry
Typical course content
−−Molecular basis of life
−−Cellular and genetic mechanisms
−−Bioanalysis
−−Molecular and cellular biochemistry
−−Protein structure and function
−−Molecular biology
−−Molecular basis of disease
−−Molecular pharmacology
−−Cell membranes
−−Molecular recognition
−−Genes and genetic disease
Career opportunities
−−Biotechnology and pharmaceutical
industry
−−Postgraduate research training
−−Scientific officer in medical laboratories
−−Teaching
−−Forensic science
−−Legal profession
−−Business management
−−Medicine
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in
the School of Biological Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Administrative
Assistant for Admissions for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Biological Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7755
Email: bsentry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/biosci

Biology is a diverse discipline, with
far-reaching effects. Recent advances in
molecular and cell biology have shaped our
understanding of medicine and helped to
predict the effects of environmental factors
such as global warming.
Biology
70
Typical entry requirements
GCSEs: Grades A–C in English, mathematics and
science. If you lack these formal qualifications, your
aptitude for the course will be assessed at interview.
International students whose first language is not
English must have already attained the necessary
standard in English, such as 6.5 in IELTS
A levels: If offering three science A levels: 300 points
from three A levels = BBB
If offering two science A levels: 320 points from
three A levels = ABB
For biology degrees, biology must be offered
at A level (minimum grade B) with at least one
other A level science subject. A level science
subjects considered include chemistry, physics,
mathematics, psychology, environmental science
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level, including biology
Intake: 70
Average applicants per place: 7
Selection process: UCAS application (all applicants
who receive an offer are invited to visit the School)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Biology
| C100 | 3 years
BSc Biology with Foundation Year
| C108 | 4 years | see page 186
Located at Highfield Campus
You will study biology in its pure aspects and also in its
applications to modern life, learning about molecules,
cells, individual organisms, populations, species and
ecosystems, right through to the global environment.
Teaching is research-led and our staff are involved in
numerous interdisciplinary projects, including foetal
development and health, plants and climate change,
and risk assessment of GM technology. Exploring
such exciting topics helps our students develop
into proficient, well-informed biologists.
Over 50 per cent of our graduates embark on jobs or
further training in areas related to biology, and the
range of key skills you will acquire – including written
and oral communication, numeracy and the ability
to think scientifically – are valued in many careers.
“I enrolled as a mature student and took a
foundation course seven years after I left
full-time education. I was able to get financial
assistance and my tuition fees were paid for
with a bursary. I wouldn’t have been able to
go if I hadn’t had that help.”
Stacey Travers
BSc Biology graduate

Polymita picta, an endangered
species of Cuban tree snail
This degree provides broad training
in the biological sciences. Year
one covers core subjects, with the
opportunity to specialise from year
two, when you will be able to select
the areas of study which interest you
most, choosing units from across
the School. In year three you can
specialise in molecular biology,
cell and developmental biology, or
biodiversity and ecology, and can
also choose between a laboratorybased
or field research project,
with fieldwork undertaken in
the UK or abroad.
Key facts
Flexible, interdisciplinary programme,
with opportunity to choose modules
from other disciplines and change
degree in year one
Field trip to Spain in year one
Third-year project undertaken as part
of research team working at the cutting
edge of biology
Typical course content
−−Molecular basis of life
−−Field course in Spain
−−Cellular and genetic mechanisms
−−Diversity of life
−−Ecology and evolution
−−Plant science
−−Animal behaviour and neuroscience
−−Animal and plant development
−−Biodiversity and conservation
−−Immunology
Career opportunities
−−Postgraduate degrees
−−Teacher training
−−Medicine
−−Conservation and the environment
−−Agriculture
−−Industry
−−Journalism
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in
the School of Biological Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Administrative
Assistant for Admissions for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Biological Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7755
Email: bsentry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/biosci

Biomedical science is the study
of the biological basis of human disease.
A degree in biomedical sciences combines
interests in biochemistry, physiology,
neuroscience, cell biology, genetics
and pharmacology.
Biomedical Sciences
72
Typical entry requirements
GCSEs: Grades A–C in English, mathematics and
science. If you lack these formal qualifications, your
aptitude for the course will be assessed at interview.
International students whose first language is not
English must have already attained the necessary
standard in English, such as 6.5 in IELTS
A levels: If offering three science A levels: 300 points
from three A levels = BBB
If offering two science A levels: 320 points from
three A levels = ABB
For biomedical sciences degrees, chemistry must
be offered at A level (minimum grade B) with at least
one other A level science subject. A level science
subjects considered include biology, human
biology, physics, mathematics, psychology
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level,
including chemistry
Intake: 120
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application (all applicants
who receive an offer are invited to visit the School)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Biomedical Sciences
| B940 | 3 years
BSc Biomedical Sciences with Foundation Year
| CB71 | 4 years | see page 186
Located at Highfield Campus
Our programmes will provide you with an
understanding of the major concepts and recent
advances in medical research, preparing you for
a rapidly expanding range of career opportunities for
biomedical sciences graduates.
Our staff are involved in research in the molecular
basis of disease, oncology, developmental biology,
neurophysiology, brain damage and recovery
relating to stroke.
Alongside research-led teaching, you will have access
to world-class laboratories for your final-year project.
“My third-year project was in microbiology,
researching the bacteria which are
predominantly responsible for causing lung
infections in cystic fibrosis patients. Now
I’m really passionate about learning more
about parasitic infections, which affect whole
populations in developing countries, often
through infected water. They are particularly
bad in Africa, where they are
one of the main causes
of
blindness.”
Michelle Joyner
BSc Biomedical Sciences
graduate, now undertaking
postgraduate research

3D rendering of blood cells and virus
This degree provides broad training in
biomedical sciences.
−−Core subjects are covered in year one
−−Year two extends this study and includes
units in biochemistry and a choice of
modules from other disciplines
−−Year three provides the opportunity to
specialise, with a research project in an
area of your choice
Key facts
Flexible, interdisciplinary programme,
with opportunity to choose options from
other disciplines alongside core modules
Good foundation for graduate entry
to medicine
Final-year project undertaken as part
of research team working at the cutting
edge of biomedical sciences
Typical course content
−−Molecular basis of life
−−Cellular and genetic mechanisms
−−Bioanalysis
−−Molecular and cellular biochemistry
−−Neuroscience
−−Genes and genetic diseases
−−Cell signalling in health and disease
−−Molecular basis of disease
−−Molecular pharmacology
−−Neuropharmacology of
CNS disorders
−−Immunology, infection
and inflammation
Career opportunities
−−Research in academic, pharmaceutical
and biotechnology sectors
−−Medicine
−−Laboratory scientist in forensic,
pathology, veterinary, toxicology
or haematology laboratory
−−Graduate assistant role to physicians
or other health professionals
−−Teaching science nationally
and internationally
−−Clinical research organisations running
clinical trials and surveys
−−Science writer or journalist in biological
and biomedical topics
−−Business, legal or management roles
in healthcare and health and safety
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in
the School of Biological Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Administrative
Assistant for Admissions for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Biological Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7755
Email: bsentry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/biosci

Chemistry influences many different
aspects of our lives. Studying chemistry
creates opportunities for you to improve
our future quality of life.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA–AAB, including chemistry and
preferably at least one from biology, mathematics
and physics
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Intake: 105–115
Average applicants per place: 7
Selection process: UCAS application, with an
invitation to visit prior to offer (interview is not
normally required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Chemistry
| F100 | 3 years
MChem Chemistry
| F103 | 4 years
MChem Chemistry with six-month placement
| F101 | 4 years
MChem Chemistry with one-year placement
| F102 | 4 years
BSc Chemistry with Medicinal Science
| F1B1 | 3 years
MChem Chemistry with Medicinal Science
| F1BC | 4 years
MChem Chemistry with Mathematics
| F1GC | 4 years
BSc/MChem Chemistry with Foundation Year
| F108 | 4/5 years | see page 186
Located at Highfield Campus
Our degree courses provide high-quality coverage
of the core subject material before offering a wide
range of specialist courses, reflecting research
interests that cater for every prospective chemist.
New undergraduates join a supportive, exciting
learning community in which staff and students
share the common aim of learning more about this
fascinating subject.
You will be well-placed to join the multiskilled
workforce of the future, working to meet some of
the Grand Challenges facing all of us: protecting the
worldwide water supply; carbon dioxide capture and
utilisation; clean energy; sustainable manufacture; and
personalised healthcare.
MChem programmes F101, F1BC and F1GC are
accredited by the Royal Society of Chemistry for full
membership and professional status (MRSC, CChem),
while F102 and F103 are submitted for accreditation
in 2009. The BSc programmes are accredited for
associate membership.
“Chemistry has really done it for me.
My excellent experience at Southampton
led to a research career in the pharmaceutical
industry and then at the Medical
Research Council. Working on
healthcare solutions is
immensely rewarding.”
Chemistry
74
Joanne Hough
MChem Chemistry graduate,
now working as a Drug
Discovery Chemist,
Medical Research Council

Enjoying research and
discovery in the lab
BSc degrees
−−Comprehensive theoretical chemistry
coverage in years one and two, with an
embedded element of laboratorybased
learning
−−Training in maths for chemists
−−An opportunity to spend 25 per cent of
your time studying related topics (F100)
or focusing on your chosen ‘with’
subject (F1B1) in years one and two
−−An independent research project
with a literature and a laboratory-based
component
−−Selection of advanced chemistry
courses, allowing you to focus on areas
of particular interest (F1B1 students
will replace three of the six lecture
courses in chemistry with lectures in
medicinal science)
−−A leading skills development
programme throughout
MChem degrees
−−MChem degrees follow the same
curriculum as the BSc in years
one and two
−− An extensive range of advanced chemistry
courses, studied in year three and/
or year four (F1BC/F1GC students will
replace two of their chemistry lecture
courses in years three and four with
courses in medicinal science/maths)
The key difference between the MChem
degrees is in the nature of the placement
and research opportunities.
MChem Chemistry F103 (also F1GC)
−−Years three and four are hosted in
Southampton, with different and
complementary independent
research experiences in each year
−−Each year has a small proportion of
core chemistry courses, with extensive
opportunities to specialise
−−Combined degrees include modules in
the ‘with’ subject in years three and four
MChem Chemistry with six-month
placement F101 (also F1BC)
−−Year three is spent in Southampton
on advanced chemistry courses and
an independent research project
−−Possibility of an assessed, external
research placement anywhere in the
world, July–December of year four
−−A short research experience and
choice of advanced chemistry courses
in the final semester
−−A leading skills development programme
throughout
MChem Chemistry with
one-year placement F102
−−Year three may be spent on an assessed
UK industry placement
−−Year four includes some core and
elective advanced chemistry courses
and an independent research project
Key facts
Top 10 in university league tables published
by the Times and the Guardian
Students graduating in 2009 expressed
a higher overall level of satisfaction with
their course than any other students
studying chemistry in the UK
A unique, flexible six-month or one-year
placement scheme
One of 25 European universities in Group
of Excellence for quality in research:
www.excellenceranking.eu
A teaching programme delivered by worldclass
researchers in a multimillion-pound
chemistry complex
Typical course content
−−Fundamentals of organic, inorganic
and physical chemistry
−−Advanced subject specialisation
(eg natural product synthesis,
materials chemistry, nanoscience,
electrochemistry, medicinal chemistry,
laser spectroscopy, environmental
chemistry, X-ray crystallography)
−−Relevant and topical laboratory teaching
−−At least one independent research
opportunity
−−Possibility of an industrial research
placement
−−Skills training relevant to all
potential careers
Career opportunities
−−Research, discovery and medicinal
chemistry
−−Analytical and quality control science
−−Process chemistry and technology
−−Environmental science
−−Marketing and brand management
−−Financial risk analysis, accounting and
audit management
−−Information management, technology
and consultancy
−−Patent law
−−Teaching and university lecturing
−−Scientific editing and publishing
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Chemistry go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr David Read, Director
of Undergraduate Admissions, for
more information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Chemistry
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4118
Email: chem@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/chemistry

Civil engineering applies science,
mathematics, design and creativity in order
to solve problems of critical importance
to society – today and in the future –
across the construction, maintenance
and management of infrastructure.
Civil Engineering
76
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA (excluding general studies and
critical thinking), including mathematics and a
science subject (preferably physics but biology,
chemistry, geography, geology and environmental
studies also considered)
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, including
mathematics and a science subject with a minimum
of 6 points in each.
Intake: 90
Average applicants per place: 10
Please note that our entry requirements may change
so please refer to www.civil.southampton.ac.uk
for the latest information
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview may be required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng Civil Engineering
| H200 | 3 years
MEng Civil Engineering
| H201 | 4 years
MEng Civil Engineering and Architecture
| H2K1 | 4 years
MEng Civil Engineering with a Year in Industry
| H202 | 5 years
BEng/MEng Civil Engineering
with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
We tend to take for granted the buildings we live and
work in, the roads, railways and airports that allow
us to travel, the water we use. It is professional civil
engineers who make all this possible, and who are
called on to find solutions to the major challenges
facing the world in the future, such as the effects of
climate change and sea-level rise, finding sustainable
sources of energy and dealing with congestion.
The civil engineering industry provides excellent
employment opportunities. Our degrees are fully
accredited by the Institution of Civil Engineers and
the Institution of Structural Engineers, providing the
first stage in a recognised career path to Chartered or
Incorporated Engineer status.
“I chose civil engineering at Southampton
purely for the passion and excitement passed
on by the staff on the open days. Everyone you
spoke to was enthusiastic and was willing to
share knowledge on a friendly level. ”
Catherine Hives
MEng Civil Engineering
graduate, 2009

Millau viaduct, France – students build
a model of this structure during their
first-year field course
BEng Civil Engineering H200
−−Obtain a solid engineering
knowledge base
−−Gain key transferable skills
−−Accredited for Incorporated
Engineer status
−−Can lead to further study or
employment
MEng Civil Engineering H201
−−Fully accredited for Chartered
Engineer status
−−Comprehensive coverage of civil
engineering
−−Emphasis on design, teamwork and
management
−−Opportunity to specialise in year four
MEng Civil Engineering and
Architecture H2K1
−−Academic content as for H201
−−Part-taught by practising architects
−−Learn to design flagship buildings
−−Understand how architects and
engineers work together
−−Small classes in a multidisciplinary
environment
−−Preparation for ARB Part 1 by interview
MEng Civil Engineering with
a Year in Industry H202
−−Academic content as for H201
−−Integrated year in industry between
years two and three
−−Acquire valuable work experience
−−Gain insight into the real-world
application of your academic studies
Key facts
The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
placed Southampton in an elite group in
the civil engineering unit of assessment.
On a ‘medals table’ basis, we were ranked
second in the UK, reflecting both the
high quality and volume of our research.
Our grade point average was equivalent
to the top 5* rating in the 2001 RAE.
Teaching by leading experts in their fields
Emphasis on project and design work
First-rate facilities
Excellent career prospects
Typical course content
−−Structures
−−Hydraulics
−−Geology
−−Geotechnics
−−Materials
−−Design
−−Surveying
−−Management
−−Water resources
−−Engineering mathematics
Career opportunities
−−Consulting engineer
−−Local authority engineer
−−Construction manager
−−Project manager
−−Civil servant
−−Banking/financial services
−−Management consultancy
−−Postgraduate study
−−Academic teaching and research
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Civil Engineering
and the Environment go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Admissions Tutor
for more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Civil Engineering
and the Environment
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4651
Email: admissions@civil.soton.ac.uk
www.civil.southampton.ac.uk

Computer science is at the foundation
of most of the systems and processes on
which our modern world relies.
Computer Science & Software Engineering
78
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA, including mathematics
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level, including 6
in mathematics
Intake: 80
Average applicants per place: 10
Selection process: UCAS application and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Computer Science | G400 | 3 years
MEng Computer Science | G401 | 4 years
MEng Computer Science with Artificial Intelligence
| G4GR | 4 years
MEng Computer Science with Distributed Systems
and Networks | G4G5 | 4 years
MEng Computer Science with Image and
Multimedia Systems | G450 | 4 years
MEng Computer Science with Mobile and Secure
Systems | G421 | 4 years
BEng Software Engineering | G4G6 | 3 years
MEng Software Engineering | G600 | 4 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
“There is a culture of quality and
innovation in the school that feeds
through to the students. Since moving
on and starting work, it is clear how
well my degree has prepared me.”
Chris Gell
MEng Computer Science graduate, 2008,
now working at M&G Investments
From entertainment and business to global
challenges, computing power and resources
are being harnessed to transform our world.
We offer one of the widest programmes of courses
and modules available. On all our programmes you
will explore the essential development tools used
by software architects: programming languages;
development environments; and modelling tools for
specification, analysis and design of software systems.
You will learn the latest methodologies in capturing
requirements, structuring applications and data, and
achieving thorough program testing. All our degrees
are accredited by the British Computer Society and
transfer is possible up to the end of year two.
During the first two years of your course you will
experience software engineering in labs, lectures,
and a group project covering the areas of databases,
compilers and operating systems and networks. In
your third year you will undertake your own research
project, designing and implementing a substantial
piece of software and writing a project report. If you
choose to take the four-year MEng degree course, you
will undertake a group design project for an industrial
client in your final year. The projects are designed to
help you acquire a wide range of skills – teamwork,
project planning, applying your learning to design and
build problems, time-management, presentation, and
working to a brief – which will stand you in good stead
as you move into your career.
BSc Computer Science G400
This programme is taught from a software engineering
standpoint, with the emphasis on producing working
software systems, underpinned by a mathematical base.
MEng Computer Science G401
Same structure and content as G400 in years one and two
−−Two 10-week work placements in industry between years
two and three, and years three and four
−−Courses in industrial applications, individual design and
research projects, and specialisation in technical areas
in years three and four

ECS has one of the best undergraduate
computer labs in the UK
MEng Computer Science with
Artificial Intelligence G4GR
Undertaking specialist courses similar
to those for G401, you will also begin
to understand practical industrial
applications of artificial intelligence and
undertake individual research projects.
MEng Computer Science
with Distributed Systems
and Networks G4G5
Undertaking specialist courses similar
to those for G401, you will also begin
to understand practical industrial
applications of distributed systems
and networks, and undertake
individual research projects.
MEng Computer Science with Image
and Multimedia Systems G450
Undertaking specialist courses similar
to those for G401, you will also broaden
your interests in practical industrial
applications, group work and individual
design projects.
MEng Computer Science with
Mobile and Secure Systems G421
This new course focuses on two of
the most exciting areas of emerging
technologies. Special features of the
course include dedicated additional
laboratory modules to familiarise
students with hand-held low-power
devices using group gaming exercises
and other investigative scenarios.
BEng Software Engineering G4G6
Similar structure and content as G400
More emphasis on practical information
technology and professional issues.
MEng Software Engineering G600
Along with the options available for the
MEng Computer Science, years three
and four provide opportunities for
advanced software development.
Key facts
World-leading school, pioneer of many
of the most important advances in
computer science and web technology
in the last 10 years
Top five school in the UK (the Guardian
and the Times league tables)
Ranked second in the UK for research
quality in the 2008 Research Assessment
Exercise. Generous scholarships,
outstanding computing facilities and
helpdesks, and excellent learning
resources
Typical course content
−−Practical programming
−−Applications and systems
−−Software engineering
−−Distributed computing
−−Computational systems
−−Theory of computing
−−Computers and networks
−−Artificial intelligence
−−Hypertext and web technologies
−−Scripting languages
Career opportunities
Major employers worldwide are keen
to employ our graduates − in system
development, information technology
and communications in the IT sector, and
in the finance, service, communications
and entertainment industries.
The School has strong relationships with
employers, runs its own Careers Hub
website (www.ecs.soton.ac.uk/careers)
and holds its own annual careers fair.
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Electronics and
Computer Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr David Millard,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. Departmental booklet
and video podcasts available.
School of Electronics
and Computer Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2969
Email: ucas@ecs.soton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ecs

Have you ever wondered what
causes offensive and antisocial behaviour?
Would you like to study crime and the
responses to it in the media and other
social institutions?
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB or ABBb (when an additional AS level
has been studied), plus GCSE mathematics and
English at grade C or above
IB: 33 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 30
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview as required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology)
| LM39 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Anthropology)
| LL36 | 3 years | see page 60
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology and Psychological Studies)
| LC3V | 3 years | see page 82
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(General Pathway)
| L310 | 3 years | see page 62
Located at Highfield Campus
Are there such things as ‘cultures’ of crime? What
are the consequences of how people perceive the
‘criminal’ social world around them?
Although you will specialise in criminology, the overall
Applied Social Sciences degree programme has been
carefully crafted to offer four degree pathways that
enable you to enjoy the specialised challenge of your
own discipline while you study optional modules from
the others, encouraging you to study the social world
beyond a criminological focus. This enables you to
explore the connections and differences between your
main studies in criminology and wider social factors
from the disciplines of psychology, anthropology,
sociology and social policy, as you create a degree
suited for your intended future career.
“The multidisciplinary approach of this
programme deepens your understanding
of criminology by drawing together myriad
social phenomena, from crime in society,
to witchcraft, to welfare, all enmeshed
within the social fabric that is our world.”
Matt Fitt
BSc (Social Sciences)
Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology) graduate
Criminology
80

Perceptions of crime and criminal justice
Further information, including a
typical module breakdown of the
degree over three years, can be
found at
www.southampton.ac.uk/
appsocsci
The Criminology pathway allows
you to explore the development of
criminology, its range of perspectives,
and their applications to specific
areas of crime and criminal justice,
including comparisons with the
experiences of different countries.
−−Throughout all three years
there is a wide range of optional
modules from other applied social
sciences pathways, with increasing
specialisation in criminology
−−Introductory year one offers a
range of optional courses
−−In year three you will write a
dissertation linked to criminology,
on a research topic of your choice
Key facts
Optional choices from other pathways,
with increasing specialisation in
criminology each year
Offers specialised intellectual insight
into crime and society
Provides an invaluable range of skills and
knowledge of the social sciences and
their applications
Dedicated, friendly and approachable staff
Typical course content
−−Social thought in context
−−The making of psychology
−−Society and crime: sociological
perspectives
−−Social problems and social policy
−−Perspectives in criminology
−−Crime, social change and society
−−Psychological applications to crime
and criminal justice
−−Youth, crime and society
−−Penology
−−Sexuality and intimacy
−−Issues in law enforcement and
social control
−−Dissertation project
Career opportunities
−−Central and local government
−−Voluntary sector
−−Research
−−Human resources
−−Social services and social work
−−Journalism and media
−−Police service and probation work
−−Private security and the prison service
−−Postgraduate research and study
What to do next
Contact Nick Rayner, Admissions
Tutor, for more information.
A detailed course brochure is
available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2512
Email: sspucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/appsocsci

Explore the development of
psychology and criminology, with their
range of perspectives and applications, to
specific areas of crime and criminal justice,
including the experiences of different
countries and cultures.
Criminology & Psychological Studies
82
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB or ABBb (when an additional AS level
has been studied), plus GCSE mathematics and
English at grade C or above)
IB: 33 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 35
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview as required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology and Psychological Studies)
| LC3V | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Anthropology)
| LL36 | 3 years | see page 60
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology)
| LM39 | 3 years | see page 80
BSc (Social Sciences) Applied Social Sciences
(General Pathway)
| L310 | 3 years | see page 62
Located at Highfield Campus
Although you will specialise in criminology and
psychological studies, the overall Applied Social
Sciences degree programme has been carefully
crafted to offer four degree pathways that enable
you to enjoy the specialised challenge of your own
discipline while you study optional courses from
the others.
This will encourage you to study the social world beyond
a criminological and psychological focus, enabling you to
explore the connections and differences between your
main studies and wider social and global factors from the
disciplines of anthropology, sociology and social policy,
as you create a degree suited for your intended future
career. Further information, including a typical module
breakdown of the degree over three years, can be found
at www.southampton.ac.uk/appsocsci
“This pathway has given me useful insights
into the conception and perception of crime
across different societies and epochs. As a
foreign student, I have found that staff and
students are friendly and understanding,
while being aware of the differences that
can exist between cultures and societies.”
Richard Kapend
BSc (Social Sciences)
Applied Social Sciences
(Criminology and
Psychological Studies)
graduate

What are the psychological
motivators behind crime?
The Criminology and psychological
studies pathway in applied social
sciences provides an exceptional
opportunity to study the
psychological motivations behind
offensive and antisocial behaviour.
You will explore the unique aspects
of each discipline within
a complementary approach.
The psychological studies content
of the pathway enables you to
investigate topics and issues of
central relevance to the applied
social sciences and criminology
from a psychological perspective.
The central focus of your studies
in psychology will be social issues
in applied settings, rooted in key
theories and methods of psychology.
−−Optional modules from other
applied social sciences pathways
are available throughout all
three years, with increasing
specialisation in criminology
and psychological studies
−−Introductory year one offers
a range of optional modules
−−In year three you will write a
dissertation linked to criminology
and psychological studies, on a
research topic of your choice
Key facts
Optional choices from other pathways,
with increasing specialisation in
criminology and psychological
studies each year
Provides an invaluable range of skills
and knowledge of the social sciences
and their applications
Dedicated, friendly and approachable
staff
More modules in psychology than any
other applied social sciences pathway
Typical course content
−−The making of psychology
−−Individuals in society
−−The psychology of groups
−−Psychological disorders
−−Contemporary issues in psycho-social
studies
−−Social science perspectives
−−Introduction to criminology
−−Perspectives in criminology
−−Psychological applications to crime
and criminal justice
−−Youth, crime and society
−−Penology
Career opportunities
−−Police work
−−Probation work
−−Prison service and private security
−−Central and local government
−−Voluntary sector
−−Research
−−Human resources
−−Social services and social work
−−Journalism and the media
−−Postgraduate research and study
What to do next
Contact Nick Rayner,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2512
Email: sspucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/appsocsci

We all take economic decisions every
day and are affected by other people’s
decisions at a local, national and global
level. Economics is the study of these
decisions and actions, and of the way
economic processes work.
Economics
84
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Intake: 110
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics
| L100 | 3 years
MEcon Economics
| L101 | 4 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Accounting and Economics
| NL41 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics and Actuarial Science
| L1N3 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics and Finance
| L1NH | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics and Management
Sciences
| L112 | 3 years
BA Economics and Philosophy*
| VL51 | 3 years | see page 171
BSc Mathematics with Economics
| G1L1 | 3 years | see page 149
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics and Economics
| LL12 | 3 years | see page 179
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics, Philosophy and
Economics
| subject to validation | 3 years | see page 179
Located at Highfield Campus
*Located at Highfield and Avenue Campuses
Some questions obviously involve economics.
Should you study economics at university?
To answer this question, you need to compare
the costs and benefits of your decision. Should you
start investing in a pension now? The answer to this
question is yes, if the expected benefits from a higher
pension (discounted to take into account that they
occur in the future) outweigh the costs of missing
out on spending money and consuming today.
Some questions do not appear to involve economics,
but actually do. Should you vote? There are a number of
ways to think about this question: a straight economics
view contrasts the costs of voting (reading manifestos,
watching party political broadcasts, going to the polling
station) with the benefits, where those benefits are
weighted by the probability that your single vote will
make a difference to the overall election outcome.
Of course, economics is extremely important for
governments and policy makers as well. Should there
be a minimum wage? Do certain industries need to be
regulated? Does foreign aid actually help developing
countries? Are house prices out of control? Should
students pay for university education? All these policy
questions require economics as a key input.
Economics helps us to think in the right way about a wide
range of problems. Consider whether a university degree
increases earnings. A non-economist might just look at
whether university graduates earn more on average. An
economist recognises a crucial difficulty: perhaps more
able people go to university. Then the question becomes:
what proportion of the higher earnings is due to the
greater ability of those going to university, and what
proportion is due to the education they receive when
they get there?

Is the stock market just a lottery?
By studying a degree in economics,
you will gain in-depth knowledge
of the discipline, along with key
problem-solving, communication
and data-analysis skills. Your research
and project management skills will
be developed through the supervised
dissertation of 8,000 words, which
is a crucial part of all programmes
(making up 25 per cent of the
final year).
All our degree programmes
provide comprehensive training in
economic analysis and quantitative
methods, equipping you with the
skills and expertise demanded by
employers in industry and finance.
We offer two types of programme:
single honours, for those who want
to specialise in economics; and joint
honours, for those who want to
combine their interest in economics
with another subject (subject to
some restrictions, students can
transfer between programmes).
Particular emphasis is given to new
developments in economics (eg the
economics of information, game
theory, credible macroeconomic
policy, the measurement of inequality
and the analysis of financial data), so
our programmes provide an excellent
grounding for any career, including
that of professional economist. You
will be taught by leading economists
with international reputations
in their fields. The Economics
Division at the University of
Southampton has strengths in all
the main areas of economics.
BSc (Social Sciences)
Economics L100
A level mathematics at grade B or
above required
This programme studies economics
in great depth, through a core of
microeconomics (principles and applied),
macroeconomic (principles and policy),
and econometrics. You can choose
between a number of pathways to
reflect your background and interests.
For example, if you are considering
progressing to a master’s degree in
economics, you can choose to continue
with Microeconomic theory and Topics
in macroeconomics in year three. If you
enjoy investigating the quantitative
principles underlying econometric
techniques, you may replace the two
Econometric methods courses with
three modules: Statistical theory,
Econometrics, and Applied econometrics.
MEcon Economics L101
A level mathematics at grade B or above
required
Our master’s degree offers an alternative
to a three-year undergraduate programme
plus a one-year MSc. The course develops
the conceptual, analytical and research
skills needed by a professional economist,
enabling you to apply economic
analysis to policy problems and build
in-depth knowledge of the workings
of the economy. Only one dissertation
is required.
BSc (Social Sciences) Accounting
and Economics NL41
AS level mathematics at grade C or
above required
Combining economics with a detailed
study of accountancy, this degree is
ideal if you wish to pursue a career in
accountancy, and provides exemptions
from professional accounting
examinations. The accounting and
related management components are
taught by the School of Management.
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics
and Actuarial Science L1N3
A level mathematics at grade A required
If you like mathematics, enjoy problem
solving and are curious about financial
issues, this programme is for you. Years
one and two cover three core themes −
economics, statistics and demography −
and form the basis for the actuarial core
and options which constitute a major
part of years two and three. The degree
provides exemptions from up to eight
of the core technical (CT) professional
exams. The actuarial modules are taught
in common with the Mathematics with
Actuarial Studies programme.

“Economics seemed like an ideal
choice after my A levels. Having not studied
economics before, I felt it was something
new and interesting. I also felt that it would
be an excellent degree to provide a gateway
into the financial working sector upon
graduating.”
Victoria Watkinson | BSc Economics graduate, 2009
Economics
Continued
86

BSc (Social Sciences)
Economics and Finance L1NH
A level mathematics at grade B or
above required
This degree programme combines
a firm grounding in economics with
the theoretical and empirical analysis
of financial markets and institutions.
The programme will suit you if you
are interested in building a thorough
understanding of the world of finance,
either as preparation for a career in
a financial institution or simply to
understand better the world in
which we live.
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics
and Management Sciences L112
AS level mathematics at grade C required
The economics and management
approaches in this degree programme
complement and enhance each other.
Your studies in economics will consider the
actions of economic agents (individuals,
firms and governments), while your studies
in management will show you the best way
to organise and run a corporate enterprise,
private or public, as viewed from within.
How does the corporation choose prices,
stock levels and marketing strategy?
How does it organise its financial
control procedures and deploy human
resources? The programme also provides
some exemptions from professional
accounting examinations, and is taught
jointly with the School of Management.
Key facts
Among the top-ranked economics
departments in the UK in three
consecutive Research Assessment
Exercises. Economics and econometrics
ranked eleventh nationally in 2008
Close links with the actuarial profession
and the insurance industry
A range of first-year modules for those
without economics and/or mathematics
A level
BSc Accounting and Economics
accredited by the accountancy profession
and modules in our BSc Economics and
Actuarial Science accredited by the
Institute of Actuaries
Economic Review, a magazine for
A and AS level students, is edited
by staff in the division
Typical course content
−−A core of macroeconomics and
microeconomics, both theory and
applied, plus econometrics
−−Quantitative material at several levels
−−Core modules for some programmes
also available as options in others
(eg Industrial economics, Portfolio
theory, Managerial decisions,
Statistical methods of insurance,
Financial accounting, Principles of
finance, Empirical finance)
−−Development economics, International
trade, Public economics and Labour
economics as options
Career opportunities
−−Banking
−−Insurance and reinsurance
−−Accountancy
−−Market research
−−Economist (employers include
the Government Economic Service,
banks, consultancies and the financial
services sector)
−−Actuary
−−Financial analyst
−−NHS administrator
−−Money market dealer
What to do next
Contact the Undergraduate
Admissions Administrator for more
information. A detailed brochure
is available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4746
Email: ecucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton. ac.uk/economics

The BA Education and Training (PCET)
– equivalent to one year of full-time study
at third-year degree level – was designed
specifically for practitioners who do not
already hold an undergraduate degree.
Education & Training
Post-Compulsory
88
Typical entry requirements
The BA Education and Training (PCET) is equivalent
to a one-year, full-time programme at third-year
degree level. Candidates must have completed work
equivalent to the first two years of a full-time honours
degree. The primary qualification for entry is our
Certificate in Education (PCET)
Intake: 25
Average applicants per place: 5
Selection process: Application form and interview;
enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure may
be required if a placement is required outside the
individual’s place of work
Degree | Duration
BA Education and Training (PCET)
| 2 years (part-time)
Applications are made directly to the University, or
to Bournemouth and Poole College. Applications for
the Isle of Wight College should be made through the
University. Application forms may be downloaded
from our website at
www.southampton.ac.uk/education
Located at the University of Southampton,
Bournemouth and Poole College, and
Isle of Wight College
This course provides an academic route of
progression for non-graduate practitioners currently
working in post-compulsory education and training.
Achieving graduate status will assist your career
progression and open up new opportunities in all
areas of the field. It is particularly relevant to the
work and careers of lecturers, instructors and
trainers in post-compulsory education and training.
The programme comprises challenging work, based on
further, higher, adult and continuing education, both
in the UK and overseas. It is designed to build on and
complement the skills and understanding you have
already developed, with an increasing academic and
research-based orientation.
“Most of our students are mature
professionals, teaching in a variety of
organisations. They see the University
of Southampton as providing them
with a flexible opportunity to obtain
a degree. Our BA enables them to
fulfil their personal ambitions and
employment potential.”
Alan Harding
Programme Director,
Education and Training
(PCET)

Build on the skills and understanding
you have already developed
Key facts
Allows Certificate of Education students
to achieve degree status
Teaching and assessment rooted in your
own experiences
Excellent career progression
Allows you to earn while you learn
Experienced tutors
Typical course content
−−Management
−−Social context
−−Learning theory
−−Philosophy
−−Policy analysis
−−Individual research project
Career opportunities
−−Student support
−−Adult education
−−Community education
−−Further education
−−Health services
−−Uniformed services
−−Work-based training programmes
−−Educational management
−−School guidance
−−Training roles
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Education go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/education_
funding
What to do next
Contact the School of Education
for more information. A detailed
course brochure is available on the
School’s website.
School of Education
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 3477
Email: educate@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/education

If you are a graduate working as a
teaching assistant, or you have some
credits from higher-level study and are
looking to attain qualified teacher status,
this programme will prepare you to teach
within the primary age range.
Education & Training (Primary)
with Qualified Teacher Status
90
Typical entry requirements
This programme seeks to recruit students with
at least 220 CAT credits, with some experience of
working with children, preferably in an early years/
primary school setting. You will also need GCSE
mathematics, English and a science subject at grades
A*−C or equivalent
Intake: 30
Selection process: Application form and interview,
including a five-minute presentation and spelling
test; enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure
will be required
Degree | Duration
BA Education and Training (Primary)
with Qualified Teacher Status
| 2 years
Applications are made directly to the University.
Application forms may be downloaded from our
website at www.southampton.ac.uk/education
Located at Highfield Campus
The course provides a way forward for those
students who have completed an FdA in a related
subject, such as our FdA Working with Children,
or who have 220 CAT credits from higher-level
study in a related area.
The programme is full-time over two years, with classes
taking place on one whole day and an evening per week.
There is an additional expectation that periods of between
one and six weeks will be spent on school-based training
in an appropriate school throughout the two years.
You will explore the main psychological and
philosophical perspectives necessary to develop
excellent educational practice that is both creative
and critical. The programme consists of six units,
each of which carries 20 credits at level 6. You will also
complete a research project, which carries 40 credits.
“It’s great seeing students grow in confidence
as trainee teachers, and rewarding to see them
complete the degree and become excellent,
caring and well-qualified primary teachers.
Some are already thinking about moving on
to undertake postgraduate studies.”
Dr Jasmine Rhamie
Lecturer in Primary Education

Classes take place one afternoon
and evening per week
Key facts
Provides a flexible route into teaching
Allows you to work as you train
Provides you with an honours degree as
well as Qualified Teaching Status (QTS)
Qualifies you to teach across two
consecutive age ranges between
Foundation Stage, Key Stage 1 or Key
Stage 1/Key Stage 2
Recent Ofsted inspection awarded
grade 2 (good) for provision
Typical course content
−−Learning theory
−−Social context
−−Philosophy
−−Management
−−Policy analysis
−−QTS studies
−−Research project
−−School-based training
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Education go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/education_
funding
What to do next
Contact the School of Education
for more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Education
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7253
Email: educate@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/education

Electrical engineering concerns anything
that involves electrical power, from the
electromagnetics of superconducting systems
to the principles of power generation and
transmission, and the development of more
efficient and sustainable energy sources.
Electrical Engineering
92
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including mathematics and physics
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level, including 6 in
mathematics and physics at higher level
Intake: 20
Average applicants per place: 9
Selection process: UCAS application and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng Electrical Engineering
| H620 | 3 years
MEng Electrical Engineering
| H601 | 4 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
Our programmes are broad, based on solid physics
and mathematics, and include many different
elements that complement traditional power
engineering. It is this combination of breadth,
fundamentals and their application which
gives these courses their strength.
Not only is electrical engineering a fascinating and
relevant discipline, but our graduates are in great demand.
According to the Independent, “Over 90 per cent of
recruiters [in electricity and power supply companies]
are looking specifically for electrical engineers”, and with
an electrical engineering degree from the University of
Southampton, your career prospects will be first class.
You will be taught by staff with up-to-date knowledge of
industrial problems, ensuring that theory is illustrated
with understanding derived from practical experience.
Our courses are accredited by the Institute of Engineering
and Technology, and all students are eligible for generous
funding and sponsorship from the UK Power Academy:
www.theiet.org/poweracademy
“Current students of electrical engineering
have really timed it right – the job opportunities
are amazing. We’ve got to invest in the UK
power industry for the next 40 years,
and there are challenging and
financially very rewarding
careers out there.”
Professor Alun Vaughan
Electrical Power Engineering

The new ECS electrical engineering lab
BEng Electrical Engineering H620
This programme covers topics ranging
from the technologies of electrical
power and control to microelectronics
and computing. You will work on systems
which interface electronics and computers
with aircraft, electric cars and renewable
energy sources.
−−Wide range of technical subjects
covered in year one, in common with
other degrees in the School, enabling
you to transfer between programmes
in this year
−−Focus on core subjects in year two,
with opportunity to tailor your studies
to meet your interests in year three,
including options from outside
the School
−−Project work allows you to work at the
frontier of knowledge with one of our
research groups
MEng Electrical Engineering H601
This programme enhances the BEng
material with a selection of courses,
including more advanced engineering
topics, management studies, law and
group projects, in which you will tackle
wide-ranging engineering problems.
−−Years one and two are the same as for
H620, allowing for transfer between
the two courses during this time
−−Emphasis on independent learning
in years three and four
−−Group design project in year four,
to design and construct a product
needed by industry
To find out more about student life in
the School of Electronics and Computer
Science, read our student blogs at
www.ecs.soton.ac.uk/admissions/
ug/blogs
Key facts
Second in the UK for electrical and
electromechanical engineering
(the Times and the Guardian, 2010)
World-leading school, with its own
high-voltage laboratory
Member of the UK Power Academy
97.5 per cent of research deemed “world
class” or “of international standing” in
the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
Generous scholarships, outstanding
electrical engineering lab and computing
facilities and helpdesks, and excellent
learning resources
Typical course content
−−Applied electromagnetics
−−Circuits
−−Control and systems engineering
−−Electrical machine dynamics
−−Electrical materials
−−Electronics
−−High-voltage engineering
−−Mathematics
−−Power electronics
−−Power systems engineering
Career opportunities
The School has excellent relationships
with employers, runs its own Careers
Hub website (ecs.soton.ac.uk/careers)
and holds its own annual careers fair.
We have one of the best employment
rates in the UK.
−−Electricity supply industry
−−Major electrical companies
−−Government departments
−−Software houses
−−Research and development
−−Management
−−Business and finance
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Electronics and
Computer Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr David Swaffield,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. Course brochure
and video podcasts available.
School of Electronics
and Computer Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2969
Email: ucas@ecs.soton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ecs

Electromechanical engineering is
concerned with systems ranging from
micro-machines to powerful industrial
robots, all relying on mechanical elements,
electrical power, sensing and control to
produce a useful device.
Electromechanical Engineering
94
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including mathematics and physics
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level, including 6 in
mathematics and physics at higher level
Intake: 20
Average applicants per place: 9
Selection process: UCAS application and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng Electromechanical Engineering
| HH36 | 3 years
MEng Electromechanical Engineering
| HHH6 | 4 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
“If you’re looking to head into
engineering, but you’re not sure about
what to specialise in, this is the course
to take! From a broad base, it provides
the opportunity to specialise later in
the degree, making possible a wide
range of careers in engineering and
other fields.”
Steve Gough
MEng Electromechanical Engineering graduate,
2007; Power Academy Scholar
A modern jet airliner is an excellent example of a
large electromechanical device. Electrical power
and electronic control have to be converted into
real mechanical work to enable the pilot to adjust the
rudder, ailerons and elevators, and control the plane.
At the same time, monitoring the plane’s response
involves sensing mechanical movements and forces,
and converting these into information signals for
electronic systems to display.
This degree programme was developed in response
to the needs of industry, and includes a wide range of
complementary topics from the related disciplines of
mechanical engineering, electronics, control theory
and power engineering. It is this combination of
breadth, fundamentals and applications that gives
our courses their strength.
Our programmes are accredited by the Institute
of Engineering and Technology, and all students are
eligible for generous funding and sponsorship from the
UK Power Academy: www.theiet.org/poweracademy

For his Part 3 project Wayne Tubby
built a low-cost robot platform capable
of negotiating rough terrain
BEng Electromechanical
Engineering HH36
This programme is broad-based,
integrating the study of electrical
power, mechanical elements to convert
that power into motion, electronics,
control theory and computing. Theory
is illustrated with understanding derived
from practical experience and project
work, which is a major component and
is often linked with industrial activity.
−−Wide range of technical subjects
covered in year one, in common with
other degrees in the School, enabling
you to transfer between programmes
in this year
−−Mixture of electrical and mechanical
subjects in year two, with supporting
mathematics
−−Opportunity to tailor your studies
to meet your interests in year three,
including options such as technical law,
management, modern languages and
advanced mathematics
MEng Electromechanical
Engineering HHH6
This programme enhances the BEng
material with a selection of courses which
include more advanced engineering topics,
management studies, law and group
projects, in which you will tackle wideranging
engineering problems, requiring
an understanding of mechanics as well as
power engineering.
−−Years one and two are the same as for
HH36, allowing for transfer between
the two courses during this time
−−Emphasis on independent learning
in years three and four
−−Group design project in year four, to
design and construct a product needed
by industry
Key facts
Ranked number two in the UK for electrical
and electromechanical engineering
(the Times and the Guardian, 2010)
World-leading school, with its own
high-voltage laboratory
Member of the UK Power Academy
97.5 per cent of research deemed
“world class” or “of international
standing” in the Research Assessment
Exercise 2008
Generous scholarships, outstanding
electromechanical lab and computing
facilities and helpdesks, and excellent
learning resources
Typical course content
−−Automation and robotics
−−Circuits
−−Electromechanical design
−−Electronics
−−Engineering design and manufacture
−−Linear engineering systems
−−Materials
−−Mathematics
−−Mechanics of solids
−−Power transmission and vibration
Career opportunities
The School has strong relationships
with employers, runs its own Careers Hub
website (www.ecs.soton.ac.uk/careers)
and holds its own annual careers fair.
−−Engineering systems
−−Electricity supply industry
−−Major electrical companies
−−Government departments
−−Software houses
−−Research and development
−−Management
−−Business and finance
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Electronics and
Computer Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr David Swaffield,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. Course brochure
and video podcasts available.
School of Electronics
and Computer Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2969
Email: ucas@ecs.soton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ecs

Electronics and electronic systems
have become the enabling technology of
the material world, with devices becoming
smaller, cheaper, and faster.
Electronic Engineering
96
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA, including mathematics and a physical
science, preferably physics
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, including 6 in
mathematics and a physical science at higher level
Intake: 75
Average applicants per place: 6−7
Selection process: UCAS application and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng Electronic Engineering
| H610 | 3 years
MEng Electronic Engineering
| H603 | 4 years
MEng Electronic Engineering with Artificial Intelligence
| H6G7 | 4 years
MEng Electronic Engineering with Computer Systems
| H6G4 | 4 years
MEng Electronic Engineering with Nanotechnology
| H611 | 4 years
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Optical Communications
| H680 | 4 years
MEng Electronic Engineering with Power Systems
| H690 | 4 years
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Wireless Communications
| H641 | 4 years
MEng Electronic Engineering with Mobile
and Secure Systems
| H691 | 4 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
This revolution has brought us mobile phones,
MP3 players, satnav and hand-helds. Increasingly,
electronics are playing a part in medicine and the
biological sciences. As devices become smaller,
they can be implanted in people to monitor heart
conditions and deliver insulin. In the future, they
may be used to seek out and destroy viruses.
Our courses will involve you in all aspects of designing
modern electronic systems, through a mixture of
theory and practical demonstrations, laboratory work,
group coursework and a challenging personal project.
All our courses are accredited by the Institute of
Engineering and Technology, and are recognised
by the Defence Technical Undergraduate Scheme
(DTUS), which provides sponsored places as part
of officer training in Her Majesty’s Armed Forces.
We offer generous scholarships and have outstanding
electronic and computing facilities.
BEng Electronic Engineering H610
This popular course will provide you with the skills to work in
any area of the electronics industry.
−−Years one and two cover the basic theory and practice
essential to any chartered engineer, with year two
consolidating the basic skills of a modern electronic engineer
−−Year three allows you to tailor the programme to suit your
interests, and includes an individual project
“In ECS you’re benchmarking yourself with
really bright and committed people from all
over the world, and it gives you a better focus
on your work. The whole experience for me
was a rollercoaster of learning and personal
development – and lots of fun.”
Sean Nuzum
MEng Electronic Engineering;
UK Student of the Year 2008

The world’s cheapest swarm robots
were designed and built by ECS
Electronic Engineering students on
the Bio-Inspired Robotics course
MEng Electronic Engineering H603
This degree will equip you with the wide
range of skills required for a career in
electronics and information engineering.
−−Years one and two follow H610
−−Specialist options in years three and
four will take you to the leading edge
of technology sought by industry
−−There is an opportunity to study
abroad for one or two semesters
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Artificial Intelligence H6G7
Core content as for H610
This programme provides a thorough
grounding in electronic engineering,
plus advanced topics in years three
and four (eg adaptive systems, artificial
intelligence, advanced computer graphics
and computational intelligence).
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Computer Systems H6G4
Content and structure similar to H6G7
Specialist modules in years three
and four include computer networks,
advanced computer architecture, applied
parallel and concurrent programming and
computational modelling.
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Nanotechnology H611
Content and structure similar to H6G7
Specialist modules in years three and
four include integrated circuit design,
digital system synthesis, VLSI design,
silicon technology and devices, and
nanotechnology.
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Optical Communications H680
Content and structure similar to H6G7
Specialist modules in years three and
four include optoelectronics, optical
fibre communications, and integrated
and non-linear optics.
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Power Systems H690
This course aims to produce engineers
who can tackle the challenge of designing
modern power systems for tomorrow’s
world. Students are eligible for funding
under the Power Academy Scheme.
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Wireless Communications H641
Content and structure similar to H6G7
Specialist modules in years three and
four include signal processing, speech
communications, personal multimedia
communications, radio communications
engineering, sonar and computer vision.
MEng Electronic Engineering with
Mobile and Secure Systems H691
Core content similar to H610
The focus of this stream is on aspects
of hardware and software design for
mobile systems which have constrained
power and signal processing ability with
wireless channels as the chief means
of external communication. Specialist
labs are conducted in the first two years
to familiarise students with hand-held
low-power devices using group gaming
exercises and other scenarios.
Key facts
World-leading school, pioneer of
many of the most important advances
in electronics and microelectronics in
the last 30 years
Ranked number two for electronics in the
UK (the Times and the Guardian, 2010)
New £100 million interdisciplinary
clean room opened in 2008
97.5 per cent of research in electronics in
the School is rated “world class” or
“of international standing” (RAE, 2008)
Typical course content
−−C and C# programming
−−Analogue and digital circuit design
−−Solid state electronics
−−Design and test of digital systems
−−Control and systems engineering
−−Radio communication
−−Computer networks
−−Nanotechnology
−−Group design project
−−Individual research project
Career opportunities
97 per cent of our graduates had
graduate-level jobs within six months
of graduation in 2008. The School has
excellent relationships with employers,
with its own ECS Careers Hub website
(www.ecs.soton.ac.uk/careers) and
annual careers fair.
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Electronics and
Computer Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Nick Harris,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. Course brochure
and video podcasts available.
School of Electronics
and Computer Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2969
Email: ucas@ecs.soton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ecs

Southampton is the UK’s leading
university for engineering, and is highly
rated for the quality of its research and
teaching. Our degrees provide breadth
and depth of study, enabling our graduates
to follow a wide variety of careers in
engineering and other professions.
Engineering at Southampton
98
Typical entry requirements
See individual programmes for details
of typical entry requirements.
Subject areas
Acoustical Engineering
| see page 56
Aeronautics and Astronautics
| see page 58
Civil Engineering
| see page 76
Computer Science and Software Engineering
| see page 78
Electrical Engineering
| see page 92
Electromechanical Engineering
| see page 94
Electronic Engineering
| see page 96
Environmental Engineering
| see page 106
Mechanical Engineering
| see page 152
Ship Science
| see page 188
The four engineering schools within the Faculty
of Engineering, Science and Mathematics are:
−−Civil Engineering and the Environment
−−Electronics and Computer Science
−−Engineering Sciences
−−Institute of Sound and Vibration Research
Key facts
Our four engineering schools offer a world-class environment
for research and education
All our degrees are accredited for Chartered Engineer
(CEng) status
A range of programmes with a choice of specialisations
in later years
Opportunity to study for both BEng and MEng programmes
in most disciplines, with flexible degree paths
Career opportunities
−−Our degree programmes provide you with the skills and
knowledge to compete for the most senior positions in industry
−−Many of our graduates go on to obtain higher degrees and
enjoy successful careers in research and academia
−−The Defence Technical Undergraduate Scheme (DTUS)
sends sponsored trainee officers from the three armed
services and the civil service to Southampton to study
engineering

SPI Lasers UK Ltd, University of
Southampton spin-out company

The Foundation Year is the first year of
a four- or five-year programme leading to a
degree in any of our engineering, computer
science, physics or geophysics disciplines.
Successful completion of the year guarantees
progression to our degree programmes.
Engineering/Physics/Geophysics
Foundation Year
100
Typical entry requirements
A levels: BBB
BTEC National Diploma: DDM
IB: 3o points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 80
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application (additional
information may also be required, such as a
mathematics test)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years
BSc/MEng Computer Science with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years
BSc Geophysical Sciences/MGeophys Geophysics
with Foundation Year
| F662 | 4/5 years
BSc/MPhys Physics with Foundation Year
| F301 | 4/5 years
Located at Highfield Campus
This programme may suit you if you are studying
for A levels in subjects different from those
normally required for an engineering or physical
science degree, or for a BTEC National Certificate
or Diploma. It may also interest you if you are a
mature applicant, with skills and experience from
employment, or if you come from part of the world
where the education system is different from the
British A level system. We may also consider your
application if you have taken mathematics and
physics at A level but circumstances beyond your
control (eg serious illness or personal problems)
have led to lower grades than your high predictions.
This full-time programme is delivered through
a combination of lectures, workshops, tutorials,
laboratory sessions and private study. Assessment is
mainly by unseen written examination and a variety
of coursework assignments. There is a strong emphasis
on problem solving and the application of mathematics.
“The most rewarding part of my
job is supporting the students as
they develop their academic
skills, and watching them
grow in confidence at the
same time.”
Sandra Conway
Foundation Year
Student Support Manager

Foundation Year students in a laboratory
Key facts
A route to a degree in engineering,
computer science, physics or geophysics
for students without the traditional
entry qualifications
All students taught on our Highfield
Campus
Mature and international students
welcome
Supportive learning environment
Excellent dedicated facilities
Typical course content
−−Mathematics
−−Academic and communication skills
−−Computer applications
−−Electricity and electronics
−−Engineering principles
−−Laboratory work
−−Mechanical science
Scholarships
For information on scholarships go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr A Barney, Admissions
Tutor, for more information.
A course leaflet is available.
Engineering/Physics/
Geophysics Foundation Year
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 3113
Email: foundyr@southampton.ac.uk
www.esm.soton.ac.uk/foundation

English can be a particularly satisfying
degree course, giving you the chance
to use your imagination and creativity
as well as your intelligence.
English
102
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including an A in English literature
or language and literature
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level, including 6 in
higher level English
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA English
| Q300 | 3 years
BA English and French
| QR31 | 4 years
BA English and German
| QR32 | 4 years
BA English and History
| QV31 | 3 years
BA English and Music
| QW33 | 3 years
BA English and Philosophy
| QV35 | 3 years
BA English and Spanish
| QR34 | 4 years
BA Film and English
| QW36 | 3 years | see page 115
Located at Avenue Campus
“I loved the huge choice available when
choosing modules; there were always
some that I knew I’d love. The lecturers
obviously wanted to be teaching us
interesting subjects that we’d enjoy,
and they did!”
Lisa Thompson
BA Film and English graduate, 2006
The best reason for choosing to study English
literature is that you enjoy it and are good at it
– you read widely, are not afraid of intellectual
challenges and have a feeling for words. English at
Southampton covers a broad timespan, from the
Middle Ages to the twenty-first century, with an
emphasis on the relationship of literature to
its historical and cultural context.
Our academic staff are active researchers at the cutting
edge of their fields. Through our teaching we provide
first-hand access to recent discoveries, new theories
and current debates in English studies. We value
face-to-face contact with students and support all
our courses with web-based learning resources, as
well as important electronic research tools and
licences, such as Early English Books Online.
BA English Q300
Year one introduces general areas of study, theoretical
approaches and practical skills, laying the foundation for
deeper study of the areas of literature and cultural theory
that interest you most in your second and final years.
−−Two English double modules and four single modules in
year one
−−A range of modules in your second and final year, and a
final-year dissertation on a topic of your choice
−−Option to take 25 per cent of your programme in an
alternative subject
BA English and French QR31
BA English and German QR32
BA English and Spanish QR34
These combined degrees provide a broader understanding
of the literature and critical theory aspects of your English
studies, while emphasising linguistic training and the study
of contemporary culture. You will spend year three in a
country where your chosen language is spoken.
−−Two core English courses and core modules from your other
subject in year one
−−Choice of modules from both subjects in your second and
final years, with the option to take up to 25 per cent of your
programme in an alternative subject

Students enjoying their lecture
−−Dissertation on a topic of your choice
in either of your main subjects in your
final year
BA English and History QV31
Combined degree structure as for QR31/
QR32/QR34
This wide-ranging programme draws
on the growing emphasis on historical
and cultural context in English studies,
which has led to increasingly strong links
between the two subjects, particularly
in the area of Jewish studies and the
eighteenth century.
BA English and Music QW33
Combined degree structure as for QR31/
QR32/QR34
This innovative programme explores
the interconnections between the two
disciplines, through the study of such
aspects as the lyric, opera, musical
and film. The music element of the
degree combines technical studies with
historical and critical perspectives, and
includes modules on the music business
and new musical technology.
BA English and Philosophy QV35
Combined degree structure as for QR31/
QR32/QR34
Philosophy offers a range of philosophical
styles, making it possible to explore the
theoretical links between English and
philosophy, reinforced by the substantial
element of critical theory in the
English course.
Key facts
A wide range of options, including
groundbreaking work in international
writing, film studies and creative writing
Rated 2.8 out of 4 in the 2008 Research
Assessment Exercise
92 per cent of students agreed that
the overall quality of the English course
was good in the National Student
Survey (2008)
The opportunity to study a language,
plus student exchanges with Frankfurt,
Lausanne, Barcelona and Cracow
A close association with Chawton House
Library and Study Centre – housing an
extensive collection of women’s writing
Typical course content
−−Narrative and culture
−−Critical theory
−−Introduction to stage and screen
−−Poetic language
−−Film studies
−−Creative writing
−−Postcolonial literature
−−Medieval and Renaissance literature
Career opportunities
Of our 2008 graduates, 83 per cent
are currently in paid work or further
education.
Previous graduates have found
employment in:
−−Media
−−Journalism
−−Creative writing
−−Theatre
−−Publishing
−−Advertising
−−Law
−−Civil service
−−Teaching
−−Postgraduate study
−−Specialist training for specific career
paths (eg accredited journalism
courses)
What to do next
Contact Bella Millett or
Shelley Cobb, Admissions Tutors,
or Danni Sarony, Admissions
Coordinator, for more information.
A detailed course brochure is
available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2736
Email: humanities@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/english

Creativity and innovation are key
to sustaining competition in a global
economy, but generating new ideas is not
enough. Entrepreneurship encompasses
the successful exploitation of new ideas and
the application of knowledge in new areas.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, plus GCSE mathematics grade B
or above
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview in special circumstances)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Management with Entrepreneurship
| N290 | 3 years
BSc Management
| N201 | 3 years | see page 142
BSc Management Sciences
| N200 | 3 years | see page 144
International Foundation Year in
Arts, Humanities, Law and Social Sciences
(including School of Management programmes)
| LMV0 | 1 year | see page 136
Located at Highfield Campus
Entrepreneurship is about realising the potential
of opportunities profitably, either within an
existing organisation or by creating a new venture.
Entrepreneurial behaviour requires a mindset that is
always striving for improvement to keep ahead of the
competition. Entrepreneurial qualities have never
been more in demand by employers and are vital
for those wishing to start a business themselves.
BSc Management with Entrepreneurship N290
A degree in management with entrepreneurship could
enable you to operate at a strategic level within a variety of
organisations, or even to set up your own company. It will also
develop your key skills, such as problem solving, communication,
self-management and teamwork.
This degree provides a broad appreciation of management
theory and practice from a number of different perspectives,
combined with specialist knowledge of entrepreneurship.
The programme places entrepreneurship in its broader
managerial and organisational context.
Entrepreneurship
104
“Entrepreneurial qualities have never been
more in demand by companies seeking to
employ well-qualified, innovative graduates.
Being able to create and seize entrepreneurial
opportunities is a valuable skill that
could give you a competitive
advantage in business today.”
Dr Lorraine Warren
Senior Lecturer in Entrepreneurship
and Innovation

Exploiting new ideas
−−The management element of the
programme explores the basic
theoretical principles in key areas
such as organisational behaviour,
finance, marketing, operations and
project management
−−A central theme is entrepreneurial
behaviour and how this relates to
innovation, opportunity recognition and
development, and new venture creation
−−You will be able to choose optional
modules from the School of
Management, as well as a language
or other approved subjects
Key facts
One of the UK’s leading management
schools
In 2009, 76 per cent of School of
Management students achieved firstclass
or upper second-class degrees
Our student society, ManSoc, is one of
the largest academic societies affiliated
to the Students’ Union
Typical course content
−−Accounting
−−Entrepreneurial management
−−Entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial
behaviour
−−Information systems and information
technology
−−Management analysis
−−Managing innovation
−−Managing opportunity
−−Marketing
−−New venture creation and
development
−−Operations management
Career opportunities
−−The School of Management has
close links with business
−− Many of our graduates go on to
professional training and graduate
management schemes
−−A range of career options are available,
in management, accounting, finance,
banking and retail
−−A small number of students go on
to establish their own business
−−Recent recruiters of School of
Management students include
PricewaterhouseCoopers, BT, Barclays,
Sainsbury’s, Ernst & Young and Deloitte
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Management go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Visit the School of Management’s
website for more information.
School of Management
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5507
Email: mgtmail3@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
management

With a growing global population,
the pressures on our increasingly scarce
natural resources have never been greater.
Environmental Engineering
106
Typical entry requirements
A level: AAA (excluding general studies and critical
thinking), including mathematics and a science
subject, preferably physics but biology, chemistry,
geography, geology and environmental studies
also considered
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level. To include
mathematics and a science subject at higher level,
with a minimum of 6 points in each
Intake: 90
Average applicants per place: 10
Please note that our entry requirements may change.
Please refer to www.southampton.ac.uk/civil for
the latest information
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview may be required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
MEng Environmental Engineering
| H251 | 4 years
MEng Environmental Engineering
with Foundation Year
| H008 | 5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
A common question often raised relates to
the difference between civil engineering and
environmental engineering. First, it is important
to understand that both civil and environmental
engineering deal with providing solutions to issues
faced by society: transporting goods, people, water,
oil, gas, and providing infrastructure in the form
of buildings and public spaces for work, housing
and recreation.
Most engineering relies on using resources. Civil
engineering uses natural resources such as land,
water, sea and other raw materials for construction.
Environmental engineering is unique in that it offers
solutions to problems arising out of the use of these
resources. With a growing global population, the
pressures on our increasingly scarce natural resources
have never been greater.
The MEng Environmental Engineering is fully accredited
for Chartered Engineer status. The programme offers
comprehensive coverage of environmental engineering,
with an emphasis on design, teamwork and management,
and the opportunity to gain key transferable skills.
“Southampton is one of the leading
universities in the country for environmental
engineering. It will give you a universally
renowned and respected degree.”
Peter Andrews
MEng Environmental
Engineering, 2009

Wind power is a renewable
form of energy generation
Key facts
The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
placed Southampton in an elite group in
the civil engineering unit of assessment.
On a ‘medals table’ basis, we were ranked
second in the UK, reflecting both the high
quality and volume of our research. Our
grade point average was equivalent to
the top 5* rating in the 2001 RAE
Teaching by leading experts in their fields
Wide variety of optional modules
First-rate facilities
Excellent career prospects
Typical course content
−−Mechanics
−−Hydraulics
−−Geology
−−Geotechnics
−−Environmental chemistry
−−Design
−−Surveying
−−Water resources
−−Environmental management
−−Engineering mathematics
Career opportunities
−−Consulting engineer
−−Local authority engineer
−−Environment Agency engineer
−−Construction manager
−−Project manager
−−Civil servant
−−Banking/financial services
−−Management consultancy
−−Postgraduate study
−−Academic teaching and research
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Civil Engineering
and the Environment go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Admissions Tutor
for more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Civil Engineering
and the Environment
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4651
Email: admissions@civil.soton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/civil

Environmental scientists are the
professionals who help us address the
problems we face – now and in the future
– managing our natural environment
sustainably and seeking to balance
this with economic and social concerns.
Environmental Sciences
108
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB–ABB, including two science
subjects (from geography, biology, chemistry,
physics, mathematics, psychology, geology and
environmental studies) and excluding general
studies and critical thinking
IB: 34–32 points, 17–16 at higher level, with a
minimum of 12–10 points from the following science
subjects at higher level: biology, chemistry, physics,
geography, psychology and mathematics
Intake: 60–65
Average applicants per place: 5
Selection process: Interview and visit day for
suitable applicants
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Environmental Sciences
| F900 | 3 years
MEnvSci Environmental Sciences
| F902 | 4 years
BSc/MEnvSci Environmental
Sciences with Foundation Year
| F903 | 4/5 years | see page 186
Located at Highfield Campus, with some options
available at the National Oceanography Centre,
Southampton
Such problems have become regular headline
news items over the last few years, and include
climate change, tsunamis, deforestation, pollution,
destruction of wildlife, earthquakes and genetically
modified organisms (GMOs).
Our challenging degree programmes provide
interdisciplinary knowledge, embracing geography,
biology, ocean and earth science, and environmental
science, and our diverse pathway system allows you to
make your own choices about your areas of speciality.
Our graduates are adaptable, knowledgeable
professionals, with rewarding and worthwhile career
prospects. Our annual surveys consistently report that
over 80 per cent of our graduates are using their degree
in their chosen career, 18 months after graduation.
“My degree, choice of modules and the
volunteering I completed provided me with
the experience I needed to get the job I am
doing today. I am extremely glad I took my
degree at the University of Southampton.
I wouldn’t have wanted
to do it anywhere else.”
Matt Rake
BSc Environmental
Sciences graduate

Environmental
Sciences students have
plenty of opportunities
to do fieldwork
BSc Environmental Sciences F900
A levels: ABB, including two science subjects
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
−−Core modules in environmental
sciences, ecology, geography, statistics,
ocean and earth science
−−Year two modules in environmental
impact assessment, pollution and
environmental law
−−Two field courses, leading to an
independent research project in
year three
−−Lectures from guest speakers working
in environmental fields
MEnvSci Environmental Sciences
F902
A levels: AAB, including two science
subjects
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
−−As for F900 in years one and two
−−Work placement module in final year
−−Two field courses
−−Advanced level independent research
project
−−Lectures from guest speakers working
in environmental fields
Key facts
Consistently rated well above national
average for overall student satisfaction
in the National Student Survey
Flexible programme and wide range
of options
Two residential field courses – free
in year one
Study abroad option in Canada
The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
placed Southampton in an elite group in
the civil engineering unit of assessment.
On a ‘medals table’ basis, we were ranked
second in the UK, reflecting both the high
quality and volume of our research. Our
grade point average was equivalent to
the top 5* rating in the 2001 RAE
Typical course content
−−Biodiversity and conservation
−−Chemistry and environmental
pollution
−−Physical and aquatic environments
−−Global environmental change
−−Sustainable development and
managing impacts
−−Environmental law and politics
−−Coastal management
−−Recycling and waste management
Career opportunities
−−Environmental management for
business
−−Water resources and pollution control
−−Sustainable energy
−−Wildlife conservation and ecological
management
−−Environmental education
−−Consultancy (in areas such as
environmental impact assessment,
wildlife management and
contaminated land)
−−Sustainable waste management
−−Planning, local government and
sustainability policy
−−Academic teaching and research
−−Environmental regulation and
enforcement
−−Overseas development projects
What to do next
Contact Simon Kemp, Admissions
Tutor, for more information.
A detailed course brochure is
available.
School of Civil Engineering
and the Environment
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4651
Email: admissions@civil.soton.ac.uk
www.civil.southampton.ac.uk/es

Our Fashion and Textile Design
programme values its strong industry
links and majors in developing employable
graduates.
Fashion & Textile Design
110
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB, including an art-related subject
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 125
Average applicants per place: 4
Selection process: We place priority on a portfolio
interview, which allows students to demonstrate
their artistic ability and can override standard entry
requirements. Portfolio guidance can be found on
our website at www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa
Application deadline: 24 March 2011. Early
applications are welcomed. We will conduct
portfolio interviews from November onwards
For the most up-to-date admission information
please check the UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk or
the School website at www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Fashion and Textile Design
| WJ24 | 3 years
Located at Winchester School of Art
“I really enjoyed my time at
Winchester School of Art, especially
putting together my collection in
the third year. I came second in the
international competition, 4CF,
judged by Peter Jensen, Sophia Malig
and Robert Cary Williams, and I won
the Mulberry Accessories Award at
graduate fashion week which resulted
in a placement with the company.”
Verity Pemberton
Graduate, 2009
Our Fashion and Textile Design programme offers
students an exciting range of learning opportunities
across the dynamic subject areas of fashion design,
knitwear, woven textiles and printed textiles.
During year one you will be encouraged to explore the
subject areas of fashion and textile design through
a series of creative projects, workshops, seminars,
lectures and study trips. These are designed to expand
your knowledge and understanding as you acquire the
fundamental practical and intellectual skills that will
underpin your specialist pathway choice in year two.
During year two you will work in your chosen specialist
pathways and will have the opportunity to build on
your introductory knowledge of the subject areas of
fashion design, knitwear or textile design in printed
textiles or woven textiles. Typically, you will undertake
more advanced projects and explore your chosen
subject in more depth, which may include working on
industry-linked projects or competitions. Year two
students also have the opportunity to undertake an
exchange module with one of our partner institutions
in Europe, USA or Asia.
The third year will allow you to confirm your subject
specialist knowledge and skills at a more advanced level
by working to externally set briefs or producing a
self-initiated body of work before completing a final
major project for presentation and exhibition to a public
audience with a supporting professional portfolio.
Fashion design students benefit from an extensive
range of industrial sewing machines, multi-thread
overlockers for woven and knitted fabrics, professional
dress stands for mens and womenswear, as well as a
fusible press and vacuum presses.

Garment from final-year collection
by graduate Verity Pemberton
Photographed by Rob Smith
Our knitwear students have access
to a range of sophisticated knitting
machines, including our newly
acquired computerised Shima Seiki
knitting machines across three
gauges, as well as a variety of singleand
double-bed Dubied knitting
machines, linkers and manual
knitting machines.
Students working in printed textiles
have access to a variety of dedicated
print studios and computer suites,
which include our Mimaki digital
printer. Heat transfer printing and
hand screen printing on large tables
with adjoining screen exposing
rooms and dye labs are also available.
Our woven textiles studios are
supported with a state-of-the-art
jacquard loom as well as a variety
of computerised AVL dobby looms
and manual table looms to support
a choice of weaving techniques
and finishes.
Key facts
Graduate destinations to fashion and
textile design companies including
Mulberry, Alexander McQueen,
Burberry, Liberty, Chloe, Peter Jensen,
Rachel Rowberry, Kath Kidston, Cole
& Sons, Idaho Design, Mud Pie, Erdem,
ID magazine, Griffin Clothing and the
Arcadia Group
Fully equipped studios with industrystandard
machinery and accessories
Flexible programme provides a broad
base before specialising
Institutional subscriptions to specialist
fashion trend and forecasting services
Internationally recognised teaching
staff, with diverse research interests
Typical course content
−−Practical workshops
−−National and international
competitions
−−Work experience and placement
opportunities
−−Exchange opportunities with partner
institutions in Europe, USA and Asia
−−Core choice modules in: Enterprise;
Art of marketing and branding;
Visual culture; Museums and galleries;
and Digital practices and theory
Career opportunities
−−Fashion design
−−Visual merchandising
−−Product development
−−Textile/fashion merchandising
−−Knit, weave and print design for
interiors or fashion
Scholarships
For information on Winchester
School of Art scholarships go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Marketing and
Recruitment Office for more
information. A detailed School
prospectus is available.
Winchester School of Art
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7005
Email: askwsa@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa

The pervasiveness of modern
communication, news media and digital
technologies, along with the challenging issues
that face society today, have changed the way
we view fashion. Our Fashion Marketing
programme addresses these changes.
Fashion Marketing
112
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 50
Selection process: UCAS application
Application deadline: 24 March 2011. Early
applications are welcomed
For the most up-to-date admission information
please check UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk or
our School website at www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Fashion Marketing
| WN25 | 3 years
Located at Winchester School of Art
Fashion Marketing is a brand new programme
at BA level, which exploits the School’s existing
specialist expertise in a range of disciplines to meet
the specific marketing challenges and opportunities
presented by the world of fashion.
The programme has been designed by our Arts and
Design Management Group, with significant input
from the Fashion and Textile Design programme
and is delivered jointly by the two. The programme
provides professional preparation for students wishing
to pursue a wide range of roles in fashion marketing,
from small, nascent fashion enterprises to complex,
international fashion brands. As such, it balances
theoretical knowledge and practical skills, and offers
“The luxury fashion sector that Winchester
focuses upon is dominated by privately owned
businesses requiring the right skills and
experience in their staff to advance under highly
competitive and high-risk business conditions.
Winchester School of Art is well positioned to
nurture the skills, passion and creativity needed
to succeed in these businesses. This degree
offers the opportunities to develop an area
of expertise that can launch graduates into the
highly coveted management
roles of international
fashion brands.”
Dr David Birks
Programme Leader
Director of Enterprise

Garment from final-year collection
by graduate Bethany Ansbro
Photographed by Rob Smith
a thorough understanding of
fashion marketing theory and
a critical appreciation of visual
communications.
Built upon the core principles
of marketing, the programme
covers areas such as: fashion brand
development and brand design
issues; product development
and range planning; fashion
retailing, merchandising and
buying; experiential marketing
in fashion; the impact of
technological developments
on fashion marketing; luxury
and lifestyle offerings; fashion
communications, promotions,
press and public relations; fashion
consumer psychology; ‘fast’ and
‘slow’ fashion movements; ethical
and sustainability issues in fashion;
quantitative and qualitative fashion
research; and forecasting.
Key facts
Teaching from a new, dedicated
Lectra Suite
Industry-standard computing facilities
and software
Distinguished visiting fellow and guest
speakers
Institutional subscriptions to specialist
fashion trend and forecasting services
Typical course content
−−Workshops
−−Tutorials
−−Study visits
−−Live projects
−−Business simulations
−−Exchange module with partner
institutions in Europe, the USA or Asia
Career opportunities
−−Trend forecasting/fashion research
−−Styling
−−Journalism
−−Marketing
−−Buying
−−Merchandising
−−Fashion PR
Scholarships
For information on Winchester
School of Art scholarships go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Marketing and
Recruitment Office for more
information. A detailed School
prospectus is available.
Winchester School of Art
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7005
Email: askwsa@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa

Film studies is an exciting and challenging
subject that provides a critical understanding
of film as popular entertainment, theoretical
discipline, industry and art form.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB
IB: 34 point, 17 at higher level, including 6 in
higher level music
Selection process: UCAS application and some
interviews
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Film Studies | P303 | 3 years
BA Film and English | QW36 | 3 years
BA Film and French | RW16 | 4 years
BA Film and German | RW26 | 4 years
BA Film and History | WV61 | 3 years
BA Film and Philosophy
| WV65 | 3 years
BA Film and Spanish | RW46 | 4 years
Located at Avenue Campus
“My time at Southampton was
invaluable in developing my critical
approach to film-making, which is
vital for anyone who wants a career
in the creative side of the industry.”
Daniel Greenway
BA Film and French graduate,
2003, worked on the major
Hollywood productions
Batman Begins and
The Da Vinci Code
Looking back to film’s nineteenth-century origins
and forward to today’s innovations in digital
technology, you will explore the role of cinema
across different social, historical and cultural
contexts. You will study a diverse range of filmmakers
and influential movements, from Alfred
Hitchcock to Pedro Almodóvar, and from German
expressionism to contemporary US cinema. Film
studies employs a multitude of interpretive tools,
from sociological approaches to close textual analysis.
Our programmes build a series of key skills valued by
employers, including interpersonal communication,
organisation and time-management abilities, and also
offer you the opportunity to conduct primary research in
archives and libraries around the country. Other specific
skills include writing and oral presentation skills. Our
practical modules on the BA Film Studies programme
will familiarise you with essential film-making and
editing skills.
The Avenue Library houses a comprehensive, diverse
collection of films (approximately 4,000 DVDs and
2,000 videos, with many more at our Harley and
Winchester libraries) from around the world. We also
offer excellent film-making resources, including a
purpose-built Mac creative suite for video production
and editing, consisting of nine Mac Pro machines,
each with two 20" monitors, post-production software
(Apple’s Final Cut Studio®) and connections to VHS/
DVD players. There is a thriving film culture both on
and off campus, and the Students’ Union has an active
Film Society and an award-winning film-making
society – Wessex Films.
Film
114

Television and film are just two of
the career pathways you may follow
BA Film Studies P303
You can select from a wide range of
innovative modules. Alongside knowledge
of the critical theoretical debates in film
studies, you can develop practical skills,
such as film-making. You have the option
to take 25 per cent of your programme in
an alternative subject.
−−Year one offers a grounding in how to
read film, covering key debates in film
theory and cinema history
−−Specialist practical option modules in
years two and three in documentary
film-making or scriptwriting
−−Individually supervised dissertation
on a topic of your choice in year three
BA Film and English QW36
The close collaboration between film and
English gives this programme a strong
intellectual coherence, while the textual
and theoretical skills you will learn are
designed to complement each other.
−−Two compulsory double modules in year
one, with the option of 25 per cent in a
third subject in years two and three
−−50/50 split between the subjects, with
a dissertation in either in year three
BA Film and French RW16
BA Film and German RW26
BA Film and Spanish RW46
Combined degree structure as for QW36
In these combined degrees you can study
French/German/Spanish with film across a
range of historical periods with the option
to specialise in European cinema. Our
emphasis is on the specific cultural context
in which the films were produced, as well
as the work of key film-makers and their
influence on cinema as a whole. This is a
four-year programme which includes a
year spent studying abroad.
BA Film and History WV61
Combined degree structure as for QW36
This programme combines the study of
two closely related disciplines. Historical
and political context forms an important
part of the approach in core film modules,
such as Hollywood in the 1930s. The
optional module, Developments in
documentary film-making, is likely
to be of particular interest.
BA Film and Philosophy WV65
Combined degree structure as for QW36
This combined degree builds on
research and teaching strengths in
both areas, producing a successful and
challenging course combination that
benefits in particular from film’s interest
in aesthetics and philosophy.
Key facts
Ranked UK number one in The Guardian
University Guide 2009 in the subject
category ‘Media Studies, communication
and librarianship’, Southampton achieved
a perfect teaching score, the most
generous expenditure per student, and
the most favourable staff/student ratio
Teaching from world-class researchers
and eminent published experts
Comprehensive audio-visual facilities
and excellent teaching/screening venues
Rated UK number one in the 2008
Research Assessment Exercise
Typical course content
−−Popular film genres
−−Film aesthetics
−−Cinema pre-history
−−Critical theories, cultural history
−−World cinema
−−Hollywood
−−European film
−−Cinematography
−−Video production
−−Creative writing/screenwriting
Career opportunities
−−Press
−−Radio
−−Television
−−Film
−−Creative industries, including
advertising
−−Online journalism
−−Teaching/academia
−−Industry
−−Civil service
−−Postgraduate study
−−Commerce
What to do next
Contact Michael Williams,
Admissions Tutor, or Thom Bull,
Admissions Coordinator, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2736
Email: humanities@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/film

Our Fine Art programme offers
innovative study, which is broad-based
and inclusive, encompassing all aspects of
contemporary art, theory and practice.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB, including an art-related subject
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 90
Average applicants per place: 3
Selection process: We place priority on a portfolio
interview, which allows students to demonstrate
their artistic ability and can override standard entry
requirements. Portfolio guidance can be found on
our website at www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa
Application deadline: 24 March 2011. Early
applications are welcomed. We will conduct
portfolio interviews from November onwards
For the most up-to-date admission information
please check the UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk or
the School website at www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa
As artists we relish the opportunity to grow, develop
and change. We actively seek new experiences and the
opportunity to extend our knowledge and skills. We
conjure value through our imaginative engagement
with the world, and we see the possibilities and poetry
in making new relationships between images and
objects, people, places and information. Our Fine Art
programme reflects the excitement and optimism of
these possibilities.
Experimentation in the widest possible range of
materials and media is encouraged and students are
supported to realise their ambitions across a broad
range of making skills, 2D, 3D and 4D. Our staff bring
extensive experience of art practice and the art world
to the development of your creative identity through
painting, sculpture, photography, video, printmaking,
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Fine Art | W190 | 3 years
Located at Winchester School of Art
“Winchester School of Art provides the ideal
environment for creative risk-taking, with
plenty of opportunities for students to get
involved in shaping the learning experience
and setting in motion their own initiatives.
Over the past three years my work has changed
dramatically in its level of critical engagement
and ambition, mainly due to the support
and enthusiasm of the staff.”
Jennifer Jarmen
BA Fine Art
graduate, 2009
Fine Art
116

Degree show preparation
installation and performance art,
new media and web-based projects.
You will have the opportunity to
develop in-depth skills in your
chosen medium.
In your first semester you will be
introduced to the many possible
directions for your work through an
integrated programme of projects,
workshops and lectures. The
emphasis is on getting settled and
experiencing new ideas and skills
through a range of projects that
combine playful experimentation
with critical reflection. In semester
two you will be given more time
to direct your own practice and
research, choosing from a range
of specialist workshops.
The second year is a time to initiate
ambitious ideas. You will determine
the direction of your work and find
your voice, whether in a specialist
medium or through interdisciplinary
practice.
In your third year you will consolidate
your practice in preparation for the
final major project in semester two,
through the presentation of an
exhibition, a screening or an event,
to demonstrate your ambition
and realise your ideas at a fully
professional level.
Our Fine Art programme offers
a thorough preparation for life
as a professional artist and for
employment opportunities in
the art world and beyond.
Key facts
Hands-on teaching from renowned
practising artists
Broad-based interdisciplinary and
specialist study
Extensive workshop facilities and
well-resourced studios with your own
workspace
Inspiring programme of guest speakers,
including leading contemporary artists,
critics and curators
Typical course content
−−Individual and group tutorials
−−Practical workshops
−−Optional international study trip
−−Weekly open lectures from visiting
artists
−−Guided study trips to London
−−Core choice modules in: Enterprise;
Art of marketing and branding;
Visual culture; Museums and galleries;
and Digital practices and theory
−−Final-year degree show to showcase
your work
Career opportunities
−−Freelance art and design
−−Theatre design
−−Arts journalism
−−Further study to PhD level
Scholarships
For information on Winchester
School of Art scholarships go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Marketing and
Recruitment Office for more
information. A detailed School
prospectus is available.
Winchester School of Art
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7005
Email: askwsa@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa

French is a key international language,
native to France, Belgium, Switzerland,
Canada and the French Caribbean, and an
official language in much of Africa and Asia.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including grade B or above in French
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level (additional experience
and qualifications will be taken into account)
Selection process: UCAS application and
one-to-one interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA French | R120 | 4 years
BA French and German | RR12 | 4 years
BA French and Music | RW13 | 4 years
BA French and Philosophy | RV15 | 4 years
BA French and Portuguese | RR15 | 4 years
BA French and Spanish | RR14 | 4 years
BA Politics and French | LR21 | 4 years
BSc Management Sciences and French
| NRF1 | 4 years
BA English and French | QR31 | 4 years | see page 102
BA Film and French | RW16 | 4 years | see page 115
BA French (Linguistic Studies)
| R101 | 4 years | see page 140
BA French and German (Linguistic Studies)
| RRC2 | 4 years | see page 140
BA French and History | RV11 | 4 years | see page 133
BA French and Spanish (Linguistic Studies)
| RRC4 | 4 years | see page 140
BSc Mathematics with French
| G1R1 | 4 years | see page 149
MOcean Oceanography with French
| F7R1 | 4 years | see page 167
Located at Avenue Campus
There are many clichés about French culture. It
is the culture of great literature and even better
food, of intellectuals and art cinema, of political
protest movements and anti-Americanism. Or is
it? Studying French at Southampton is an ideal way
to get inside the language, culture and society of
France and other French-speaking countries.
And you might be surprised by what you find…
Many universities offer the opportunity to study
French in some form, but each has its own approach.
At Southampton, the emphasis is on choice. You can
complement your language learning with modules
on French history and contemporary society, French
literature and film, or French linguistic studies.
You can choose to combine these areas of study for a
broad-based curriculum, or to focus on the area that
interests you most. Throughout your degree you will
also be encouraged to cultivate an awareness of the
place of French language and culture in the wider
international context.
“My course was very interesting and
challenging. For my French classes, I not only
studied French language, but also various
aspects related to France. I learned about
French politics, economy and culture. All the
lecturers are very helpful and friendly.”
Natalia Zdulska
BA Politics and French
graduate, 2009
French
118
For more combined honours language degrees,
including linguistics and European studies, please
see page 140

Montreal, Québec
In year one you will be allocated to a
stage of language proficiency in our
unique system of seven language
levels. This is designed to place you
at the stage most appropriate to
develop your spoken and written
skills, enabling you to make rapid
progress in your chosen language.
You can spend your year abroad
as an English language assistant
in a school, studying at one of
our partner universities or on a
work placement. Most students
choose a European country, but
many go further afield – to Québec
or La Réunion, for example. The
administrative organisation of
your year abroad is carried out
by our International Exchange
Administrator, and you will be
assigned a supervisor who will
look after you during this year.
We place great importance on the
development of graduate skills vital
for future employment through the
integration of transferable skills into
learning and teaching, in particular
the language skills and strategy
training for all first-years.
Key facts
Modern languages at Southampton has
been ranked in the top five universities by
the Guardian for the last four years and
we were third in 2009
Rated in the top 10 modern languages
departments in the country in the National
Student Satisfaction Survey (2008)
Opportunity to learn another language
from scratch, such as Chinese, Japanese,
Arabic, Russian or Polish
Modern languages at Southampton was
in the top two for European studies in
the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
A wide range of learning and teaching
resources is available, including
multimedia labs, electronic whiteboards
and language-specific resource rooms
Typical course content
−−In all years of study you will benefit from
the wide range of resources (including
extensive electronic and televisual
facilities) offered by the Centre for
Language Study, which works closely
with the HEFCE National Subject Centre
for Language, Linguistics and Area
Studies, hosted at Southampton
−−Year one modules provide an
introduction to the study of cultural
forms, political and historical issues,
and linguistic issues
−−In years two and four you will have the
opportunity to concentrate on your
own particular interests, selecting
from a range of more specialised
units on Spanish- and Portuguesespeaking
societies
−−A special unit in year two will prepare
you for your year abroad in year three,
and for the academic work you will
complete during this year
−−Your year abroad is an opportunity to
improve your linguistic and cultural
proficiency in your chosen language,
and to demonstrate your ability to work
independently over a sustained period
Career opportunities
Employment figures from 2008 show
that 95 per cent of language graduates
found a job six months after graduation.
−−Recent graduates have found jobs
in management, banking, marketing,
public relations, European institutions,
local government, the civil service,
radio, television, publishing, translation
and teaching
−−Others go on to postgraduate
courses in European studies,
politics, international finance, law,
management, education, translating,
interpreting and librarianship
What to do next
Contact Irina Nelson, Admissions
Tutor, or Natasha Renwick-Meikle,
Admissions Coordinator, for
more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2256
Email: humanities@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ml

Geography is an exciting discipline,
with a dynamic contribution to make
to understanding both natural and
social environments.
Geography
120
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including A in geography
IB: 34, 17 at higher level
Intake: 175
Average applicants per place: 7
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview may be required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Geography
| L700 | 3 years
BSc Geography
| F800 | 3 years
BSc Geography with Geology
| FF68 | 3 years
BSc Geography with Oceanography
| F8F7 | 3 years
BA Archaeology and Geography
| VL47 | 3 years | see page 65
BSc Geology with Physical Geography
| F6F8 | 3 years | see page 123
BSc Oceanography with Physical Geography
| F7F8 | 3 years | see page 167
BSc (Social Sciences) Population and Geography
| subject to validation | 3 years | see page 180
Located at Highfield Campus
Geography is a subject that engages directly with
important contemporary concerns – issues such
as globalisation, climate change, environmental
management and cultural transformation – while
allowing you to acquire a range of skills that are highly
valued in the marketplace. You will engage with
cutting-edge debates during your studies, developing
a thorough understanding of the processes that are
shaping the future of our planet.
In addition to lectures and tutorials, there are excellent
opportunities for fieldwork and practical investigation,
both within the UK and beyond. We offer specialised
facilities to support your learning, including two
environmental process laboratories and state-of-the-art
GIS and earth observation facilities. The University library
has recently undergone a £12 million refurbishment
and provides excellent resources for geographers.
BA Geography L700
−−A broad foundation in year one, with the opportunity to
specialise in human geography in years two and three
−−Opportunity to select units from outside the School
of Geography in years one and two
−−Individual research project in year three
“Studying physical geography at
Southampton has been an excellent
experience. The course has been interesting
and varied and encompasses a wide range of
topics which suit different interests. The field
trips are hugely enjoyable and have provided
the opportunity to work on some cuttingedge
research. All the staff are supportive and
approachable, while Southampton itself is
situated in a beautiful part of the country.”
Rob Squirrell
BSc Geography graduate,
2009

Physical geography students on a
third-year field class in the Swiss Alps
BSc Geography F800
−−Basic degree structure as for L700,
but with the opportunity to specialise
in physical geography in years two
and three
−−Individual research project in year three
BSc Geography with Geology FF68
A levels: another science subject
(eg biology, chemistry, physics,
mathematics) required
−−Year one focuses on physical
geography and geology, with the
opportunity to pursue advanced units
in each subject in years two and three
−−An exciting opportunity for students
fascinated by geomorphology and
geological processes
−−Balance of units is approximately twothirds
geography, one-third geology
BSc Geography with
Oceanography F8F7
Typical entry requirements as for FF68
−−Year one focuses on physical geography
and oceanography, with the opportunity
to pursue advanced units in each
discipline in years two and three
−−An exciting opportunity for students
fascinated by terrestrial and ocean
environments
−−Balance of units is approximately
two-thirds geography, one-third
oceanography
Key facts
Dynamic, modern programmes with a
wide choice of units
Exchange opportunities in Europe,
Canada and Singapore
Excellent teaching. Results of the 2008
National Student Survey placed us in the
top 10 in the sector. Within the Russell
Group, we were top for physical geography
and in the top five for human geography
Consistently in the top 10 in league tables
In the 2008 RAE, almost all our research
was judged as being “of international
standing” and 20 per cent was classed as
“world leading”
Excellent opportunities for fieldwork in
the UK and abroad
Typical course content
−−Geomorphological processes
−−Global and local environmental change
−−Economy, culture and space
−−Globalisation and uneven development
−−Science, nature and geographical
thought
−−Glaciers and glaciation
−−River basin management
−−Cultural geographies of globalisation
−−Palaeoecology and landscape change
−−Geographies of health and healthcare
−−Introductory and advanced GIS
−−Geopolitics
−−Global climate change
−−Physical geography in
environmental management
Career opportunities
−−Environmental management
and consultancy
−−City and regional planning
−−Retail management
−−Hydrology and water resources
−−Civil service
−−Accountancy
−−Financial services
−−Property development
−−Market research
−−Social policy
−−Local and central government
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in
the School of Geography go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Admissions Secretary
for more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Geography
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 3760
Email: gg-admissions@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/geography

Your planet needs you. Study geology
and you could soon be exploring for new
economic resources or informing policy
on global climate change.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA–BBB
IB: 36–30 points, 18–16 at higher level
Intake: 60
Average applicants per place: 5
Selection process: UCAS application and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Geology
| F600 | 3 years
MGeol Geology
| F601 | 4 years
MGeol Geology (with study abroad)
| F603 | 4 years
BSc Geology with Marine Biology
| F6C1 | 3 years
BSc Geology with Physical Geography
| F6F8 | 3 years
MOcean Ocean, Earth and Climate Science
| F790 | 4 years
BSc/MGeol Geology with Foundation Year
| F602 | 4/5 years | see page 186
Located at Waterfront Campus, National
Oceanography Centre, Southampton (NOCS)
A degree in geology provides one of the most exciting,
dynamic and relevant scientific learning experiences,
studying the nature, dynamics and evolution of
the physical, chemical and biological processes
operating on Earth over the past 4 billion years.
Training in geology and scientific methodology, plus
key transferable skills, means that our graduates are in
great demand.
Residential and one-day field courses are integrated
into all our programmes. Current residential fieldwork
destinations are South Wales, Yorkshire, southern
Spain and Tenerife.
BSc Geology F600
A levels: BBB, including two sciences (mathematics and
geography acceptable)
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
Comprehensive, cutting-edge training in the major areas of
Earth science is delivered through a combination of lectures
and laboratory classes. There are numerous residential training
courses in the UK and Europe, and a major five-week mapping
project in Europe at the end of year two.
MGeol Geology F601
A levels: ABB, including two science subjects (mathematics
and geography acceptable)
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
This degree is designed to equip you for a research career
in Earth science. Years one and two follow the BSc Geology
and years three and four focus on research.
Geology
122
“The skills I learned at Southampton,
especially on the Master of Geology course, are
very well respected by Neftex, so much so that
Southampton geologists are now their biggest
intake of new employees and interns.”
Christine Fildes
Master of Geology graduate, 2008, currently working
with Neftex Petroleum Consultants Ltd

Third-year students studying
volcanic processes in Tenerife
MGeol Geology (with study abroad)
F603
A levels: AAA in three science subjects
(mathematics and geography acceptable)
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level
This programme provides intensive
training in Earth science, plus the chance
to study at one of the USA’s powerhouse
universities during year three.
BSc Geology with Marine
Biology F6C1
A levels: BBB, including biology and one
other science or mathematics subject
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
A unique subject combination in the UK,
this degree offers a choice of pathways:
macro-organism (marine invertebrates
and their ecology) or micro-organism/
palaeoceanography (plankton systems
and climate change). You can undertake
a five-week independent mapping project
or laboratory or field-based research.
BSc Geology with Physical
Geography F6F8
A levels: BBB, including geography and
one other science or mathematics subject
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
This integrated interdisciplinary
programme examines the dynamic
internal and surficial physical processes
on our planet. You will have the choice
of a five-week independent mapping
project or undertaking laboratory or
field-based research.
MOcean Ocean, Earth and
Climate Science F790
A levels: ABB, to include mathematics and
two other sciences
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
This new programme has been designed
to provide a broad and complete
education in Earth and marine system
science, examining the way in which the
Earth functions as a system, to determine
our environment and climate.
Key facts
Geology is taught at the School of
Ocean and Earth Science at the National
Oceanography Centre, Southampton
(NOCS)
NOCS has been ranked ninth best
geoscience institution in the world
(Times Higher Education, 2009) and
the highest such UK institution offering
undergraduate geology courses
Modern, purpose-built £50 million
centre, with an international reputation
for cutting-edge research
We provide a variety of bursaries, in
addition to those available from the
University
Typical course content
−−Common introductory modules in
year one promote flexibility within
and between programmes
−−Year two focuses on developing
comprehensive geological
understanding
−−Year three allows for specialisation,
with a focus on independent work
and research, with a five-week
independent mapping project
undertaken by most students
−−An advanced research project forms
a major component of the final year in
four-year programmes, focusing on
cutting-edge topics in Earth science
Career opportunities
−−Hydrocarbons and mineral exploration
industries
−−Environmental consultancies
−−Geological monitoring and surveying
−−Engineering geology
−−Hydrogeology
−−Remote sensing
−−Museums
−−Teaching
−−Civil service and government
organisations
−−Postgraduate studies
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Ocean and Earth Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Ian Harding or Dr Rex
Taylor, Admissions Tutors, for more
information. A detailed School
prospectus is available.
School of Ocean and
Earth Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2681
Email: ugenquiry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/soes

Geophysics is a broad subject, exploring
fundamental questions about the Earth’s
system. Working at the intersection of
many sciences, geophysicists tackle issues
related to the future sustainability of
our resources.
Geophysics
124
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA–BBB
IB: 36–30 points, 18–16 at higher level
Intake: 12–15
Average applicants per place: 5
Selection process: UCAS application
and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Geophysical Sciences
| F640 | 3 years
MGeophys Geophysics
| F660 | 4 years
MGeophys Geophysics (with study abroad)
| F661 | 4 years
BSc Geophysical Sciences/MGeophys Geophysics with
Foundation Year/Geophysics with Foundation Year
| F662 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Waterfront Campus, National
Oceanography Centre, Southampton (NOCS)
“After graduating I took up an
internship with Rio Tinto, and was
subsequently offered my current job,
responsible for geophysics on their
West Africa diamond exploration
programme.”
James Alderman
Master of Geophysics, 2005
Embracing physics, mathematics, planetary science,
geology, environmental science, oceanography and
meteorology, academic researchers study topics
ranging from the driving forces behind plate tectonics
to the processes that control the flows within our
oceans and atmosphere. Geophysicists also confront
challenges as diverse as the search for traditional
energy and mineral resources; environmental
monitoring, including nuclear test-ban treaties;
assessing and mitigating natural hazards such as
earthquakes and volcanoes; and managing the
world’s water resources.
Residential and one-day field courses are fully integrated
into all our degree programmes, allowing the practical
application of knowledge gained in the lab. Current
residential fieldwork destinations are Brittany, South
Wales and Yorkshire, with the option of Tenerife.
The programme has strong links to industry, through a
combination of summer placements, one-year industry
placements and the opportunity to undertake research
work on real industry data in years three and four.
BSc Geophysical Sciences F640
A levels: BBB, including mathematics and physics
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level, including mathematics
and physics
This programme provides a solid grounding in geology, physics
and mathematics, with the choice of a wide variety of modules,
to shape your degree to match your interests.

A student collecting data in Brittany on
the third-year geophysics field course
MGeophys Geophysics F660
A levels: ABB, including mathematics
and physics
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level, including
mathematics and physics
Providing comprehensive training in all
aspects of geophysics, this programme
will enable you to apply your knowledge
(either through research or applied
approaches) in a wide variety of
geophysical contexts: the Earth,
oceans and atmosphere.
MGeophys Geophysics (with study
abroad) F661
A levels: AAA, including mathematics,
physics and another science
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, including
mathematics and physics
This programme provides the opportunity
to spend part of year three studying at
one of the USA’s powerhouse universities.
Key facts
Geophysics is recognised by government
and industry as one of the key disciplines
for the effective future management of
our planet
NOCS is the largest single grouping of
marine and Earth scientists in the UK,
and one of the largest in Europe
Our taught programmes are nationally
recognised for their quality and
innovation (accreditation from
the Geological Society of London)
The programme has strong and
established links with a wide range
of industry partners
Typical course content
−−Common introductory modules
(from the Schools of Ocean and
Earth Science, Mathematics, and
Physics and Astronomy) in year one
promote flexibility within and between
programmes
−−Year two builds on this foundation with
a series of more applied geophysical,
geological and oceanographic modules,
allowing you to choose the specific
discipline emphasis that interests you
−−Year three allows specialisation in areas
of interest, with an increased focus on
independent work and research
−−A major component of the final year in
four-year programmes is an advanced
research project, actively contributing
to the research output of the School
Career opportunities
−−Training in geophysics provides an
invaluable set of core skills in Earth
sciences, physics and mathematics,
along with key personal and
transferable skills
−−Exploration geophysicist for oil,
gas and mineral companies
−−Hydrography for private, public
and military organisations (site
investigation surveys for offshore
structures such as oil and gas
platforms, pipelines, wind farms,
sea defences)
−−Meteorology
−−Oceanography
−−General environmental and hazard
monitoring
−−Archaeological geophysics
−−IT
−−Teaching
−−Civil service and other government
organisations
−−Postgraduate studies
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Ocean and Earth Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Tim Henstock,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed prospectus
is available from the School.
School of Ocean and
Earth Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2681
Email: ugenquiry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/soes

Spoken by over 120 million people
and of growing importance in Central and
Eastern Europe, German opens up numerous
opportunities for language graduates.
German
126
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including German
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level (additional
experience and qualifications will be taken
into account)
Selection process: UCAS application
and one-to-one interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA German | R220 | 4 years
BA German and Music | RW23 | 4 years
BA German and Philosophy | RV25 | 4 years
BA German and Spanish | RR24 | 4 years
BA Politics and German | LR22 | 4 years
BSc Management Sciences and German
| NR22 | 4 years
BA English and German
| QR32 | 4 years | see page 102
BA Film and German
| RW26 | 4 years | see page 115
BA French and German
| RR12 | 4 years | see page 118
BA French and German (Linguistic Studies)
| RRC2 | 4 years | see page 140
BA German (Linguistic Studies)
| R201 | 4 years | see page 140
BA German and History
| RV21 | 4 years | see page 133
BA German and Spanish (Linguistic Studies)
| RRF4 | 4 years | see page 140
BSc Mathematics with German
| G1R2 | 4 years | see page 149
Located at Avenue Campus
For more combined honours language degrees,
including linguistics and European studies, please
see page 140
An integral member of the European Union,
with a fascinating and distinctive culture and
the world’s third largest economy, Germany is
at the heart of Europe.
Studying modern languages opens your mind to
different people and cultures. You will learn to adapt to
new surroundings during your year abroad and develop
a range of practical skills which you can use in almost any
career – a second language is a demonstrable asset that
will give you the edge over your competitors.
We place great importance on the development of
graduate skills vital for future employment, through
the integration of transferable skills into learning and
teaching, in particular the language skills and strategy
training for all first years.
Our programmes offer considerable choice, although
language learning will be a core component throughout
your course.
In year one you will be allocated to a stage of language
proficiency in our unique system of seven language levels.
This is designed to place you at the stage most appropriate
to develop your spoken and written skills, enabling you to
make rapid progress in your chosen language.
“We are encouraged to look into many aspects
of language, not just learning how to speak it.
The lecturers are friendly and helpful, going
far beyond their duties to make studying a
really enjoyable experience.”
Michelle Turner
BA German and Spanish,
recent graduate

Munich, Germany
You can spend your year abroad
as an English language assistant
in a school, studying at one of our
partner universities or on a work
placement. Most students choose
Germany, but we also have places
in Austria and occasionally we send
students to the German part of
Switzerland. The administrative
organisation of your year abroad
is carried out by our International
Exchange Administrator, and you
will be assigned a supervisor who
will look after you during this year.
Throughout your degree you will be
encouraged to cultivate awareness
of the place and role of the Germanspeaking
countries you have chosen
to study in the wider European and
global context.
Key facts
Modern languages at Southampton has
been ranked in the top five universities by
the Guardian for the last four years and
we were third in 2009
Rated in the top 10 modern languages
departments in the country in the National
Student Satisfaction Survey (2008)
Opportunity to learn another language
from scratch, such as Chinese, Japanese,
Arabic, Russian or Polish
Modern languages at Southampton was
in the top two for European studies in
the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
A wide range of learning and teaching
resources are available, including
multimedia labs, electronic whiteboards
and language-specific resource rooms
Typical course content
−−In all years of study you will benefit
from the wide range of teaching and
learning resources (including extensive
electronic and televisual facilities)
offered by the Centre for Language
Study, which works closely with the
HEFCE National Subject Centre for
Language, Linguistics and Area Studies,
hosted at Southampton
−−Year one will introduce you to German
literature and culture, German history
and society, and linguistics. These options
will be complemented by introductions
to cultural expression, social and political
history, and linguistic issues
−−In years two and four you will choose
language- and field-specific courses
which draw material from all the
languages and cultures studied in
the modern languages department
−−A special unit in year two will prepare
you for your year abroad in year three,
and for the academic work you will
complete during this year
−−Your year abroad is an opportunity
to improve linguistic and cultural
proficiency in your chosen language
and to demonstrate your ability
to work independently over a
sustained period
Career opportunities
−−Employment figures from 2008 show
that 95 per cent of language graduates
found a job six months after graduation
−−Recent graduates have found jobs
in management, banking, marketing,
public relations, European institutions,
local government, the civil service,
radio, television, publishing, translation
and teaching
−−Others go on to postgraduate
courses in European studies,
politics, international finance, law,
management, education, translating,
interpreting and librarianship
What to do next
Contact Irina Nelson, Admissions
Tutor, or Natasha Renwick-Meikle,
Admissions Coordinator, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2256
Email: humanities@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ml

Our Graphic Arts programme
recognises the global influence of design,
and aims to develop confident, independent
professionals who will become the shapers
of the shifting creative landscape across a
range of industries.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB, including an art-related subject
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 110
Average applicants per place: 6
Selection process: We place priority on a portfolio
interview, which allows students to demonstrate
their creative ability and can override standard entry
requirements. Portfolio guidance can be found on
our website at www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa
Application deadline: 24 March 2011. Early
applications are welcomed. We will conduct
portfolio interviews from November onwards
For the most up-to-date admission information
please check the UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk or
the School website at www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Graphic Arts | W210 | 3 years
Located at Winchester School of Art
The programme is studio-based, has timetabled
teaching and an emphasis on experimentation and
individual innovation, questioning the contexts
and forms of contemporary communication. Studio
practice is underpinned by introductions to design
history and theory, and engagement with current
ideas and issues.
Our staff are designers and researchers from a range of
backgrounds in commercial practice. We have carefully
chosen partners in industry and high-profile visiting
practitioners, illustrators, photographers, designers
and animators who bring their work and professional
experience to the programme.
The first year, level 1, is broad-based, with tuition across
the full range of graphic arts disciplines. At level 2, you
will choose to follow one of the four discipline-specific
pathways: Graphic design, Illustration, Photography or
Motion graphics.
Graphic Arts
128
“I love photography but wanted to do a
design-based course, which the graphic arts
programme offers. We’ve had visitors like
Holly Wales, who illustrates for advertising
and magazines, and the typographer Andrew
Byrom, who came from California just to give
us a lecture and set us a project.”
Simon Holmes
Graphic Arts student

Architectural publication design
by graduate Lucy Grafton Green
Graphic design
This pathway offers access to the full range
of essential professional communication
skills: control of word and image; digital
imaging and design for print, including
magazine and book publishing, and for
the web; print processes and production;
multilingual typography; corporate
identity; advertising design and
production; advertising strategy; project
management and communication.
Illustration
This pathway covers applied and
commercial image-making. You will be
encouraged to define your personal
approach to illustration and your own
visual language, and learn how to construct
narrative and meaning visually in a variety
of cultural contexts. The programme
offers insight into the professional
requirements and business aspects of the
illustration field, and the role of a working
freelance illustrator, as well as crucial
technical skills: drawing, in its widest sense;
characterisation; digital imaging; editorial
illustration and sequential illustration.
Photography
This pathway offers introductory and
advanced practical workshops, using
an excellent range of photographic
equipment. It will encourage definition of
your personal approach to photography
based on a thorough understanding of
all aspects of the medium: reportage
and documentary photography; studio
photography; digital image manipulation;
lighting and studio lighting; traditional
and non-traditional processing and
printing techniques; the construction
of meaning; and the wider cultural
contexts for photography. Visiting
lecturers range from experimental fine
artists to studio fashion photographers.
Motion graphics
This pathway addresses animation in
applied and commercial contexts such as
branding, identity and advertising. You will
develop a variety of skills, starting with
illustration, drawing and characterisation,
digital imaging, editing and sound editing
in time-based media applications. You will
experiment with a range of visual
solutions in response to text or narrative,
and then combine digital and analogue
production skills to bring narrative, sound
and movement together in animated
sequences. You will be encouraged to
define your own approach and learn how
to construct narrative and meaning
visually in a variety of cultural contexts.
Key facts
Extensive resources available in
computing, photography, digital printing
and time-based media
Own workspace within a fully equipped
studio with wi-fi and Macintosh work
stations.
Live projects and placement opportunities
Professional practice delivered by
industry professionals
Subsidies for professional tools such as
an Apple laptop or digital SLR camera
Membership of the industry-renowned
D&AD award scheme
Typical course content
−−Core choice modules in: Enterprise;
Art of marketing and branding;
Visual culture; Museums and galleries;
and Digital practices and theory
−−Impressive guest lecture series, featuring
high-profile illustrators, photographers,
designers and animators
−−Timetabled teaching
−−Specialist projects and workshops
−−Major publishing project in the first year
Career opportunities
−−Graphic design and advertising
−−Animation/motion
−−Illustration
−−Publishing
−−Interactive design
Scholarships
For information on Winchester School
of Art scholarships go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Marketing and
Recruitment Office for more
information. A detailed School
prospectus is available.
Winchester School of Art
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7005
Email: askwsa@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/wsa

Health and social care offers exciting,
flexible learning opportunities, whether
you are already working in this field or
considering a career change.
Health & Social Care
130
Typical entry requirements
See individual programmes for details of typical
entry requirements
Intake: 60 (Fd/Sc), 20 (BSc)
Average applicants per place: 2 (Fd/Sc)
Selection process: Interview; enhanced Criminal
Records Bureau disclosure and satisfactory health
screening are required
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
Fd/Sc Health and Social Care
| B900 | 2 years (full-time), 3 years (part-time)
BSc Health and Social Care
| L510 | 1 year (full-time), also available part-time
Fd/Sc located at:
−−Highfield Campus/Totton College (year one)
−−Highfield Campus (year two)
BSc located at Highfield Campus
“After being out of full-time education
for a number of years, I had the
opportunity to study full-time on the
Foundation degree course. During my
two years of studying, I have gained
confidence in my ability to learn and
enjoyed the learning process.”
Jenny Fitzhenry
Fd/Sc Health and Social Care
graduate, 2006
Our “enterprising foundation degree” (Quality
Assurance Agency, 2006), developed in collaboration
with local health and social care employers, was
designed in response to employers’ workforce
developments. New career opportunities for
intermediate level practitioner roles are opening
up in many areas of practice, such as Rehabilitation
and Children and Families services. Successful
completion of the Foundation degree enables you to
apply to ‘top up’ to a BSc Health and Social Care, as
well as a number of other professional programmes,
including occupational therapy, physiotherapy,
social work, nursing, podiatry and audiology.
The BSc Health and Social Care provides an attractive
alternative route to an honours degree and increased
opportunities in the workplace. It also provides a level
3 exit award for students holding intermediate degrees
(or equivalent) in subjects related to health and social
care. The programme is designed to meet the needs of
experienced practitioners who wish to broaden their
knowledge and understanding of theoretical and policy
issues, including research methods.
Fd/Sc Health and Social Care B900
Portfolio of related work/personal caring experience; or one
A level in an appropriate subject, plus five GCSEs at grade C or
above, including English language; or AVCE/GNVQ/BTEC/NVQ
level 3 in a health- or social care-related subject; or access in an
appropriate subject
The Fd/Sc is a vocational qualification with a strong emphasis
on study skills and work-based learning, designed around the
needs of a broad and non-traditional student group. Over 150
students have now graduated and progressed to new roles in
the workforce or higher education programmes.
During year one you can choose between studying at our
partner college, Totton College, or at the University, where all
students study in their second year. Students join other health
and social care students from the Universities of Southampton
and Portsmouth for interprofessional learning projects during
year two.

Turning ‘care’ into a ‘career’
BSc Health and Social Care L510
Direct entry via a foundation degree in a
relevant subject, or 240 CAT credits in
related subjects, or a special admissions
route (developed through a portfolio of
evidence and interview) is available to
applicants with alternative academic or
professional qualifications, or within the
University of Southampton (including the
Fd/Sc Health and Social Care)
Inspired by students and graduates
of the Foundation programme, this
degree has been designed, with career
development in mind, for health and
social care practitioners who are looking
to take on increased responsibility.
It provides a strong research focus
applied to practice.
You will be introduced to health and
social care as contested concepts,
and encouraged to examine the range
of factors “which have the potential
to influence health and wellbeing”
(Quality Assurance Agency, 2008).
The programme’s unique characteristic
is the rigorous exploration of what
constitutes ‘evidence’, and how this
concept informs and challenges
everyday practice.
Key facts
Tuition fees for UK/EU students of the
Fd/Sc may be paid by the local Strategic
Health Authority
Skills for Health uses the Fd/Sc
programme as an example of good
practice on their website
New associate practitioner posts in
many local services cite the Fd/Sc as
an essential qualification
BSc available full-time or part-time,
enabling you to continue working
while you complete the degree
The BSc is run on one day of the week in
the afternoon and evening
Typical course content
−−Personal development planning
−−Interprofessional learning
−−Safe practice (Fd/Sc)
−−Human structure and function (Fd/Sc)
−−Working with people (Fd/Sc)
−−Applying evidence in practice (Fd/Sc)
−−Professional pathway units: audiology,
nursing and social work (Fd/Sc)
−−Research proposal and dissertation
(BSc)
−−Independent work-based study (BSc)
Career opportunities
Fd/Sc:
−−Award holders appeal to employers
who require flexibility, problem-solving
ability, a broad knowledge base and
a range of patient-focused skills at
intermediate level, spanning traditional
health professional roles
−−Graduates may wish to enter health or
social care management, or pursue a
related honours programme in areas
such as policy or public health
BSc:
−−Opportunities to progress further
through NHS Agenda for Change
career framework and new careers in
social services or the independent sector
−−Access to a range of postgraduate
programmes
−−Entry qualification for accelerated
nursing and physiotherapy programmes
at the University of Southampton
What to do next
Contact the School of Health
Sciences for more information.
A detailed course prospectus is
available.
School of Health Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5500
Email: healthsciences@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
healthsciences

History explores a rich array of past
cultures – ancient, medieval and modern.
It sharpens your insight into how societies
functioned in the past, encouraging a
more critical awareness of the problems
of the present.
History
132
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including grade A in history and
excluding general studies
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level, including 6 in
higher level history
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA History
| V100 | 3 years
BA French and History
| RV11 | 4 years
BA German and History
| RV21 | 4 years
BA Modern History and Politics
| VL12 | 3 years
BA Spanish and History
| RV41 | 4 years
BA Archaeology and History
| VV41 | 3 years | see page 65
BA English and History
| QV31 | 3 years | see page 103
BA Film and History
| WV61 | 3 years | see page 115
BA Philosophy and History
| VV51 | 3 years | see page 171
Located at Avenue Campus
Our degree programmes encourage you to pursue
your own historical interests while developing
critical thinking and communication skills for postuniversity
life. The study of history at Southampton
encompasses a range of skills valued by employers.
You will learn to absorb, analyse and assess a wide
variety of viewpoints, and express arguments
in oral and written form, thinking and working
independently and in cooperation with others.
We offer students the chance to take part in our
innovative ‘group project’ course, which provides a
unique opportunity to work as a team and to present
the results of your research to the general public.
We welcome applications from all those who are
enthusiastic about exploring the past, and who share
with us a desire to interpret it imaginatively from the
perspective of the present.
BA History V100
From year one, this programme guides you through a series
of core skills and methods, while slowly encouraging your
development as an independent researcher.
−−In your second year you will choose from a wide range of
ancient, medieval or modern options, and undertake a group
project involving creative research
−−In your final year you will study a key historical theme,
accompanied by a piece of independent research
on a topic of your choice
−−In all three years you have the option to take 25 per cent
of your programme in another subject

History students at Avenue Campus
BA French and History RV11
BA German and History RV21
BA Spanish and History RV41
The modern languages department
provides a lively and well-equipped
academic environment, emphasising
effective linguistic training and the study
of contemporary European culture.
−−There are two compulsory and two
optional modules from each subject in
year one, with the option of 25 per cent
in a third subject
−−You will spend year three in a country
where your chosen language is spoken
−−In the final year there is a 50/50
split between the subjects, with
a dissertation in either
BA Modern History
and Politics VL12
Combined degree structure as for
RV11/RV21/RV41
This is the most popular of the combined
history degrees, and includes core skills
courses and a range of options in politics,
alongside complementary history
courses exploring state structures and
political ideologies in British, European,
American and Asian contexts.
Key facts
History at Southampton was rated
seventh in the 2008 Research
Assessment Exercise
We possess many collections of original
historical documents, including the
Wellington, Palmerston and Mountbatten
papers and the Parkes Archives
92 per cent of students agreed that
the overall quality of the History course
was good in the National Student
Survey (2008)
The chance to spend a year studying at
universities abroad, including France,
Holland, Poland and Canada
Courses in many fields rarely taught in
most other UK universities, such as East
and Central European history, South
East Asian history and Jewish history
Career opportunities
−−Media
−−Publishing
−−Advertising
−−Law
−−Accountancy
−−Banking
−−Teaching
−−Museums
−−Library and archive work
−−Civil service, including the
diplomatic service
−−Further professional training
What to do next
Contact Dr Adrian Smith,
Admissions Tutor, or Lenia Batten,
Admissions Coordinator, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2211
Email: humanities@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/history

In a world where e-commerce, mobile
communications and 24-hour working are
an increasingly important aspect of business
operations, companies are looking for
adaptable IT professionals who understand
organisations as much as the systems they use.
Information Technology in Organisations
134
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB–BBB
IB: 32–30 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 30
Average applicants per place: 5
Selection process: UCAS application
and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Information Technology in Organisations
| G560 | 3 years
MComp Information Technology in Organisations
| G500 | 4 years
Located at Highfield Campus
“The course gave me a great
understanding of project
management and software
development. The degree focuses on
the real world, with opportunities
for all sorts of different people – you
don’t have to be a programmer!
The ITO staff are very helpful and
approachable, and their research
experience informs the teaching,
making the material cutting edge.”
Russell Newman
BSc Information Technology in
Organisations, 2009
Today’s business community particularly
needs graduates who understand people and the
organisations they work in, as well as the information
technology that they use. This distinctive degree
programme – one of only a few offered in the UK – is
designed to provide you with this unique perspective,
and to prepare you for a career as a flexible IT
professional, whether as an IT manager in a small
business or part of a larger team in a corporate setting.
Study is focused around seven themes:
−−Information systems: looks at the timely delivery
of relevant information
−−Computers and networks: provides you with the
confidence that comes from understanding how
computers and networks operate
−−Applications development: nurtures your
programming skills in the context of modern,
internet-worked systems
−−Information and communication skills: enables you
to develop practical communication and IT skills
−−Management: shows you what is required to manage
−−Professional development: deals with operating
as a professional in the industry
−−Human issues: puts people first in designing systems
for the real world
Throughout your studies you will acquire the broad
grounding you will need to be an adaptable IT
professional in today’s challenging and changing
technological world. The teaching on this course
places a strong emphasis on discussion, analysis and
reflection on technical practice, and uses a variety
of teaching methods, including team-building and
management-related activities.

Third-year ITO students designed and
developed their own game to demonstrate
their understanding of e-learning
Fundamental issues, techniques
and implementations covered
include: the development and
deployment of industrial and
commercial systems, especially
the growing trend in e-business
and e-commerce; the effects of IT
on society; security of IT systems;
and e-learning, including the use
of games. The optional taught
modules enable you to continue
with a balance of technology
and management or to follow a
route that concentrates more on
technology or management.
This course is offered both as a
three-year bachelor’s programme,
or as an integrated master’s
programme over four years. The
MComp fully meets the academic
requirements of the British
Computer Society allowing you to
achieve Chartered IT Professional
status in the shortest time.
Key facts
World-leading school, which has
pioneered many of the most important
advances in computer science and web
technology in the last 10 years
Top five school in the UK (the Guardian
and the Times league tables, 2010)
Ranked number two in computer science
and IT in the 2008 Research Assessment
Exercise
Generous scholarships, outstanding
computing facilities and helpdesks,
and excellent learning resources
Typical course content
−−Industrial and commercial systems
−−Security in IT
−−Management and communication skills
−−Professional development
−−Human issues and human-centred
computer systems
−−Information system design
−−Computers and networks
−−E-learning systems
−−Applications development
−−Web-based development
Career opportunities
This course is specifically geared to the
use of IT in organisations, so graduates
will be able to use their skills in any sector
in which IT plays an important part, from
finance to leisure and entertainment.
The School has strong relationships
with employers, and ITO graduates
are particularly in demand for their
understanding of organisations and their
practical abilities in the workplace. The
School has its own Careers Hub website
(www.ecs.soton.ac.ui/careers) and runs
its own annual careers fair.
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Electronics and
Computer Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Mike Wald, Admissions
Tutor, for more information. Course
brochure and video podcasts available.
School of Electronics
and Computer Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2969
Email: ucas@ecs.soton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ecs

The International Foundation Year
provides a route to selected undergraduate
degree programmes in law, management,
economics, social sciences, humanities, the
arts, and psychology.
International Foundation Year
136
Typical entry requirements
Applicants for this programme
should normally:
−−Be a recent high school graduate (or be due to
graduate at the end of the current academic year)
−−Have (or expect to receive) an excellent final grade
or grade point average
−−Have a good intermediate level of English language
proficiency (minimum IELTS 5.5 /IBTOEFC 71)
Selection process: UCAS application or direct
application to the University. Application forms
are available at www.southampton.ac.uk/cls/
english/foundation.html
Include on your application the undergraduate
degree course that you hope to transfer to after
completing the International Foundation
Year programme
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
International Foundation Year in Arts, Humanities,
Law and Social Sciences (including School of
Management programmes)
| LMV0 | 1 year
Located at Avenue Campus
The Foundation Year may be for you if you are a
capable student with normally 11 or 12 years of
schooling in your own country, want to study at a UK
university but need a year to adapt to the UK higher
educational system, or are a suitably experienced
and mature student and do not have the required
English language level for entry to an undergraduate
programme.
The Foundation Year offers an intensive language
and study skills programme to prepare you for your
chosen discipline. In addition, you will have a year-long
personal research project, which will be a topic from
your chosen degree area, where possible supported
by the School you wish to progress to. Successful
completion of the International Foundation Year means
that you will automatically gain a place on your chosen
undergraduate programme providing you achieve the
progression mark set by the relevant School.
The University has several campuses; your courses will
be held at Avenue and Highfield Campuses. Highfield
Campus is the main campus of the University, giving you
access to all the facilities available. Avenue Campus, a
short walk away, is home to University’s long-established
Centre for Language Study, which is well equipped with
multimedia and hypermedia learning materials and a
cafeteria. The majority of your classes will be held at
Avenue Campus.
The International Foundation Year is a modular
programme. By the end of the year you will have
gained: the linguistic competence to deal with your
undergraduate degree; effective academic study skills;
an understanding of the demands and requirements of
British university life; and an introduction to key areas
and concepts through courses from your chosen field
of academic study.

International students taking
a break in the Library café
You will take a total of eight
modules, spread equally across
two semesters. In each semester,
you will choose one module from
a range of options, in addition to
completing three core modules
outlined below.
Modules for ALL students
English language (double module
– semesters one and two)
Our unique system of seven language
levels, designed to place you at the
stage most appropriate to develop your
spoken and written skills, will enable you
to make rapid progress in English.
Academic study skills (double
module – semesters one and two)
This module will ensure that you are
familiar with a range of essential study
methods required at university. It will
also develop your awareness of the
academic conventions observed in higher
education in the UK, and encourage you
to become more autonomous in your
approach to learning.
Contemporary Britain
(single module – semester one)
This module will provide you with an
insight into Britain and the British in
the twenty-first century. It introduces
methods of studying, and the cultural
and social ‘background knowledge’
that British students take for granted,
which forms a starting point for many
introductory courses relating to Britain
in other disciplines.
The global society
(single module – semester two)
In this module you will examine various
aspects of globalisation and the effects
of this phenomenon on the cultural,
economic, political and social life of
both the UK and the wider world. You will
investigate and attempt to define exactly
what is meant by globalisation and how
the process manifests itself in different
parts of the world.
Subject-specific modules
If you are going on to study management,
law, arts/humanities, languages or
economics, you will have the choice of
two more subject- specific modules
during the year: eg Understanding law;
Mathematics and statistics; Mathematics
for economists; Art and design skills;
Understanding management and
organisations; and Understanding film.
If you are not going to study in these
areas, you can select from any of the
modules you are interested in.
Key facts
The University of Southampton was
rated in the top 10 modern languages
departments in the country in the National
Student Satisfaction Survey (2008)
An opportunity to learn another language
from scratch, such as Chinese, Japanese,
Arabic, French, Polish or Russian
An opportunity to progress to the
degree of your choice in a school of high
academic repute
Typical course content
Core modules:
−−English language
−−Academic study skills
−−Contemporary Britain
−−The global society
Subject-specific modules include:
−−Economics
−−History and politics
−−Law
−−Management
−−Mathematics and statistics
−−Critical thinking
−−Languages
What to do next
Contact Pat Maier, Director
of Foundation Year, at
pjm@southampton.ac.uk
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2256
Email: ifyp@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/cls/
english/foundation.html

How has the law responded to the
digital revolution? What is crime? Does
intellectual property law adequately
protect human creativity and innovation?
Are we legally entitled to healthcare? Who
really controls a company – the directors,
the shareholders, or both?
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA–AAB
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level
Intake: 155 (UK/EU), 25 (international)
Average applicants per place: 7-8
Selection process: UCAS application (interview
and test may be required for non-standard entry,
eg mature applicants and those from widening
participation programmes such as Pathways to Law)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
LLB Law | M100 | 3 years
LLB Law (accelerated programme) | M101 | 2 years
LLB Law (European Legal Studies) | M125 | 4 years
LLB Law (International Legal Studies)
| M130 | 4 years
LLB (Maritime Law)
| subject to validation | 3 years
Located at Highfield Campus
These are a few of the many challenging legal issues
which you might have to think about while studying
law. As a law student, you will learn how to write and
speak confidently, concisely and precisely. You will
understand the need to pay close attention to detail
and to check and research all facts. You will learn how
to develop critical analysis and problem-solving
abilities, together with team-building, negotiation,
advocacy and professional skills.
Careers
The international reputation of the School of Law is high
among employers because of the emphasis placed on
the development of academic, personal and professional
skills. The study of law is suitable not only for those
wishing to undertake professional training to become
solicitors and barristers, but also for those who want to
establish careers in commerce and industry, the media,
journalism and politics.
“The knowledge and expertise of world-leading
academics at the cutting edge of their fields
meant that you came out
of classes inspired and
with an understanding
of the law you could not
get from anywhere else.”
Law
138
Thomas Webber
LLB Law graduate, 2008

Students prepare for a
mooting competition
All our LLB programmes are
formally accredited by the Law
Society of England & Wales and the
Bar Council of England & Wales as
qualifying law degrees for students
wishing to undertake further
professional training to become a
solicitor or barrister.
Teaching
The School of Law holds the highest
possible ratings for excellence in
teaching from the UK Quality
Assurance Agency for Higher
Education. All our students receive
first-rate teaching and optimum
contact time in small groups. The
School has a dedicated law library
with specialist law librarians, and
students have access to extensive
online legal research facilities.
Pastoral care
The welfare of our cosmopolitan
student body is a priority for us, and
the School is renowned for a friendly
and supportive atmosphere, which
ensures that all our students are able
to maximise their potential.
LLB Law M100
This core programme is suitable for all
undergraduates from the UK and overseas.
−−In year one, you will study four
compulsory units (Legal systems and
reasoning, Constitutional law, Criminal
law, Contract law), together with
mooting and team-building programmes
−−In year two, there are four more
compulsory units (Land law, Equity and
trusts, Tort law, Law of the European
Union). There is also a compulsory
employability skills programme
−−Year three includes one compulsory
unit (Legal research and writing), which
comprises a 10,000-word dissertation
on a topic which you will choose, plus
your choice of four full optional units,
or three full optional units plus two
half options.
LLB Law (accelerated programme)
M101
This programme is suitable for graduates
in other subjects who would like to move
quickly into the legal professions.
On this programme you will study all
the compulsory units listed in the core
LLB, along with the professional skills
programmes. No optional units
are available.
LLB Law (European Legal Studies)
M125
This programme is suitable for students
who have good language skills and
who would like to study law in another
European jurisdiction.
Years one and two are the same as those
of the core LLB programme. At the end
of year two, you will spend a full academic
year at one of our designated universities
within the EU. You will then return to the
UK to complete your final year, which is
the same as that of the core LLB.
LLB Law (International Legal
Studies) M130
This programme is suitable for those
students who would like to study in a
jurisdiction outside the EU.
Years one and two are the same as those
of the core LLB programme. In year
three, you will spend an additional full
academic year overseas at one of our
designated universities, for example, in
Hong Kong, Singapore, Ottawa, Canada,
or Chile. You will then return to the UK to
complete your final year, which is the
same as that of the core LLB.
LLB (Maritime Law)
(subject to validation)
An excellent foundation for a career in
international maritime law, commerce
and related industries. We specialise
in the field of Maritime Law with our
internationally renowned Institute of
Maritime Law, which is the research base
of many of the leading maritime lawyers
in the world. See our website for details.
Key facts
In the 2008 Research Assessment
Exercise 95 per cent of the School of
Law’s research output was judged to be
“of international quality”
Ranked 15th in the UK
High levels of student satisfaction
(National Student Survey, 2008)
National Mooting Competition finalists
(2006, 2005, 2007)
Home to one of the UK’s leading
academic law journals, Legal Studies
Scholarships
For information on achievement awards
and international scholarships in the
School of Law go to the undergraduate
opportunities section at
www.southampton.ac.uk/law
What to do next
Contact the School of Law for
more information. A detailed
School prospectus is available.
School of Law
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2596
Email: undergrad.law@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/law

We offer a range of programmes
that are quite different in outlook
from many more traditional modern
languages degrees.
Linguistics & Languages
140
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including B or above in a
relevant language
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
(additional experience and qualifications will be
taken into account)
Selection process: UCAS application and
one-to-one interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
Languages:
BA Language and Society | QL33 | 4 years
BA Language Learning | Q100 | 4 years
BA Languages and Contemporary European Studies
| R900 | 4 years
BA Modern Languages | R990 | 4 years
Linguistics:
BA French (Linguistic Studies) | R101 | 4 years
BA French and German (Linguistic Studies)
| RRC2 | 4 years
BA French and Spanish (Linguistic Studies)
| RRC4 | 4 years
BA German (Linguistic Studies)
| R201 | 4 years
BA German and Spanish (Linguistic Studies)
| RRF4 | 4 years
BA Spanish (Linguistic Studies)
| R401 | 4 years
International students only:
BA Applied English Language Studies
| Q310 | 3 years
BA Languages and Contemporary European Studies
(with British Studies)
| Q390 | 3 years
BA Languages and Contemporary European Studies
(English) | R9Q3 | 3 years
Located at Avenue Campus
We aim to make all our graduates highly proficient
linguists, capable of working in a wide range of
challenging careers at an international level.
There is a great emphasis on choice, reflected in the
broad range of courses – including linguistic studies,
film and television studies, social and political studies,
and literary studies – allowing you to specialise or opt
for more general coverage.
Your year abroad provides an opportunity to improve
your linguistic and cultural proficiency in your chosen
language and to demonstrate your ability to work
independently over a sustained period – an invaluable
asset when entering the job market.
The administrative organisation of your year
abroad is carried out by our International Exchange
Administrator, and you will be assigned a supervisor
who will look after you during this year. You can spend
your year abroad as an English language assistant in a
school, studying at one of our partner universities or
on a work placement.
Languages and Contemporary European Studies
students can choose to find a work placement or go
to a university – they have priority in the allocation
of Erasmus places.

Students practising their language
skills in one of our multimedia labs
BA Language and Society QL33
This degree combines the two popular
strands of linguistic studies and social
and political studies, building on an area
of considerable expertise and research
activity in the School.
BA Language Learning Q100
You will study two languages, as well as a
range of courses in linguistics and applied
linguistics, gaining a broad understanding
of how different languages are
structured and used. You will study in
detail how languages are acquired and
taught.
BA Languages and Contemporary
European Studies R900
This successful programme is unique to
Southampton and combines many of the
attractions of a modern languages degree
with a wide range of social and cultural
studies. It is one of the few European
studies courses based within a modern
languages programme.
−−You will study two languages (from
French, German, Spanish, Portuguese
and Italian). You must have an A level
in one of these
−−Variations of the programme are
available for EU and international
students who wish to learn about
British culture, society and the
English language, with advanced
English as the first language
BA Modern Languages R990
This course allows you to study three
languages, from French, German,
Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, English,
Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
−−Except for English, all the languages
can be studied from scratch
−−You can choose one or two optional
courses per semester relating to the
languages you are studying
Linguistics
Linguistics is the study of language in
all its forms and is concerned with the
many different facets of language, from
the physical properties of sound waves
in speech to the social context in which
conversations are embedded. The
various branches of linguistics explore
how languages are structured, what they
have in common, the differences between
them, how they are acquired and used,
and how they change over time.
Key facts
Modern languages at Southampton has
been ranked in the top five universities by
the Guardian for the last four years and
we were third in 2009
Rated in the top 10 modern languages
departments in the country in the National
Student Satisfaction Survey (2008)
Opportunity to learn another language
from scratch, such as Chinese, Japanese,
Arabic, Russian or Polish
Modern languages at Southampton was
in the top two for European studies in
the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
A wide range of learning and teaching
resources are available, including
multimedia labs, electronic whiteboards
and language-specific resource rooms
Typical course content
−−In year one you will be allocated to a
stage of language proficiency in our
unique system of seven language levels.
This is designed to place you at the
stage most appropriate to develop
your spoken and written skills, enabling
you to make rapid progress
−−A special unit in year two will prepare
you for your year abroad in year three,
and for the academic work you will
complete during this year
Career opportunities
−−Employment figures from 2008 show
that 95 per cent of language graduates
found a job six months after graduation
−−Recent graduates have found jobs
in management, banking, marketing,
public relations, European institutions,
local government, the civil service, radio,
television, publishing, translation
and teaching
−−Others go on to postgraduate courses in
European studies, politics, international
finance, law, management, education,
translating, interpreting and librarianship
What to do next
Contact Irina Nelson, Admissions
Tutor, or Natasha Renwick-Meikle,
Admissions Coordinator, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2256
Email: humanities@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ml

Management is concerned with
planning, organising, leading and
controlling human activity in the
context of all organisations, whether
private or public sector, large or
small, new or existing.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, plus GCSE mathematics grade B
or above
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Selection process: UCAS application (interview in
special circumstances)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Management
| N201 | 3 years
BSc Management Sciences
| N200 | 3 years | see page 144
BSc Management with Entrepreneurship
| N290 | 3 years | see page 104
International Foundation Year in
Arts, Humanities, Law and Social Sciences
(including School of Management programmes)
| LMV0 | 1 year | see page 136
Located at Highfield Campus
A central task of management is to establish
appropriate objectives and optimise the deployment
of the human, financial and physical resources
available to the organisation in order to meet
these objectives.
BSc Management N201
A degree in management could enable you to operate at a
strategic level within a variety of organisations, developing
key skills such as problem solving, communication, selfmanagement
and teamwork.
This degree provides a broad introduction to the principles
and practice of management.
−−You will develop an understanding of key management
functions and have the opportunity to apply core
management skills
−−The programme adopts a behavioural approach to
management, with an emphasis on qualitative aspects
−−You will be able to choose optional modules from a range
offered by the School of Management, as well as a language
or other approved subjects, throughout the course
Management
142
“The best part about studying in the School of
Management is the support that the academic
and administrative staff offer. The lecturers
also provide very useful, real-life examples
from their careers in business, which allows
you to gain a good understanding of how
theories are used in the workplace.”
Yuliya Monashok
BSc Management graduate, 2007

Yuliya Monashok working on a
group project in the Hartley Library
Key facts
One of the UK’s leading management
schools
In 2009, 76 per cent of School of
Management students achieved firstclass
or upper second-class degrees
Our student society, ManSoc, is one of
the largest academic societies affiliated
to the Students’ Union
Typical course content
−−Accounting
−−Human resource management
−−Information systems and information
technology
−−Management analysis
−−Managerial decisions
−−Marketing
−−Operations management
−−Project management
−−Strategy
Career opportunities
−−The School of Management has close
links with business
−−Many of our graduates go on to
professional training and graduate
management schemes
−−A range of career options are available,
in management, accounting, finance,
banking and retail
−−A small number of students go on to
establish their own business
−−Recent recruiters of School of
Management students include
PricewaterhouseCoopers, BT,
Barclays, Sainsbury’s, Ernst &
Young and Deloitte
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in
the School of Management go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Visit the School of Management’s
website for more information.
School of Management
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5507
Email: mgtmail3@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
management

Management scientists apply a rational,
analytical approach to management
in order to improve the performance
of organisations.
Management Sciences
144
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, plus GCSE mathematics grade B
or above
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview in special circumstances)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Management Sciences | N200 | 3 years
BSc Management Sciences and Accounting
| NN24 | 3 years
BSc Accounting and Finance
| N400 | 3 years | see page 54
BSc (Social Sciences) Economics
and Management Sciences
| L112 | 3 years | see page 87
BSc Management
| N201 | 3 years | see page 142
BSc Management Sciences and French
| NRF1 | 4 years | see page 118
BSc Management Sciences and German
| NR22 | 4 years | see page 126
BSc Management Sciences and Spanish
| NR24 | 4 years | see page 194
BSc Management with Entrepreneurship
| N290 | 3 years | see page 104
BSc Mathematics with Management Sciences
| G1N2 | 3 years | see page 149
BA Music and Management Sciences
| WN32 | 3 years | see page 159
International Foundation Year in Arts, Humanities,
Law and Social Sciences (including School of
Management programmes)
| LMV0 | 1 year | see page 136
Located at Highfield Campus
Using modelling, simulation and other analytical
techniques, a management sciences perspective can
identify alternative strategies and guide practical
action. The associated decisions are frequently
complex and entail considerable uncertainty, not least
because of limited information, time and resources,
and the motives of different stakeholders.
Our degree programmes provide the skills to operate
at a strategic level within a variety of organisations,
developing key skills such as problem solving,
communication, self-management and teamwork.
BSc Management Sciences N200
This flexible programme allows you to specialise in areas
that are of particular interest to you.
−−A wide range of optional modules in mathematical and
non-mathematical management sciences are available
−−You will explore managerial decision-making processes and
commonly used management science techniques, assessing
the means by which people and systems can be managed to
improve organisational performance
−−You will be able to choose optional modules from a range
offered by the School of Management, as well as a language
or other approved subjects, throughout the course
“I chose to study at Southampton because
I was looking for a degree programme that
was flexible and offered a wide range of
options to choose from, as well as a university
and school that had good links with business.”
Emma Davies
BSc Management Sciences graduate, 2007

Emma Davies socialising
in the Students’ Union
BSc Management Sciences and
Accounting NN24
Covering the breadth of these two key
subjects, this degree offers increasing
choice as you progress.
−−You will explore various aspects of
decision-making and consider the
behavioural elements of management
sciences and accounting
−−You will learn to understand, apply
and critically evaluate current
and alternative accounting and
management science practices
−−You will be able to choose optional
modules from those offered by the
School of Management, as well as a
language or other approved subjects
Key facts
One of the UK’s leading management
schools
In 2009, 76 per cent of School of
Management students achieved
first-class or upper second-class degrees
Our student society, ManSoc, is one of
the largest academic societies affiliated
to the Students’ Union
Home to one of the largest and most
prestigious management science
research centres in the UK, CORMSIS
Typical course content
−−Business simulation
−−Financial and management accounting
−−Information systems and information
technology
−−Management analysis
−−Managerial decisions
−−Operations management
−−Optimisation
−−Problem structuring
−−Risk management
−−Strategy
Career opportunities
−−The School of Management has close
links with business
−−Many of our graduates go on to
professional training and graduate
management schemes
−−A range of career options are available,
in management, accounting, finance,
banking and retail
−−A small number of students go on
to establish their own business
−−Recent recruiters of School
of Management students include
PricewaterhouseCoopers, BT,
Barclays, Sainsbury’s, Ernst & Young
and Deloitte
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Management go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Visit the School of Management’s
website for more information.
School of Management
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5507
Email: mgtmail3@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
management

Marine biology embraces the study
of all forms of life in the oceans, covering
a broad range of topics, from the global
distribution of marine organisms
to individual molecules that drive
metabolic and ecological processes.
Marine Biology
146
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA–ABB
IB: 36–32 points, 18–16 at higher level
Intake: 50
Average applicants per place: 6
Selection process: UCAS application and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Marine Biology with Oceanography
| F7C1 | 3 years
MMarBiol Marine Biology
| F703 | 4 years
MMarBiol Marine Biology (with study abroad)
| F704 | 4 years
MMBio/MBfy Marine Biology with Foundation Year
| F705 | 4–5 years | See page 186
Located at Waterfront Campus, National
Oceanography Centre, Southampton (NOCS)
As well as studying the ecology of individual or
groups of species in their habitat, marine biologists
use plants and animals to understand complex
processes in the marine environment, including
man’s impact on the sea through pollution, fishing
and the effects of climate change. Marine organisms
often prove more sensitive to change than the most
sophisticated instruments.
Our programmes cover all aspects of the marine
biosphere, specifically in relation to the chemical and
physical aspects of oceanography, from the tropics to
the deep ocean. Training on our two research vessels
and at our shore-based laboratories will provide
you with the theory and practical experience of
data collection and processing, preparing you
for a career in marine biology.
“I thoroughly enjoyed my time at
Southampton and have no doubt that
the excellent theoretical and practical
training provided enabled me to achieve
a competitive PhD position at the Marine
Research Institute and University of
Iceland, Reykjavik.”
Heidi Pardoe
BSc Marine Biology with
Oceanography graduate, 2005

Marine biology students about to
snorkel at North Rock, Bermuda
BSc Marine Biology with
Oceanography F7C1
A levels: ABB, including biology and one
other science subject or mathematics
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
This programme develops a broad
knowledge base, setting the biology of
marine organisms in an oceanographic
and ecological context, beginning
with key biological concepts and basic
oceanography.
−−Intertidal ecology field course
at the end of year one
−−Independent research project
in year three
MMarBiol Marine Biology F703
A levels: ABB, including biology and two
other science subjects or mathematics
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
Providing a detailed understanding of
marine biology within an oceanographic
context, this programme prepares you
for a research career in marine biology.
−−Specialist module in research
development in year three
−−Field course in tropical marine biology,
an advanced independent research
project and modules in deep-sea
ecology, ecological modelling and
reproductive biology in year four
MMarBiol Marine Biology
(with study abroad) F704
A levels: AAA, including biology and two
other science subjects or mathematics
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level
This programme provides intensive
training in marine biology, plus the
chance to study at one of the top
universities outside the UK during
year three.
Key facts
NOCS is Europe’s leading centre for
the study of marine and Earth science
Highest ranked among UK institutions,
with a strong focus on marine science
You will experience science at sea in our
22 metre research vessel, RV Callista
Highly rated for student satisfaction in
graduate survey (2009)
Programmes recognised for excellence
and innovation by external examiners
Typical course content
−−Marine invertebrates
−−Marine ecology
−−Physical and chemical oceanography
−−Marine vertebrates
−−Primary production processes
−−Benthic ecology
−−Intertidal field course
−−Ecophysiology
−−Fisheries and aquaculture
−−Zooplankton ecology
−−Marine molecular biology
Career opportunities
−−Marine research
−−Fisheries management
−−Environmental consultancy
−−Environment Agency
−−Environmental NGO
−−DEFRA
−−CEFAS
−−Aquaculture
−−Journalism
−−Marine conservation
−−Postgraduate studies
(PhD, MRes, MSc)
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Ocean and Earth Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Antony Jensen,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed School
prospectus is available.
School of Ocean and Earth Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2681
Email: ugenquiry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/soes

Mathematicians develop important
analytical skills and problem-solving
strategies to assess a broad range of issues
in commerce, science and the arts.
Mathematics
148
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, including
6 in higher level mathematics
Intake: 160
Average applicants per place: 9–10
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Mathematics | G100 | 3 years
MMath Mathematics | G103 | 4 years
BSc Mathematical Studies | G120 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with French | G1R1 | 4 years
BSc Mathematics with German
| G1R2 | 4 years
BSc Mathematics with Spanish
| G1R4 | 4 years
BSc Mathematics with Actuarial Science
| G1N3 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Astronomy
| G1F5 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Biology
| G1C1 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Computer Science
| G1G4 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Economics
| G1L1 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Finance
| G1NH | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Management Sciences
| G1N2 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Music
| G1W3 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Operational Research
| G1GF | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Physics
| G1F3 | 3 years
BSc Mathematics with Statistics
| G1G3 | 3 years
Located at Highfield Campus
Mathematical models and simulations, and the
interpretation of their results, are being called on
increasingly in global decisions, as business, politics
and management all become more quantitative in
their methods. The application of mathematics is
also in demand in the social sciences, particularly
economics, where mathematical tools are used to
formulate models of the complex interactions in
an economic system – in situations as significant
as the effect on UK inflation of joining the
European single currency.
“The School of Mathematics at the
University of Southampton is one of the
few academic schools I’ve experienced
which really goes all out to provide the
best possible for its students. It truly
is an international experience.”
Wan Hsien Heah
BSc Mathematics with Actuarial Studies Science
graduate, 2008; Golden Jubilee Scholar

A computer simulation of the
vortical wake produced by the airflow
over a moving insect wing
BSc Mathematics G100
A levels: AAA, including mathematics
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, including
6 in mathematics
This programme will develop your
mathematical knowledge and problemsolving
skills while allowing you to pursue
your own interests, selecting specialist
options from a wide range or broadening
your area of study in year three.
MMath Mathematics G103
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This degree develops your skills and
knowledge beyond the BSc, allowing
you to study topics in pure or applied
mathematics in greater depth.
BSc Mathematical Studies G120
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This is our most flexible programme.
Throughout the degree you can study
subjects outside mathematics, such as
physics, computing, philosophy, music
and languages.
BSc Mathematics with French/
German/Spanish G1R1/G1R2/G1R4
Typical entry requirements as for G100,
including relevant language
Alongside your mathematics studies,
this degree will prepare you to conduct
yourself professionally in a foreign
language and culture. You will spend
year three abroad in a country where
your chosen language is spoken.
BSc Mathematics with
Actuarial Science G1N3
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This degree provides a strong
education in mathematics, statistics
and actuarial science. We are one of the
few universities to hold a substantial
exemption recognition agreement with
the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries,
reducing the average time taken to
qualify as an actuary after your degree.
BSc Mathematics with
Astronomy G1F5
Typical entry requirements as for G100,
preferably with physics
This programme will provide you with
the mathematical knowledge and skills
to develop your interest in astronomy.
BSc Mathematics with Biology G1C1
Typical entry requirements as for G100,
including biology
This degree is for those with an interest
in biological or medical sciences, allowing
you to develop your knowledge of
biology alongside your primary interest
in mathematics.
BSc Mathematics with
Computer Science G1G4
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This programme is designed for students
with a background in computing and an
interest in commerce or industry. The
modular structure combines flexibility
with a unified study framework.
BSc Mathematics with
Economics G1L1
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This degree will provide you with a strong
command of quantitative techniques,
as used by government departments,
banks, financial institutions and
industrial companies.
BSc Mathematics with
Finance G1NH
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This programme provides an excellent
grounding in finance, while developing
the quantitative skills used in commerce
and throughout the finance industry.
BSc Mathematics with
Management Sciences G1N2
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This degree will provide you with the
analytical skills and techniques to tackle
the wide range of problems that arise in
managerial decision-making. The flexible
modular structure allows you to select
the options that suit your interests.

Making it all add up
New mathematics centre
The University of Southampton is taking a leading role in
the government’s National Further Mathematics Network
initiative, by hosting the Further Mathematics Centre for the
Hampshire and Isle of Wight region at its Highfield Campus.
The aim of the initiative is to raise awareness among students,
parents, schools, colleges and universities of the benefits of
studying mathematics and further mathematics in the sixth
form. The Centre will offer support to students who continue
with mathematics after the age of 16, and to their teachers.
The number of UK students taking further mathematics
qualifications fell from around 15,000 in the early 1980s
to 5,000 by the late 1990s.
Professor Adam Wheeler, Deputy Vice-Chancellor at the
University of Southampton and Professor of Industrial Applied
Mathematics, says: “Maths is a profound way of understanding
the world and a powerful tool for solving real problems. It can
also lead to an interesting career – for example, Southampton
maths graduates are now working in Formula One racing.
This new centre at Southampton will play a key role in
persuading young people of the fun and excitement of
maths, as well as its sheer usefulness.”
Further information can be found on the Further
Mathematics Network website: www.fmnetwork.org.uk
Mathematics
Continued
150

Southampton maths graduates are
now working in Formula One racing
BSc Mathematics with Music G1W3
Typical entry requirements as for G100,
including music
Mathematics and music have a particular
affinity, perhaps because they are both
concerned, to a certain extent, with
exploring structure. This programme
will develop your problem-solving skills
and build on your musical experience,
combining technical studies with
historical and critical work.
BSc Mathematics with Operational
Research G1GF
Typical entry requirements as for G100
This programme introduces the most
important methods used to solve
mathematical problems, equipping you
with skills and expertise valued by a wide
range of businesses and organisations.
BSc Mathematics with Physics G1F3
Typical entry requirements as for G100,
including physics
Physics uses mathematics to make
predictions about the world, and many
areas of mathematics have advanced
through the need to address physical
problems. The structure of this unified
programme allows you to choose
which areas of both subjects you
wish to specialise in.
BSc Mathematics with
Statistics G1G3
Typical entry requirements as for G100
Training in statistics offers a unique
range of challenges and provides
opportunities to work on a variety of
significant problems across industry,
environmental science, medical
research and government. You will
develop the necessary communications,
mathematical and statistical skills for a
career as a statistician.
Key facts
Ranked third in UK for quality of research
outputs in applied mathematics. Ranked
second in the UK for research power in
statistics and operational research
(RAE, 2008)
One of the largest mathematics
departments in the UK
Wide range of degrees, with flexibility to
transfer between programmes
Generous scholarship scheme for
UK/EU and international students
Large international cohort
Typical course content
−−Calculus
−−Algebra
−−Geometry
−−Statistics
−−Differential equations
−−Abstract algebra
−−Number theory
−−Fluid dynamics
−−Communicating and researching
mathematics
Career opportunities
−−Financial analyst
−−Actuary
−−Statistician
−−Underwriter
−−Management consultant
−−Banker
−−Broker
−−Accountant
−−Crime analyst
−−Medical researcher
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Mathematics go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr J H Renshaw,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Mathematics
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5154
Email: ugmaths@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/maths

Mechanical engineering encompasses
a broad range of disciplines. It is vital to
every aspect of our daily lives – you can
see it at work all around you.
Mechanical Engineering
152
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA, including mathematics and physics
(general studies not accepted), plus GCSE English
language grade C or above
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, including a total
of 12 in mathematics and physics at higher level
Intake: 60
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng Mechanical Engineering
| H300 | 3 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering
| H301 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Advanced Materials
| HJ35 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Aerospace
| HH34 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Automotive
| H390 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Bioengineering
| HH38 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Engineering
Management
| HN32 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Mechatronics
| HH37 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Naval Engineering
| HH35 | 4 years
MEng Mechanical Engineering/Sustainable Energy
Systems
| HH32 | 4 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
Mechanical engineering is a challenging and exciting
subject that covers a wide range of technical activities,
including the design of machines, conversion
of energy, manufacturing processes, medical
engineering and microsystems technology.
Using computer-aided design and manufacturing,
mechanical engineers research, develop, design,
manufacture and test tools, engines, machines
and other mechanical devices for a wide range of
applications, from the automotive and aerospace fields
to biomedical and microsystems. Design exercises
form an integral part of our programmes, developing
a breadth of understanding to equip you with the wide
range of skills needed by today’s professional engineer.
Our programmes are highly valued by sponsors
and employers, and are recognised by the Defence
Technical Undergraduate Scheme (DTUS) for officer
training in Her Majesty’s Armed Forces.
All our master’s (MEng) programmes provide a direct
route of entry to Chartered Engineer (CEng) status.
−−You will work on design activities that relate theory
to practice and combine analytical skills and creativity
in the solution of real engineering problems
−−In year three you will undertake an individual project,
ranging from design studies to open-ended research,
which may be sponsored by industry
−−In year four you will work on a major group design
project, applying your knowledge to a practical
engineering problem
“I chose mechanical engineering because of
Southampton’s reputation in specialised areas
of engineering, and to keep my career options
open. I was motivated to stay on to carry out
postgraduate research on a bioengineering
project with a real industrial goal.”
Alex Dickinson
MEng Mechanical Engineering graduate, 2006

Fourth-year group design projects enable you to apply
your knowledge to a practical engineering problem
BEng Mechanical Engineering H300
This is a broad programme of study,
with design an important theme in all
three years.
MEng Mechanical Engineering H301
Following a broad-based foundation,
in years three and four you will have the
opportunity to specialise or to continue
with an interdisciplinary theme.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Advanced Materials HJ35
Study the selection of appropriate
materials in design and manufacture,
along with an understanding of how
these materials behave in service.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Aerospace HH34
Develop expertise in aerospace systems
while maintaining the broad-based
engineering background associated
with mechanical engineering.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Automotive H390
Study specialist modules designed to
prepare you for a career in the automotive
sector, while maintaining a broad-based
mechanical engineering background.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Bioengineering HH38
Explore the challenges faced in the
design, development and testing of
medical devices – one of the fastest
growing engineering sectors.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Engineering Management HN32
Acquire the technical skills to understand,
design and manufacture new products,
and the expertise to manage the process,
people and finances.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Mechatronics HH37
Explore the challenges at the interface
between mechanical engineering
and electronics, through sensors and
instrumentation, control and signal
processing, and automation and robotics.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Naval Engineering HH35
Developed in conjunction with the Royal
Navy to provide detailed understanding
of marine systems engineering while
maintaining a broad-based mechanical
engineering background.
MEng Mechanical Engineering/
Sustainable Energy Systems HH32
Gain an overview of modern energy
technologies, including renewable
energy sources, fuel cells, nuclear
engineering and energy economics.
Key facts
Number one in The Guardian University
Guide 2010 for mechanical engineering
Strong links with industry provide
excellent opportunities for work
experience and employment
96 per cent of students were satisfied
with the quality of their course
(National Student Survey, 2008)
84 per cent gained graduate employment
within six months of graduation
compared to the national average of
76 per cent (HESA data, 2006/7)
Opportunities to study abroad
Our degrees are accredited by the
Institution of Mechanical Engineers
(IMechE), and our MEng programmes
provide a direct route to Chartered
Engineer (CEng) status
The School of Engineering Sciences
has been awarded an ExxonMobil
Award in recognition of Excellence
in Engineering teaching
Typical course content
−−Engineering design
−−Engineering materials
−−Mechanics of solids
−−Fluid mechanics and thermodynamics
−−Electrical systems
−−Law and management
−−Automobile systems
−−Orthopaedic biomechanics
−−Fuel cells and photovoltaic systems
−−Aircraft propulsion
Career opportunities
−−Automotive and aerospace
engineering
−−Biomedical engineering
−−Marine and offshore industry
−−Defence and armed forces
−−Research and development
(in universities and industry)
−−Engineering consultancy
−−Information technology
−−Management consultancy
−−Materials engineering
−−Financial services
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Engineering Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Prasanth Nair, Admissions
Tutor, for more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Engineering Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2840
Email: admissions@mech.
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ses/mech

The School of Medicine at Southampton
is one of the leading medical schools in
the UK, providing a broad education for
the study of health and disease.
Medicine
154
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA, to include chemistry (see opposite
for more details and graduate entry and widening
access programmes)
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, with a minimum of
6 in chemistry at higher or standard level
Intake: 206 (BM5), 40 (BM4), 30 (BM6)
Average applicants per place: 14 (BM5), 26 (BM4),
14 (BM6)
Selection process: UCAS application, UKCAT,
enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure and
satisfactory health screening are required. Selected
applicants will be interviewed and/or may take part
in an interactive activity
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BM Medicine and BMedSc (BM5)
| A100 | 5 years
BM Medicine (BM4, graduate entry)
| A101 | 4 years
BM Medicine and BMedSc (BM6, widening access)
| A102 | 6 years
Located at Highfield Campus and Southampton
General Hospital Campus and NHS trusts across
the region
“I can’t believe how comfortable and
settled I feel at Southampton. The
course is great, the best thing being
how supportive the School is, always
reassuring you that if you have any
problems they’ll be there for you.”
Daisy Hills
Fourth-year
medical student
Our degrees represent the first stage in a rewarding
career as a doctor. You will gain practical experience
from the very beginning, having contact with patients
in a variety of clinical settings. Once you have
successfully completed your programme, you can
progress to employment in the NHS and the
Foundation Programme (a two-year training
programme for newly qualified doctors).
We have three Bachelor of Medicine programmes.
BM5 is the standard five-year programme.
If you already have a degree, our four-year programme
(BM4) will allow you to draw on your existing knowledge
and experience as you begin your training as a doctor.
If you are able to meet our eligibility criteria specifically
designed to widen access to medicine (see website for
details), our six-year programme (BM6) may be the
right degree for you.
Upon graduation from our BM5 and BM6 programmes,
as well as a Bachelor of Medicine degree, you will be
awarded a Bachelor of Medical Sciences degree. BM5
and BM6 students also have the possibility of gaining
an intercalated master’s degree by taking an additional
year of study.
Our application process
Through references and your UCAS personal statement,
you should demonstrate that you have initiative, are
self-motivated, literate and articulate. You must show
that you are able to interact successfully with people,
particularly in health and social care settings (for
example, through personal/family experience, paid or
voluntary work or work shadowing). You must also
complete the UK Clinical Aptitude Test in advance of
making your application, the results of which will be
used in the selection process. See www.ukcat.ac.uk
As part of the selection procedure the School will
require all selected applicants to take part in an
interactive activity. Selected mature (non-graduate)
and international applicants for BM5 and international
applicants for BM4 will be interviewed. All selected BM6
applicants must also attend interview and satisfy two

Medical student on placement
eligibility criteria. Graduate and
international applicants are not
eligible to apply for the BM6
programme. As part of the selection
procedure, the School may require
selected applicants to take part in an
interactive activity.
Confirmation and continued
registration on all our programmes
is subject to satisfactory health
screening, as well as a satisfactory
Criminal Record Bureau disclosure,
both of which are confidential.
BM Medicine and BMedSc (BM5) A100
A levels: AAA, to include chemistry.
Alternatively, AS chemistry and biology/
human biology can be offered at grades
AA in addition to grades AAA at A level.
General studies is not acceptable, and
subjects with overlap of material, such as
biology/sports studies or mathematics/
further mathematics, may not be
considered in combination. In addition,
seven GCSEs at grade B or above are
required, including mathematics, English
and double award science (or equivalent)
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level, with a
minimum of 6 in chemistry at higher or
standard level. Applicants can offer
chemistry at standard level, providing
they are offering one other science
subject at higher or standard level
−−Integrated, systems-based course
−−Research project in year four, with eight
weeks’ elective clinical apprenticeship
in year five, with experience in a variety
of hospitals and in community and
general practices
BM Medicine (BM4, graduate entry)
A101
Degree: upper second-class honours
degree in any subject
A levels: chemistry or AS level chemistry
and biology/human biology at grade E or
above, plus GCSE English, mathematics
and double award science at grade C
or above (or equivalent)
−−Learning based on clinical topics in
years one and two
−−Clinical experience two or three times
a week in years one and two
−−Learning supported by small-group work
BM Medicine and BMedSc
(BM6, widening access) A102
A levels: E in chemistry, or AS level
chemistry and biology/human biology
at grades EE or above. Alternatively AS
chemistry and biology /human biology
can be offered at grade B or above in
addition to grades CCC at A level. General
studies is not acceptable, and subjects
with material that overlaps, such as
biology/sports studies, mathematics/
further mathematics, may not be offered
in combination at A level. In addition, five
GCSEs at grade C or above are required,
including English, mathematics and
double award science (or equivalent)
−−Guaranteed place on BM5 (conditional
on satisfactory completion of year zero)
−−Clinical placements in a variety of
healthcare settings from week two of
the course
−−Full-time course timetabled over
three days
−−A small-group setting, with 30 students
−−Extensive tutorial and pastoral support
Key facts
Clinical experience from year one
State-of-the-art facilities and extensive
NHS infrastructure investment
Residential attachments in the south
of England
Upon graduation from our BM5 and BM6
programmes, as well as a Bachelor of
Medicine degree, you will also be awarded
a Bachelor of Medical Sciences degree
BM5 and BM6 students have the possibility
of gaining an intercalated master’s degree
by taking an additional year of study
Widening access programme (BM6)
identified as an example of good practice
by the Department of Health
Career opportunities
Following provisional registration with the
General Medical Council, graduates have
the option of a range of medical careers.
The School of Medicine’s stimulating,
open and supportive environment will
prepare you to become a competent
practitioner in a modern, changing health
service, with the capability to follow a
career in a wide range of specialties.
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Medicine go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Visit us online for more information
or to download a School brochure.
BM Admissions Office
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4408
Email: bmadmissions@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/medicine

Pregnancy and birth are major events
in the life of a woman and her family.
Midwives are involved in all aspects of
maternity care and have a key role in helping
women to have the best experiences and
health outcomes.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB
Intake: 27
Average applicants per place: 25
Selection process: UCAS application, interview;
enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure
and satisfactory health screening are required
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BMid Midwifery
| B720 | 3 years
Located at Highfield Campus
“I chose Southampton because
of its excellent reputation within
nursing and midwifery. The clinical
placement, offering hands-on
experience, begins early on in the
course. Academic staff provide great
personal support across all clinical
and academic issues.”
From early pregnancy through to the first weeks
after birth, midwives work with women and their
families to give advice and identify healthcare needs.
As a student midwife, you will undertake programmes
specifically designed to develop and achieve the
competencies, skills and knowledge required to register
as a midwife with the Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC). The programme will prepare you for your future
career by enhancing your understanding of the roles
of different professionals in a team-based service.
You will spend time working in interprofessional
groups with students from 10 other health and
social care programmes.
−−Your timetable is structured into placements and study
blocks, each lasting several weeks. This provides you
with continuity of experience, particularly when
on placement
−−Integrating theory with the practical aspects of the
programme is a fundamental principle of midwife
training. To help reinforce your learning you will
have client contact very early in the course
−−Year three provides the opportunity to work side by
side with a qualified midwife, sharing responsibility
for a small number of clients, including antenatal,
labour and postnatal care
Midwifery
156
Jo Clarke
BMid Midwifery graduate, 2008

The next generation is in your hands
Key facts
No tuition fees are payable for
UK/EU residents
Means-tested NHS bursary for UK
residents of up to £4,000
50 per cent theory, 50 per cent practical
midwifery experience, with hands-on
experience from year one
Become a registered midwife on
successful completion of the programme
State-of-the-art virtual interactive
practice suite
Typical course content
−−Midwifery practice
−−Professional studies
−−Life sciences
−−Social sciences
−−Developing autonomous practice
−−Interprofessional education
−−Clinical practice
Career opportunities
−−NHS hospitals
−−NHS community units
−−Independent sector
−−International
What to do next
Contact the School of Health
Sciences for more information.
A detailed course prospectus
is available.
School of Health Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5500
Email: healthsciences@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
healthsciences

Southampton has one of the largest
and most diverse music programmes in
the UK, offering a high degree of flexibility
and student choice.
Music
158
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB, including grade B or above in music,
plus grade 8 ABRSM , Rockschool or Trinity
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level, including 6
in higher level music, plus grade 8 ABRSM,
Rockschool or Trinity
Selection process: UCAS application. Those
offered places are invited to attend a visit day,
which features a range of talks and other events,
and multiple opportunities to ask questions
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Music
| W300 | 3 years
BA Music and Management Sciences
| WN32 | 3 years
BA English and Music
| QW33 | 3 years | see page 103
BA French and Music
| RW13 | 4 years | see page 118
BA German and Music
| RW23 | 4 years | see page 126
BA Spanish and Music
| RW43 | 4 years | see page 194
BSc Acoustics and Music
| HW73 | 3 years | see page 57
BSc Mathematics with Music
| G1W3 | 3 years | see page 151
Located at Highfield Campus
“I wanted my degree to broaden
my understanding of music, so the
flexibility of the course structure at
Southampton was what appealed to
me. The city is really friendly towards
students and the level of interaction
with tutors is fantastic.”
Rupert Cross
BA Music graduate, 2006
Our undergraduate course includes performance,
composition and musicology, and embraces a wide
range of musical styles and traditions, from western
classical music to commercial music, jazz and pop.
We also offer options in music business, music
therapy and community music.
A Music degree from Southampton can prepare
you for a variety of careers, both within and outside
music. Our alumni are successful in broadcasting,
performance, education, music therapy, composition,
commercial music and information technology, among
other areas.
The Turner Sims Concert Hall, one of the best
purpose-built recital halls in southern England, is
located on campus and provides a centre for student
musical activity. Opportunities for performance
are plentiful: in addition to degree-related solo and
ensemble performance courses, the department
sponsors a series of lively student and professional
lunchtime concerts at the Turner Sims during term.
The ancient city centre church of St Michael the
Archangel supports Cantores Michaelis, a group of
eight paid choral scholars and two voluntary lay clerks,
auditioned and selected from the University.
There are, in addition, a number of scholarships
for accompanists, organists, keyboard players and
other instrumentalists. For full details go to www.
southampton.ac.uk/music/about/scholarships.html
The Students’ Union supports a broad range of student
performing groups, including orchestras and vocal and
theatre music ensembles, in which music students play
major roles.

Opportunities for performance are
plentiful. Music sponsors a lively series
of student and professional concerts
at the Turner Sims
BA Music W300
A core programme of musical studies in
year one is followed by free choice from
a wide range of options in years two and
three. You may also choose to take 25 per
cent of your programme in an alternative
subject. The focus is on three main themes:
−−History and criticism: introduces
analytical and repertory studies, and
sociological topics, from the medieval
period to the present day
−−Performance: supports instrumental and
vocal performance (solo or ensemble)
in classical, jazz and pop styles, with 24
hours of fully funded individual tuition
per year for solo performers, plus
fortnightly master classes, professional
workshops and group coaching
−−Composition: includes extensive project
work and advanced studio techniques,
leading to the submission of a collection
of original compositions, either classical
or commercial
BA Music and Management
Sciences WN32
In addition to the musical studies
described above, this programme
develops your understanding of
key management functions, with an
opportunity to apply management skills
such as problem solving, teamwork,
communication, numeracy and selfmanagement.
−−50/50 split between the subjects in
each year, or the option of 25 per cent
in a third subject
−−A core programme of management
sciences in years one and two, with a
free choice of music options
−−In year three, a free choice from a wide
range of options in both subjects
Key facts
95 per cent of students agreed that
the overall quality of the Music course
was good in the National Student
Survey (2008), which is well above the
national average
Flexible course structure allows you to
tailor your programme to your needs,
across performance, composition and
academic music study
Purpose-built concert hall (Turner Sims)
supporting the most extensive series of
professional concerts and workshops of
any UK university
Dedicated keyboard room, percussion
room, jazz and pop rehearsal room, nine
further teaching and ensemble rehearsal
rooms, 16 practice rooms, three electronic
studios plus live room, and 16 networked
multimedia workstations
Many large-scale Students’ Union
performing groups (orchestras, bands,
choirs and theatre groups), in addition
to music ensembles
Typical course content
−−Performance: early music; classical and
contemporary art music; jazz and pop
−−Composition: free composition
(classical and/or commercial, television
and film)
−−Orchestration and arranging
−−Songwriting
−−Historical and critical topics: music
history and analysis from the Middle
Ages to the present; world music;
jazz and pop; issues in sociology
and contemporary culture
−−Music business
−−Music therapy and community music
For more information go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/music/
undergrad/undergraduatecourses.html
To read about our former students
and their current careers visit
www.southampton.ac.uk/music/about/
alumni.html
Career opportunities
−−Postgraduate studies
−−Teaching
−−Performance
−−Production
−−Arts administration
−−Artistic and financial management
−−Media
−−Accountancy
−−Computer programming
Scholarships
For information on scholarships go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Admissions Coordinator
for more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2736
Email: humanities@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/music

Science is becoming increasingly
multidisciplinary, with employers and
governments seeking scientists with skills
spanning traditional subject definitions.
This degree will produce scientists well
prepared to meet such challenges.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA (two science subjects plus
mathematics)
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level
(mathematics at higher level required)
Intake: 20
Selection process: UCAS application and interview.
Please apply early as interview dates are allocated
on the basis of subjects selected
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Natural Sciences
| CFG0 | 3 years
MNatSci Natural Sciences
| FGC0 | 4 years
Located at Boldrewood and Highfield Campuses and
the National Oceanography Centre, Southampton
We have developed the Natural Sciences programme
for candidates who are looking for an adaptable
degree course that provides academic challenge,
diversity and flexibility, while maintaining the
intellectual rigour and excellent education expected
by candidates and their future employers.
The course allows you to pursue a combination of
two or three science subjects, with all subjects studied
in each year of the degree. Maintaining learning in
two or more key sciences at all levels of your degree
provides you with interdisciplinary training that
reflects the multifaceted nature of many aspects
of modern science, in terms of both research and
industrial application.
With many advances in modern sciences taking
place at the boundaries of traditional disciplines, this
programme will provide you with the qualifications and
skills to contribute to this development.
“I like NatSci at Southampton because it has
been very easy to choose options and excellent
guidance is given on what fits your course.
Natural Sciences
160
I’ve been able to meet people from different
subjects and have done loads of practical work.
There is also lots of
support and a good
relationship with
tutors.”
Ishna Mistry
MNatSci student reading
Chemical Biology with Biology

Face details of blue barred parrotfish,
Scarus ghobban, Bali, Indonesia
You will select a major subject area,
which will provide you with a home
school. You will also choose minor
subjects, which may change as your
interests develop. Mathematics is
available to complement subjects
where necessary.
Preferred major and minor
combinations
− −Biochemistry with Chemical Biology
− −Biology with Marine Ecology
− −Biomedical Sciences with Chemical
Biology
− −Chemical Biology with Biomedical
Sciences
− −Chemical Biology with Physics
− −Marine Ecology with Biology
− −Marine Ecology with Chemical Biology
− −Oceans and Climate with Physics
− −Physics with Chemical Biology
− −Physics with Structural and Materials
Chemistry
− −Structural and Materials Chemistry
with Environmental Science
−−Structural and Materials Chemistry
with Physics
− −Synthetic Chemistry with
Biochemistry
− −Synthetic Chemistry with Earth Science
It may be possible to construct a degree
programme with other combinations
but this would be subject to timetabling
restrictions. A case would need to be
made for the chosen combination on
scientific and educational grounds
before a candidate could be accepted
for such a combination.
Candidates who are interested in a
combination of Earth Sciences with
Physics are advised to apply for the
Geophysics degree programme and
those interested in the combination of
Environmental Science with Biology are
advised to apply for the Environmental
Science degree programme, as both
degree programmes are interdisciplinary
and the timetable is well established
Course structure
−−Year one: 38 per cent major subject
area, 50 per cent minor subject(s),
12 per cent mathematics
−−Year two: 50 per cent major subject
area, plus 50 per cent one or two minor
subjects
−−Year three (BSc): 50 per cent major
subject area, 25 per cent minor subject,
25 per cent interdisciplinary project
−−Year three (MNatSci): 50 per cent major
subject area, including a research
project, 50 per cent minor subject(s)
−−Year four (MNatSci): 50 per cent major
subject area, 25 per cent minor subject,
25 per cent interdisciplinary project
Key facts
Flexible, interdisciplinary programme,
with research projects in years three
and four, including an interdisciplinary
project reflecting your choice of major
and minor subject areas
Excellent reputation for teaching and
research, with more than 90 per cent
of our research activity internationally
recognised
Friendly staff and modern facilities
Career opportunities
−−Postgraduate study
−−Teacher training
−−Medicine
−−Industry
−−Journalism
−−Marketing and brand management
−−Financial risk analysis, accounting and
audit management
−−Information management, technology
and consultancy
−−Patent law
−−Other science-based careers
Scholarships
For information on scholarships please
contact the Admissions Tutor for Natural
Sciences: natsci@southampton.ac.uk
What to do next
Contact the Natural Sciences
Admissions Tutor at the Natural
Sciences Degree Office for more
information.
School of Chemistry
Email: natsci@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/natsci

We offer a range of exciting, challenging
programmes, designed to ensure that the
nurses of the future are able to meet the
healthcare needs of the twenty-first century.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: BN3 – BBC; Diploma with Advanced
Studies – BC
Intake: 520
Average applicants per place: 15
Selection process: UCAS application, interview;
enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure
and satisfactory health screening are required
Degree/course | UCAS code | Duration
Adult Nursing
BN3 | B745 | 3 years
Diploma with Advanced Studies | 3060 | 3 years
*BN4 | 4 years | subject to validation
Child Nursing
BN3 | B735 | 3 years
Diploma with Advanced Studies | 3360 | 3 years
*BN4 | 4 years | subject to validation
Learning Disability Nursing
BN3 | B761 | 3 years
Diploma with Advanced Studies | 3260 | 3 years
*BN4 | 4 years | subject to validation
Mental Health Nursing
BN3 | B760 | 3 years
Diploma with Advanced Studies | 3160 | 3 years
*BN4 | 4 years | subject to validation
Located at Highfield Campus (also Portsmouth,
Winchester, Basingstoke and Isle of Wight)
Nursing is about caring for people. You will learn to
look after people’s psychological needs as well as
treating their physical problems. A major feature
of all our programmes is early patient contact,
so whichever branch of nursing you choose, you
will soon find yourself working with real patients,
with full placements commencing in the first
semester and covering a wide range of situations
in both hospital and community settings.
Across all our programmes you will spend time
working in interprofessional groups with students
from 10 other health and social care programmes.
All our programmes lead to registration with the
Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).
“By going into placement in the first year
I gained so much confidence in providing
nursing care, and have really enjoyed being
given the responsibility to look after children
ranging from newborns to teenagers.”
Catrina Lock
Third-year Child
Nursing student
*From 2011 a widening participation into Nursing four-year
programme (BN4) will be available, pending approval and validation,
for applicants who do not meet the typical entry requirements.
We anticipate that further details will be available from July 2010.
For further information please contact the admissions team on
+44 (0)23 8059 5500 or email healthsciences@southampton.ac.uk
Nursing
162

Nursing – a career, not just a qualification
BN3 Adult Nursing B745
Adult Nursing Diploma with Advanced
Nursing Studies 3060 – a career,
not just a qualification
Adult Nursing is about caring for all
people with acute healthcare needs and
those with longer-term and palliative
care requirements.
BN3 Child Nursing B735
Child Nursing Diploma with Advanced
Studies 3360
As a child nurse you will look after
children and provide crucial support to
their families. Children are not just mini
adults – their bodies and minds work
in very different ways. The work of a
children’s nurse is varied, and may range
from the intensive care of premature
babies to promoting the health of
adolescents in community settings.
BN3 Learning Disability Nursing B761
Learning Disability Nursing Diploma with
Advanced Studies 3260
People with learning difficulties have a
wide range of needs and live varied lives.
You will work with people who have
intellectual impairments, to improve their
quality of life and promote their wellbeing.
BN3 Mental Health Nursing B760
Mental Health Nursing Diploma with
Advanced Studies 3160
Mental health nurses care for people
with mental health problems, in both
hospital and community settings.
You will help clients to overcome health
problems, to come to terms with their
difficulties and to live as normal a life as
possible.
Key facts
No tuition fees are payable for any
nursing programme for UK/EU residents
NHS bursaries of up to £6,500 for diploma
with advanced study courses, and meanstested
bursaries for degree programmes
State-of-the-art virtual interactive
practice suite
50 per cent theory, 50 per cent practical
nursing experience, with hands-on
experience from year one
Become a registered nurse on
completion of the programme
Typical course content
−−Nursing practice
−−Life sciences
−−Social sciences
−−Professional practice
−−Study skills and information
technology
−−Interprofessional education
−−Clinical skills practice
−−Developing skills for registration
Career opportunities
−−NHS hospitals
−−NHS community settings
−−Nursing homes
−−Independent sector
−−International
What to do next
Contact the School of Health
Sciences for more information.
A detailed course prospectus
is available.
School of Health Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5500
Email: healthsciences@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
healthsciences

Occupational therapy is an exciting
and rewarding profession, which will suit
creative and motivated individuals who enjoy
challenges and excel at problem solving.
This programme will prepare you for practice
in an ever-changing healthcare system.
Occupational Therapy
164
Typical entry requirements
A levels: BBB, including one science subject
IB: 28 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 40–50 (NHS-funded, full-time), 5 (NHSfunded,
part-time). There may be opportunities for a
small number of international/self-funded students
Average applicants per place: 8–9
Selection process: UCAS application for the full-time
programme; applications are made directly to
the School for the part-time programme and will
include an interview for shortlisted applicants;
enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure
and satisfactory health screening are required
for all successful applicants
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Occupational Therapy
| B920 | 3 years (full-time)
BSc Occupational Therapy (part-time)
| direct application to School only | 4 years
Located at Highfield Campus
When people become ill, disabled or lack
opportunities, they may lose the ability to carry
out everyday activities. As an occupational therapist,
you will assess the physical, mental and social needs
of the individual, and consider the best way to help
them achieve their personal goals, regain lost skills
and live life to the best of their ability.
Occupational therapists work with people of all ages,
in an increasing range of health, social and private care
settings. Clinical areas include physical rehabilitation,
mental health, learning disabilities, social services and
education, as well as non-traditional areas such as work
with homeless people and in prisons.
Graduates of the Occupational Therapy programme
obtain professional qualifications and are eligible for
membership of the British Association of Occupational
Therapists and to apply for registration with the Health
Professions Council.
“Southampton has a fantastic social
scene and excellent facilities
for teaching occupational
therapy.”
Emma Joslin
Third-year Occupational
Therapy student

Occupational therapists improve
the quality of life for their clients
A range of teaching and assessment
methods are used throughout the
programme. These encompass
working effectively with clients,
their families and other health
professionals, critically examining
your own practice and managing your
work competently. You will go on
to develop the skills and knowledge
you will need to work in a range of
practice settings, and you will study
the management and research
skills required to equip you for future
professional practice as a clinician,
educator, evaluator and manager.
This programme offers a combination
of academic study and integrated
fieldwork placements, which take
place across a range of health and
social care settings throughout the
programme, starting in year one.
Students also participate in
the interprofessional learning
programme, where they have the
opportunity to learn and work
with other healthcare students,
developing an understanding of the
roles of different professionals while
working on a range of health- and
social care-related projects. This
nationally recognised initiative has
been supported by the Department
of Health and is described as “leading
edge”. It involves health professions
students from the Universities of
Southampton and Portsmouth.
Key facts
Shared modules with physiotherapy and
podiatry students, and an interprofessional
learning initiative unique to health
professions students at the Universities
of Southampton and Portsmouth
Academic staff are active researchers
and experts in their fields
Strong links with local practitioners
further enhance student learning
Course and tuition fees for all UK/EU
students are paid by the Department
of Health
Typical course content
−−Anatomy
−−Physiology
−−Psychology
−−Sociology
−−Physical rehabilitation
−−Mental health
−−Learning disabilities
−−Research skills
−−Management skills
−−Professional practice
−−Ethics
Career opportunities
With a recognised increasing need
for occupational therapists, due to an
ageing population and to developments
in health and social care, career prospects
within the profession are excellent. Many
students return to the University during
their careers to continue their professional
development. To meet this demand, the
School offers short courses, MSc, PhD
and clinical doctorate programmes on
a full- and part-time basis.
What to do next
Contact the School of Health Sciences
for more information. A detailed
course prospectus is available.
School of Health Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5261
Email: healthsciences@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
healthsciences

Oceanography is the science of
exploration, offering insights into physical,
chemical and biological processes
throughout the marine environment.
Oceanography
166
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAA–BBB
IB: 36–30 points, 18–16 at higher level
Intake: 50
Average applicants per place: 6
Selection process: UCAS application
and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Oceanography
| F710 | 3 years
MOcean Oceanography
| F700 | 4 years
MOcean Oceanography (with study abroad)
| F702 | 4 years
MOcean Ocean, Earth and Climate Science
| F790 | 4 years
BSc Ocean Chemistry
| FF71 | 3 years
BSc Oceanography with Physical Geography
| F7F8 | 3 years
MOcean Oceanography with French
| F7R1 | 4 years
BSc/MOcean Oceanography with Foundation Year
| F701 | 4/5 years | see page 186
Located at Waterfront Campus, National
Oceanography Centre, Southampton (NOCS)
Studying oceanography will allow you to contribute
to the future use and care of the ocean system.
We actively involve undergraduates in our research
output and regularly publish student work in
scientific journals of international standing.
The programme has strong links to industry, through
summer placements, one-year industry placements and
the opportunity to undertake research on real industry
data, and for master’s students to apply for an industrysponsored
final year.
BSc Oceanography F710
A levels: BBB, including two science subjects
(mathematics acceptable)
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
This programme offers a thorough understanding of the
physical, geological, chemical and biological processes in
the ocean system.
MOcean Oceanography F700
A levels: ABB, including two science subjects
(mathematics acceptable)
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
This programme is specifically designed to equip you for
a career in ocean science. Years one and two follow the
BSc Oceanography, and years three and four focus
primarily on research.
“The knowledge and skills provided
by my degree at NOCS has proved
essential for starting a career in
marine sciences.”
Julie Doran
Master of Oceanography, 2006,
now working as a marine scientist
for Seastar Survey Ltd, Southampton

Research Vessel Callista
arriving at NOCS
MOcean Oceanography
(with study abroad) F702
A levels: AAA in three science subjects
(mathematics and geography acceptable)
IB: 36 points, 18 at higher level
This programme provides intensive
training in ocean sciences, combined
with an opportunity to spend part of year
three studying at one of the powerhouse
universities in the USA.
MOcean Ocean, Earth and
Climate Science F790
A levels: ABB, to include mathematics and
two other sciences
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
This new programme has been designed
to provide a broad and complete
education in Earth and marine system
science, examining the way in which the
Earth functions as a system, to determine
our environment and climate.
BSc Ocean Chemistry FF71
A levels: BBB, including B or above in
chemistry and one other science or
mathematics
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
This programme develops pure chemistry
knowledge to apply to the broad range of
interdisciplinary science of oceanography.
BSc Oceanography with
Physical Geography F7F8
A levels: BBB, including geography and
one science or mathematics
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
This interdisciplinary programme provides
coherent training in ocean science and
its integration with land-based studies.
MOcean Oceanography with
French F7R1
A levels: ABB, including at least two
science subjects and French at A or AS
level (A* GCSE French may be accepted)
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level
This programme is appropriate if
you wish to pursue a marine science
career in mainland Europe. Year three
is undertaken at the Université de
Bordeaux-1.
Key facts
The largest single UK grouping of marine
and Earth scientists, at Europe’s leading
centre for marine and Earth science studies
Our taught programmes are nationally
recognised for their quality and innovation
The excellence of our extensive fieldwork
programme receives regular national
recognition
Modern, purpose-built £50 million
centre, with an international reputation
for cutting-edge research
We provide a variety of bursaries,
in addition to those available from
the University
Typical course content
−−Common introductory modules in
year one promote flexibility within
and between programmes
−−Residential and one-day field courses
allow practical application of knowledge
−−Year three allows for specialisation,
with an increased focus on
independent work and research
−−An advanced research project forms
a major component of the final year in
four-year programmes
Career opportunities
−−University research laboratories
−−Marine environmental consultancies
and industrially funded organisations
−−Industry (port authorities, aggregate
extraction, geophysical survey)
−−Government-funded laboratories
−−IT
−−Teaching
−−Postgraduate studies (PhD, MSc, MRes)
−−Science journalism
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Ocean and Earth Science go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr Debora Iglesias-
Rodriguez, Admissions Tutor, for
more information. A detailed School
prospectus is available.
School of Ocean and Earth Science
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2681
Email: ugenquiry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/soes

Recent advances in pharmacology –
the study of how drugs interact with living
tissues – have resulted in improved treatments
for diseases such as Aids, Alzheimer’s,
depression, heart failure and malaria.
Typical entry requirements
GCSEs: Grades A–C in English, mathematics and
science. If you lack these formal qualifications, your
aptitude for the course will be assessed at interview.
International students whose first language is not
English must have already attained the necessary
standard in English, such as 6.5 in IELTS
A levels: If offering three science A levels: 300 points
from three A levels = BBB
If offering two science A levels: 320 points from
three A levels = ABB
For pharmacology degrees chemistry must be
offered at A level (minimum grade B) with at least
one other A level science subject. A level science
subjects considered include biology, human biology,
physics, mathematics, psychology
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level, including chemistry
Intake: 30
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application (all applicants
who receive an offer are invited to visit the School)
Our degree programme has a strong emphasis on
neuroscience and neuropharmacology, focusing on
the molecular aspects of how pharmacological agents
work. We provide specialist training in pharmacology
from year two, and offer a year out in industry for
students who want to gain experience working in
the pharmaceutical industry.
Our staff are involved in pharmacological research
into brain damage and recovery relating to stroke,
developmental biology, oncology and the development
of new antibiotics, the selective toxicity of antiparasitic
drugs, and neuropharmacology, including the
mechanisms underpinning alcoholism. Alongside
research-led teaching, you will have access to worldclass
laboratories for your final-year project.
This programme provides broad training in pharmacology
and related subjects. Through core topics, you will be
introduced to the major concepts and principles of
pharmacology in years one and two, with the opportunity
to specialise in year three. In year three you will also
complete a research project in an area of your choice.
Pharmacology
168
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Pharmacology
| B210 | 3 years
BSc Pharmacology with Foundation Year
| CB71 | 4 years | see page 186
Located at Highfield Campus
“It was a brilliant degree, well organised
and taught by very experienced and
professional staff. I enjoyed it so much
and learned a great deal. The facilities
at Southampton are excellent and the
campus is beautiful. I had a
excellent time in the city.”
Faaria Manzoor
BSc Pharmacology graduate

Working in one of our laboratories
Key facts
Flexible, interdisciplinary programme,
with opportunity to choose options
from other disciplines alongside core
pharmacology modules
Option of working in pharmaceutical
industry for a year
Third-year project undertaken as part of
a research team working at the cutting
edge of pharmacology
Typical course content
−−Molecular basis of life
−−Cellular and genetic mechanisms
−−General pharmacology
−−Molecular and cellular biochemistry
−−Neuroscience
−−Molecular biology
−−Medical biotechnology
−−Molecular basis of disease
−−Molecular pharmacology
−−Neuropharmacology of
CNS disorders
−−Selective toxicity
Career opportunities
−−Pharmaceutical industry
−−Postgraduate research training
−−Scientific officer in medical
laboratories
−−Teaching
−−Forensic science
−−Legal profession
−−Business management
−−Medicine
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in
the School of Biological Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Administrative
Assistant for Admissions for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Biological Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7755
Email: bsentry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/biosci

“The great virtue of philosophy is that
it teaches not what to think, but how to
think – philosophy is, in commercial jargon,
the ultimate ‘transferable work skill’– and
it could nowadays be the passport to a
successful, varied career.” (the Times)
Philosophy
170
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Selection process: UCAS application
and interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Philosophy
| V500 | 3 years
BA Economics and Philosophy
| VL51 | 3 years
BA Philosophy and History
| VV51 | 3 years
BA Philosophy and Mathematics
| VG51 | 3 years
BA Philosophy and Politics
| VL52 | 3 years
BA Philosophy and Sociology
| VL53 | 3 years
BA English and Philosophy
| QV35 | 3 years | see page 103
BA Film and Philosophy
| WV65 | 3 years | see page 115
BA French and Philosophy
| RV15 | 4 years | see page 118
BA German and Philosophy
| RV25 | 4 years | see page 126
BA Spanish and Philosophy
| RV45
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics,
Philosophy and Economics
| subject to validation | 3 years | see page 179
Located at Avenue Campus
Philosophy is the most ancient of academic
disciplines, yet the uncertainties of modern living
make the traditional philosophical challenges even
more pressing in the twenty-first century.
The study of philosophy gives you an unparalleled
opportunity to develop your ability to think clearly,
critically and consistently, to understand varying points
of view, to organise ideas and to work cooperatively
with others – skills much in demand by employers.
BA Philosophy V500
You will have every opportunity to develop your own thoughts
on philosophical issues and to engage in philosophical debate.
−−Year one offers lecture-based modules focusing on central
themes, designed for students new to philosophy as well
as those who have some familiarity with the subject,
alongside staff-led tutorials involving three to five students
−−In year two you will take two core modules in the history
of philosophy, accompanied by small-group seminars, and
choose from a range of optional modules
−−You will write a dissertation in your final year, as well as taking
further optional modules
“Southampton is a brilliant place to go to
university. The city is great and I thoroughly
enjoy my course. All my teaching
staff are excellent and the
facilities are fantastic.”
Marcella Mathis
Second-year Philosophy
student

Student researching in the University’s
Hartley Library
BA Economics and Philosophy VL51
These are both subjects requiring
rigorous analytical thought, exploring
fundamental questions about human
welfare and social justice.
−−There are four modules from each
subject every year, or you can substitute
one module from a third subject
−−In year three your dissertation may
be in either subject
BA Philosophy and History VV51
Combined degree structure as for VL51
This programme builds on our strengths
in both areas, benefiting in particular
from historiography in history and from
philosophy’s interest in the history
of ideas.
BA Philosophy and
Mathematics VG51
Combined degree structure as for VL51
Mathematics has always had a special
relationship with philosophy: some
of the greatest mathematicians have
been philosophers, and vice versa. This
programme enables you to explore that
relationship in depth.
BA Philosophy and Politics VL52
Combined degree structure as for VL51
This programme provides you with the
opportunity to focus on fundamental
questions concerning the legitimacy of
the state, the nature of freedom and
government, rights, and the relationship
between politics, law and morality.
BA Philosophy and Sociology VL53
Combined degree structure as for VL51
This programme explores human nature,
the relationship between the individual
and society, and the nature of social
institutions.
Key facts
Unusually wide range of courses, with
much of our teaching conducted in
genuinely small groups
The 2008 Research Assessment
Exercise deemed 100 per cent of
research activity to be “internationally
recognised”, with 40 per cent of that
activity further evaluated as either
“internationally excellent in terms of
originality, significance and rigour” or
“world leading”
Ranked first in the UK and fourth
internationally for research in the
philosophy of art, and first in the UK
and fifth internationally for research in
nineteenth century continental
philosophy (peer-reviewed Philosophical
Gourmet Report, 2009)
Awarded an Arts and Humanities
Research Council grant of £300,000+
in 2007, to fund a three-year research
project on Nietzsche and modern
moral philosophy
Typical course content
−−Ethics and value theory
−−Philosophy of mind and language
−−Philosophy of action
−−Philosophy of film
−−Philosophy of mathematics
−−Philosophy of religion
−−Aesthetics
−−Kant, Nietzsche, Kierkegaard,
Heidegger, Wittgenstein, Sartre
Career opportunities
−−Advertising
−−Civil service
−−Education
−−Film and television
−−Information technology
−−Journalism
−−Law
−−Management
What to do next
Contact Dr Daniel Whiting,
Admissions Tutor, or Theresa Cook,
Admissions Coordinator, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 3400
Email: humanities@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/philosophy

The School of Physics and Astronomy
is committed to excellence in research
and teaching, providing an in-depth
understanding of modern physics.
Physics & Astronomy
172
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including mathematics
and physics
IB: 36-34 points, 18-17 at higher level
Intake: 120
Average applicants per place: 6
Selection process: UCAS application, with invitation
to visit the School
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Physics
| F300 | 3 years
MPhys Physics
| F303 | 4 years
BSc Physics with Astronomy
| F3F5 | 3 years
MPhys Physics with Astronomy
| F3FM | 4 years
MPhys Physics with Astronomy (with year abroad)*
| 4 years
BSc Physics with Mathematics
| F3G1 | 3 years
MPhys Physics with Mathematics
| F3GC | 4 years
BSc Physics with Photonics
| F368 | 3 years
MPhys Physics with Photonics
| F369 | 4 years
BSc Physics with Space Science
| F3F9 | 3 years
MPhys Physics with Space Science
| F3FX | 4 years
MPhys Physics with Nanotechnology
| F390 | 4 years
MPhys Particle Physics (with year abroad)*
| 4 years
MPhys Physics with a Year of Experimental Research*
| 4 years
BSc/MPhys Physics with Foundation Year
| F301 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
*Candidates should apply for these degree programmes via
the F3FM programme.
The School is one of just five UK physics
departments to have had over half its work ranked
as “world leading” or “internationally excellent” in
each of the last two Research Assessment Exercises.
All our courses are taught by experts in their fields.
Our programmes are designed around problem-based
learning, rather than just acquiring knowledge.
Year one modules include small-group tutorials and
mini-projects, and encourage free thought and problem
solving. You will learn the core tools of relativity,
quantum mechanics and electromagnetism, and how
these theories can be used to describe the universe
precisely, from galaxies to subatomic particles.
You will also push the boundaries of design of
materials and technology, from nanotechnology
and superconductivity to photonics.
Flagship programmes
Our first-class MPhys students have the opportunity
to spend their final year immersed in a research
environment. Astronomers go to the Harvard
Smithsonian Institute in the USA, particle physicists
to CERN, Geneva, and quantum materials physicists
use our world-class photonics labs and clean rooms
in Southampton. Students interested in these options
should apply for our MPhys programmes F303 or F3FM.
Places on these programmes are limited but are open for
competition to our top students at the end of second year.
BSc/MPhys Physics F300/F303
A levels: AAB
Core modules include the study of classical and orbital mechanics,
the quantum world of atomic, nuclear and particle physics,
quantum physics of materials, light as an electromagnetic wave
and photonics.
−−All BSc programmes are based on a core physics curriculum,
with the MPhys furthering these studies and developing
professional skills
−−25 per cent of each programme consists of optional courses,
which can be chosen from the specialist courses listed below,
or from courses across all University departments

Astronomers from the School have
achieved a notable first with their
recent discovery of a black hole in
the halo of our Milky Way
BSc/MPhys Physics with Astronomy
F3F5/F3FM
Entry requirements and basic degree
structure as for F300/F303
Our astronomy group specialises in
high-energy astronomy and the study of
compact objects. The course includes
stellar evolution, galaxies and cosmology,
and a field trip to Tenerife in year two.
MPhys Physics with Astronomy
(with year abroad)
This specialised degree covers the
core material of the MPhys Physics with
Astronomy programme, with the addition
of a year of research at the Harvard
Smithsonian Institute in the USA.
BSc/MPhys Physics with
Mathematics F3G1/F3GC
Entry requirements and basic degree
structure as for F300/F303
The Theoretical Physics Group and the
School of Mathematics support your
studies. Topics include general relativity,
number theory and mathematics of finance.
BSc/MPhys Physics with Photonics
F368/F369
Entry requirements and basic degree
structure as for F300/F303
We work with Southampton’s
Optoelectronics Research Centre,
Britain’s leading university-based research
centre in photonics. Courses include
practical photonics and light and matter.
BSc/MPhys Physics with Space
Science F3F9/F3FX
Entry requirements and basic degree
structure as for F300/F303
Combining the expertise of the Schools
of Engineering and Oceanography, you
will study the design of space missions.
There is a field trip to Tenerife in year
two. Modules include astronautics,
spacecraft systems and design, and
remote sensing.
MPhys Physics with
Nanotechnology F390
Entry requirements and basic degree
structure as for F300/F303
This highly interdisciplinary programme
incorporates electronics, chemistry
and biochemistry. Options include
nanotechnology and molecular basis of life.
MPhys Particle Physics
(with year abroad)
This four-year course follows
MPhys Physics programme, but with
accelerated learning in particle physics.
The final year is spent at CERN in Geneva
performing research.
Physics with a Year of
Experimental Research
For students interested in quantum
materials physics, there is the opportunity
to spend the final year in our world-class
clean room facilities and photonics labs
as part of our research groups.
Key facts
Ranked fifth for teaching quality
(the Guardian, 2008)
Physical science at Southampton was
voted top of the elite Russell Group of
universities by our graduating students
(National Student Survey, 2008)
Staff include 18 professors and four Fellows
of the Royal Society
Newly refurbished labs, observatory
Special programme for international
physics students to spend a year at
Southampton as part of their studies
Typical course content
−−Relativity
−−Orbital motion
−−Quantum mechanics
−−Atomic physics
−−Nuclear physics
−−Particle physics
−−Electromagnetism and light
−−Computer techniques
−−Science in history
−−One-year experimental or
theoretical project
Career opportunities
−−PhD studies
−−High-tech industry
−−Software and hardware
computer science
−−Medical physics
−−Scientific journalism
−−Patent law
−−Management
−−Finance
−−Teaching
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Physics and Astronomy go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
(up to five scholarships are awarded
annually to first-year UK/EU applicants)
What to do next
Contact Professor Nick Evans,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Physics and Astronomy
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2068
Email: entry.phys@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/phys

At the heart of this science-based
profession is the exercise of clinical
judgement and informed interpretation
– a physiotherapist is a clinician, educator,
evaluator and manager. We offer thorough
preparation for all these roles.
Physiotherapy
174
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABBb
IB: 33 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 35 (NHS-funded, full-time), 5 (NHS-funded,
part-time), 25 (NHS-funded MSc pre-reg). There
may be opportunities for a small number of
international/self-funding students
Average applicants per place: 15
Selection process: UCAS application for the full-time
programme; applications are made directly to the
School for the part-time programme; enhanced
Criminal Records Bureau disclosure and satisfactory
health screening are required
Those students with an appropriate degree (at least
upper second-class) may wish to consider the twoyear
MSc pre-registration degree in physiotherapy
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Physiotherapy
| B160 | 3 years
BSc Physiotherapy (part-time)
| direct application to School only | 4 years
Located at Highfield Campus
The programme is designed to equip you with the
skills to practise as a competent physiotherapist
in an ever-changing healthcare system. This
encompasses working effectively with clients and
their families, and with other health professionals,
as well as critically examining your own practice
and managing your work competently. We also aim
to prepare you for continuing your professional
development once you are qualified.
Graduates of the physiotherapy programme obtain
professional qualifications and are eligible to apply
for state registration with the Health Professions
Council and for membership of the Chartered
Society of Physiotherapy.
In 2008, 28 per cent of physiotherapy students
achieved a first-class degree and 68 per cent an
upper second-class degree.
“I have always wanted to study physio, and
Southampton was always the place I wanted
to go to. It’s fantastic. The nightlife is great,
the people are friendly and I’m really
enjoying my course.”
Kirsty Burrows
Third-year
Physiotherapy student

Practical skills form an important
part of the course
A combination of academic
study and clinical placements is
designed to integrate theory with
experience. Teaching methods are
varied, depending on the nature of
the module, and include lectures,
project work in groups and selfdirected
study. You will be assessed
on your academic work as well as your
clinical placements, using a variety of
methods, including written exams,
essays, oral presentations, practical
exams and development of a
research protocol.
Clinical placements occur in blocks
throughout the programme. You
will also be given the opportunity
to learn and work with other
healthcare students, developing
an understanding of the roles of
different professionals in a teambased
service. This initiative has
been recognised by the Department
of Health as “leading edge”, and
the School has been recognised
nationally for its development of
interprofessional learning.
Key facts
Programme professionally accredited by
the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy
Varied teaching methods and shared
learning opportunities
School rated “commendable” in last
review by the Quality Assurance Agency
for all three areas: learning and teaching;
student progression; and learning
resources and their utilisation
Full-time and part-time routes
Course and tuition fees for all UK/EU
students are paid by the Department
of Health
Typical course content
−−Anatomy
−−Physiology
−−Psychosocial sciences
−−Ethics
−−Neurology
−−Cardiorespiratory/musculoskeletal
rehabilitation
−−Practical skills
Career opportunities
The most likely destination for
recently qualified graduates is within
the NHS, although there are many other
opportunities, in private practice, sport
and industry. Some graduates go
on to postgraduate study.
What to do next
Contact the School of Health Sciences
for more information. A detailed
course prospectus is available.
School of Health Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5500
Email: healthsciences@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
healthsciences

This programme will challenge you
academically, practically and personally,
preparing you thoroughly for professional
practice and ultimately providing you
with a rewarding career in an exciting,
developing healthcare profession.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: BBB, including one science subject
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 35 (NHS-funded). There may be opportunities
for a small number of international/self-funding
students
Average applicants per place: 4
Selection process: UCAS application and interview;
enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure and
satisfactory health screening are required
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Podiatry
| B985 | 3 years
Located at Highfield Campus
Podiatry specialises in the management of disease and
disorder of the lower limb, undertaking treatments
that involve the foot and ankle. The foot is a highly
complex structure, which can develop problems
affecting a patient’s overall health and wellbeing.
Podiatrists are trained to diagnose, devise treatment
plans and carry out treatment for all age groups.
Patient management ranges from nail and skin
pathologies and nail surgery to the mechanical
correction of gait and posture, and more complex
surgical techniques. Imagine how rewarding it is
to treat a patient with painful feet and see them
walk out of your clinic pain free, maintaining their
mobility and independence; or being able to prescribe
or manufacture corrective devices for people with
walking and running problems.
“We have a great team of podiatry staff,
whose whole aim is to ensure that
all our students achieve their full
potential and goals.”
Cathy Bowen
Lecturer in Podiatry
Podiatry
176

Analysis of foot in action
This flexible modular programme,
with six units in each semester, has
three days of lectures and clinical
attendance and two days of private
study throughout the course.
You will gain qualifications in local
anaesthesia and prescription-only
medicines, as well as carrying out nail
surgery. During clinical placements
you will work with professional
colleagues in community and
hospital settings, including the
Southampton Podiatry Centre,
a purpose-built community clinic
with an interdisciplinary approach
to patient care and the most up-todate
equipment.
We have excellent links with NHS
podiatry colleagues, enabling you
to undertake clinically relevant
research and ensuring structured,
high-quality teaching on clinical
placement, as well as contact
with patients at an early stage.
This programme is unique in
offering clinical placements in
specialisms such as podiatric
surgery, dermatology, diabetes,
rheumatology and biomechanics.
Key facts
Shared modules with occupational
therapy and physiotherapy students
Interprofessional learning initiative
unique to health professions students
at the Universities of Southampton and
Portsmouth
Staff have national and international
expertise in dermatology, diabetes,
wound healing and rheumatology
Course and tuition fees for all UK/EU
students are paid by the Department
of Health
Typical course content
−−Clinical practice and management
−−Foundation sciences and anatomy
−−Communication and professional
issues
−−Collaborative learning (across up
to 10 different health disciplines)
−−Pathology, medicine and
pharmacology
−−Research
Career opportunities
−−NHS (generalist, specialist, podiatric
surgeon or consultant, management
in community clinics, hospitals, GP
practices, residential homes, mobile
surgeries)
−−Private practice, in your own practice
or as a visiting podiatrist
−−Retail and leisure industry
−−Education and research (eg lectureship
or postgraduate study – MSc, MPhil/
PhD, DClin)
−−Specialist in health promotion,
rheumatology, diabetes, biomechanics
and orthotic services
What to do next
Contact the School of Health Sciences
for more information. A detailed
course prospectus is available.
School of Health Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 5500
Email: healthsciences@
southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/
healthsciences

National decisions can have
international consequences, and global
processes affect the policies of individual
governments, touching all our lives.
Politics & International Relations
178
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, or ABBb accepted when an
additional AS level has been studied
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Intake: 90
Average applicants per place: 6
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics and International
Relations | L260 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) International Relations
| L250 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics
| L200 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics and Economics
| LL12 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics and Sociology
| LL32 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics, Philosophy and
Economics
| subject to validation | 3 years
BA Languages and
Contemporary European Studies*
| R900 | 4 years | see page 141
BA Modern History and Politics*
| VL12 | 3 years | see page 133
BA Philosophy and Politics*
| VL52 | 3 years | see page 171
BA Politics and French*
| LR21 | 4 years | see page 118
BA Politics and German*
| LR22 | 4 years | see page 126
BA Politics and Spanish/Portuguese
and Latin American Studies*
| RL42 | 4 years | see page 194
Located at Highfield Campus
*Located at Highfield and Avenue Campuses
How does globalisation affect the distribution of
political power? Is the world entering a new period
of danger, conflict and instability? Are citizens more
apathetic about politics today than in the past?
The study of politics and international relations helps
us to understand the forces shaping global, national
and local politics and why our world is as it is today.
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics and International
Relations L260
GCSE mathematics and English grade C or above
This programme provides a comprehensive grounding in
global politics along with the more traditional disciplines
of political theory and comparative politics.
Year one modules include: Introduction to international
relations, Political systems, Introduction to political theory,
and Issues in contemporary politics.
In year two you will study modules including: International
political analysis, Political theory, Democracy and the
modern state, and Research methods, as well as choosing
optional modules.
In the final year you are free to select from a range of
modules reflecting the specialist interests of teaching staff
and to complete a dissertation in any area of politics or
international relations.
“I particularly liked the dynamic between
students and academic staff. The academics
were not only at the forefront of their fields,
which is interesting in itself, but there was an
enjoyable sense of equality, where you could
challenge, disagree or expand upon their
views during discussion.”
Ben Walker
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics graduate, 2009,
now Cabinet Member for Safeguarding Children,
Southampton City Council

How are societies governed and
where does political power lie?
BSc (Social Sciences)
International Relations L250
Typical entry requirements as for L260
This programme places more emphasis
on the study of global politics, including
economic, military, diplomatic, security,
social and environmental issues. Similar
in structure to L260, you will take an
additional core module in Globalisation
in year two and write a dissertation
on any area of international relations.
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics L200
Typical entry requirements as for L260
This degree offers a firm grounding within
the three main areas of political theory,
comparative politics and international
relations. It has a similar structure to L260,
but gives you increased freedom and
flexibility to choose specialist modules
and to select a dissertation topic.
BSc (Social Sciences)
Politics and Economics LL12
AS mathematics grade C and GCSE
English grade C or above.
This programme provides a thorough
grounding in both subjects, with a range
of optional modules allowing you to select
specialist areas to suit your interests.
In year three you can write your
dissertation in either subject.
BSc (Social Sciences)
Politics and Sociology LL32
Typical entry requirements as for L260
Similar in structure to LL12, this
programme allows you to tailor the
combination of disciplines to match your
interests. Sociology focuses on identity,
representations, power and interaction
in society. In year three you can choose to
write your dissertation in either subject.
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics,
Philosophy and Economics
(subject to validation)
A levels: at least grade B in mathematics
We hope to offer this degree for
October 2011. This three-year programme
provides a thorough grounding in the
main methods and debates within the
disciplines of politics, philosophy and
economics. In year three you can choose
to specialise in one discipline, or you can
continue to study a mixture of two or
more of the subject areas. For further
information on this programme, please
contact the Admissions Administrator.
Key facts
Over 60 years of experience teaching
politics and international relations
Ranked third for learning resources in
the National Student Survey (2008)
Study abroad opportunities in Germany,
Poland and the USA
Typical course content
−−Democracy and the state
−−Political theory
−−International political analysis
−−Research methods
−−Power and politics in the UK
−−Environmental politics
−−Arms control and disarmament
−−Globalisation
−−The politics of migration
−−American power and world order
Career opportunities
−−Management in industry and
commerce
−−Media
−−Parliament
−−Civil service
−−Local government
−−International organisations
−−Higher education sector
−−Teaching
−−Officer entry to the armed services
What to do next
Contact the Undergraduate
Admissions Administrator for
more information. A detailed
course brochure is available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2511
Email: poucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/politics

“The hungry world cannot be fed until
and unless the growth of its resources and
the growth of its population come into
balance.”Lyndon B Johnson, 36th American President
Population and Geography
180
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB
IB: 33 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 15
Average applicants per place: 5
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Population and Geography
| subject to validation | 3 years
For all other geography degree programmes
see page 120
Located at Highfield Campus
“What is exciting about our degree
programme is that our students
learn about the ways populations
change and how that will affect
lives, careers, societies and nations.
Learning how to study these changes
means developing crucial skills that
businesses and organisations are
increasingly seeking in an ever more
competitive international workplace.”
Professor Nyovani Madise
Demography and Social Statistics
Population and Geography is a joint degree
programme that focuses on the mechanisms that
drive changes in populations (births, deaths and
migration), and their implications for society and
nature. To do this, it is necessary to understand
a broad and complex range of social, spatial,
economic, political and biological factors that
contribute to population dynamics across the world.
By studying population processes in both the
developed and developing world, the links between
population, geography and development, poverty,
environmental and social change are explored. The
course is multidisciplinary and based on a core set of
theories and techniques. Questions that face society
and policy makers are discussed. For example, what
are the causes and consequences of international
migration? What can we do about global inequalities in
health? Are the numbers of children born in developed
and developing countries sustainable? How long can
we expect to live after retirement?
This degree will also equip you with key transferable
skills highly prized by employers, such as report writing,
presentation skills, data analysis and research abilities.
Population and Geography will involve a combination of
compulsory and optional modules, with some flexibility
to develop your studies in other disciplines such as
economics, sociology or environmental sciences.

How will global growth
affect our environment?
−−There are eight modules each year
−−Modules incorporate lectures,
seminars, tutorials and computer
workshops, as well as self-directed
reading and study
−−In year three you will undertake
a detailed project of your choice
and complete a dissertation
on an aspect of population and
geography that interests you
Key facts
A leading centre of demography, highly
active in both research and teaching
Friendly, open atmosphere, highly
praised by past students
Study abroad opportunities in Finland,
France, Italy, Spain and the Netherlands
Typical course content
−−Population and society
−−Economy, culture and space
−−Introduction to demographic methods
−−Geographical skills
−−Population in developing societies
−−Globalisation and uneven development
−−Population processes in the developed
world
−−Research methods in the social sciences
−−Migration
−−Geographies of wellbeing
−−Population and the environment
−−Reproductive health
−−Introductory geographic information
systems
Career opportunities
−−National and local governmental
institutions
−−UK-based and overseas development
organisations
−−Office for National Statistics
−−Finance
−−Marketing
−−Market research
−−Commerce
−−Postgraduate studies (master’s, PhD)
What to do next
Contact the Undergraduate
Admissions Administrator for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 4746
Email: stucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/socstats

Psychology is the scientific study of
human behaviour and mental functioning.
Psychologists are interested in how people
think, feel and act – from interactions
between neurons to interactions
between people.
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level
Intake: 150
Average applicants per place: 10
Selection process: UCAS application and/or interview;
enhanced Criminal Records Bureau disclosure and
satisfactory health screening are required
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Psychology
| C800 | 3 years
Located at Highfield Campus
“I enjoyed the total learning
experience provided within the
School of Psychology. The engaging
lecturers, the beautiful surroundings
and excellent facilities all combined to
make my time here very enjoyable.”
Hannah Brown
Third-year Psychology student
Our degree introduces you to the various areas
covered by contemporary psychology – clinical,
cognitive, developmental, health, learning and
social. Developing your skills in a wide range of
research methods, you will be able to specialise in
those areas of psychology that you find particularly
interesting or relevant to your future career goals.
Psychology is taught and studied as a science. Our BSc
programme offers you the opportunity to discover how
scientific methods can be used to understand human
thought processes, emotions and behaviour.
In year one you will explore the foundations that
support psychological theory, research methods and
analysis, and you will be introduced to practical
psychology experiments.
Year two covers material from six key research areas:
cognitive psychology, developmental psychology,
biological psychology, learning and behaviour,
social psychology, and personality psychology.
Year three offers the opportunity to specialise in an
area of your choice, with seminars based on individual
reading and open discussion of the latest research. You
will also undertake a research project in your final year,
with the best example awarded a prize by the School.
Psychology
182

Many psychology courses include
assignments that are completed by
small teams in an informal setting
Key facts
The first degree programme in the UK to
receive unconditional accreditation from
the British Psychological Society (2005)
The School of Psychology is one of the
foremost research-led psychology
centres in the UK, ranked eighth in the
UK in the 2008 RAE, with a grade point
average of 2.7 weighted by the 39 academic
staff contributing to it (HEFCE and
the Guardian)
Graduates are eligible for membership
and registration with the British
Psychological Society
The School of Psychology is home to
a number of leading research centres,
including the recently founded Centre for
Clinical Applications of Health Psychology
Typical course content
−−Introduction to psychology
−−Research methods and data analysis
−−Psychology laboratory
−−Thinking psychologically
−−Forensic psychology
−−Attachment and personal relationships
−−Cognitive neuroscience
Career opportunities
−−Clinical psychology
−−Educational psychology
−−Forensic psychology
−−Health psychology
−−Occupational psychology
−−Human resources
−−Advertising
−−Market research
−−Postgraduate study
Scholarships
For information on scholarships
in the School of Psychology go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Mrs Tina Birring,
Admissions Secretary, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Psychology
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2619/3995
Email: tb@southampton.ac.uk;
kms@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/psychology

Southampton is one of the UK’s
leading universities for science, and is
highly rated for the quality of its research
and teaching. We place a strong emphasis
on sustainability and the environment –
key themes for industry.
Science at Southampton
184
Typical entry requirements
See individual programmes for details
of typical entry requirements.
Subject areas
Biochemistry | see page 68
Biology | see page 70
Biomedical Sciences | see page 72
Chemistry | see page 74
Environmental Sciences | see page 108
Geology | see page 122
Geophysics | see page 124
Marine Biology | see page 146
Oceanography | see page 166
Pharmacology | see page 168
Physics and Astronomy | see page 172
Zoology | see page 202
Our degrees provide breadth and depth of study,
enabling our graduates to follow a wide variety
of careers in scientific and other professions.
The five science schools within the University
of Southampton in the Faculty of Engineering,
Science and Mathematics and the Faculty of
Medicine, Health and Life Sciences are:
−−Biological Sciences
−−Chemistry
−−Civil Engineering and the Environment
−−Ocean and Earth Science
−−Physics and Astronomy
Key facts
Our science schools offer a world-class environment for
research and education
A range of programmes, with a wide choice of specialist modules
Opportunity to study for both BSc and master’s programmes
in most disciplines, with a variety of flexible degree paths
Career opportunities
−−Our degree programmes provide you with the skills and
knowledge to compete for the most senior positions in industry
−−Many of our graduates go on to obtain higher degrees and enjoy
successful careers in research and academia
−−The Defence Technical Undergraduate Scheme (DTUS) sends
sponsored trainee officers from the three armed services and
the civil service to Southampton to study science

Putting the theory of science
to practical use in the laboratory

The Foundation Year is the first year
of a four- or five-year programme leading
to a degree in one of a range of scientific
disciplines. Successful completion of
the year guarantees progression to our
degree programmes.
Science
Foundation Year
186
Typical entry requirements
A levels: BBB
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 30
Average applicants per place: 10
Selection process: UCAS application
(additional information may be required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Biochemistry/Pharmacology with
Foundation Year
| CB71 | 4 years
BSc Biology/Zoology with Foundation Year
| C108 | 4 years
BSc Biomedical Sciences with Foundation Year
| CB71 | 4 years
BSc/MChem Chemistry with Foundation Year
| F108 | 4 years
BSc/MEnvSci Environmental Sciences with
Foundation Year
| F903 | 4/5 years
BSc/MGeol Geology with Foundation Year
| F602 | 4/5 years
MMBio/MBfy Marine Biology with Foundation Year
| F705 | 4/5years
BSc/MOcean Oceanography with Foundation Year
| F701 | 4/5 years
This programme may suit you if you are studying
for A levels in subjects different from those
normally required for these degrees. It may also
interest you if you are a mature applicant, with
skills and experience from employment, or if you
come from a part of the world where the education
system is different from the British A level system.
We may also consider your application if you have
taken appropriate A level subjects for these degrees,
but circumstances beyond your control (eg serious
illness or personal problems) have led to lower
grades than your high predictions.
This full-time programme is delivered at Eastleigh College,
through a combination of lectures, workshops, tutorials,
laboratory sessions and private study. Assessment is
mainly by unseen written examination and a variety of
coursework assignments.
“It is nice to be involved with and work
alongside enthusiastic students who
are training to be future scientists. The
Foundation Year encourages learning and
creates an interesting and exciting learning
environment for all involved.”
Adam C Stone
Teaching Technician

Students enjoying the process of
discovery and learning through
experimentation
Key facts
A route to a degree in a science subject
for students without the traditional
entry qualifications
Taught at nearby Eastleigh College
Mature and international
students welcome
Supportive learning environment
Excellent dedicated facilities
Typical course content
−−Academic and communication skills
−−Biology
−−Chemistry
−−IT
−−Mathematics
Scholarships
For information on scholarships go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr A Barney, Admissions
Tutor, for more information.
A course leaflet is available.
Science Foundation Year
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 9442
Email: foundyr@southampton.ac.uk
www.esm.soton.ac.uk/foundation

Ship science studies the engineering
behind vehicles and structures that use
the ocean for transport, recreation and
harnessing marine resources.
Ship Science
188
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including mathematics and physics
(general studies not accepted), plus GCSE English
language grade C or above
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level, including a total of
12 in mathematics and physics
Intake: 40
Average applicants per place: 4
Selection process: UCAS application
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BEng Ship Science
| J640 | 3 years
MEng Ship Science
| J641 | 4 years
MEng Ship Science/Advanced Materials
| J644 | 4 years
MEng Ship Science/Engineering Management
| JN62 | 4 years
MEng Ship Science/Naval Architecture
| J642 | 4 years
MEng Ship Science/Naval Engineering
| H500 | 4 years
MEng Ship Science/Yacht and Small Craft
| J643 | 4 years
BEng/MEng Engineering with Foundation Year
| H008 | 4/5 years | see page 100
Located at Highfield Campus
Our programmes provide a challenging, first
principles approach to naval architecture and
marine engineering.
The professional naval architect or marine engineer
is responsible for the design, construction and repair
of cruise liners, high-speed ferries, container ships, oil
tankers, sailing yachts, luxury motor craft, lifeboats,
hydrofoils, hovercraft, submarines and underwater
vehicles, as well as fixed or floating offshore structures.
Maritime design projects will form an integral part of
your study, with opportunities to become involved
in leading-edge research. Recent projects include the
design of a vessel to compete in Weymouth Speed
Week, yacht design innovations for the Volvo Ocean
Race, kite-powered ships, and using inspiration from
nature for performance enhancements to autonomous
underwater vehicles (AUVs).
Our programmes are recognised by the Defence
Technical Undergraduate Scheme (DTUS) for
officer training in Her Majesty’s Armed Forces.
−−In year one you will study the physical principles
that are translated by mathematical application
into engineering science and design practice
−−In year two you will study the behaviour of structures
in a fluid, the propulsion power needed for marine
vehicles, ship behaviour in both calm water and
waves, and management
“I chose Southampton for its good reputation.
The Ship Science degree has given me the
skills and the confidence to follow any career
in the marine industry. On graduation,
I joined AP Moller-Maersk
in Copenhagen.”
Oscar Hellstrom
MEng Ship Science/Yacht
and Small Craft graduate,
2007

The Royal National Lifeboat Institution
(RNLI) offers summer placements
for our students
−−In year three you will select
options, and complete individual
research and a small-group ship
design project
−−In year four you will work on
a major group design project,
applying your knowledge to a
practical engineering problem
BEng Ship Science J640
A wide-ranging programme of study,
maritime design is an important theme
throughout.
MEng Ship Science J641
This degree offers broader coverage of
fundamental engineering subjects within
the context of ship science.
MEng Ship Science/ Advanced
Materials J644
Offers in-depth knowledge of materials
used in the design and manufacture of
marine craft, along with an understanding
of how those materials behave over the
vessel’s life.
MEng Ship Science/Engineering
Management JN62
This programme is designed to enable
professional engineers to fast-track
into key management positions in the
maritime industry.
MEng Ship Science/Naval
Architecture J642
Study core naval architecture subjects
in depth, with computing and computeraided
design featuring strongly throughout.
MEng Ship Science/Naval
Engineering H500
Designed in collaboration with the Royal
Navy, this programme focuses on the
analysis and specification of marine
engineering systems used on board ships
and other marine structures, enabling a
career as a seagoing engineering officer
or in the defence industry.
MEng Ship Science/Yacht
and Small Craft J643
Specialise in the analysis, design and
performance of yachts, small craft and
other high-performance vessels.
Key facts
Number one in The Guardian University
Guide 2010 for mechanically-based
engineering, which includes naval
architecture and maritime technology
Our students are actively sought
by leading marine companies for
sponsorship and work placements
All our master’s programmes provide
a direct route of entry to Chartered
Engineer (CEng) status, and are
accredited by the Royal Institution
of Naval Architects and the Institute
of Marine Engineering, Science
and Technology
The chief designer of the luxury cruise
liner Queen Mary 2, Stephen Payne,
is one of our graduates
Friendly and informal learning
environment
The School of Engineering Sciences
has been awarded an ExxonMobil
Award in recognition of Excellence
in Engineering Teaching
Typical course content
−−Ship hydrostatics and stability
−−Ship design
−−Marine engineering
−−Ocean wave and fluid dynamics
−−Naval architecture
−−Computational methods for ship design
−−Ship resistance and propeller design
−−Design of sailing yachts and highperformance
craft
−− Advanced materials for marine structures
−−Ship motions and manoeuvrability
Career opportunities
−−Yacht designer
−−Naval architect
−−Ship building and repair
−−Marine engineer
−−Marine surveyor
−−Industrial research consultant
−−Management or IT
−−Ship classification
−−Engineer in Royal Navy
−−Postgraduate study
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in the
School of Engineering Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact Dr James Blake,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Engineering Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2840
Email: ugship@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ses/ship

Social work is all about people. If you
are quick-thinking, thorough, persuasive,
interested in people and absolutely
committed to achieving what you set out
to do, then you may have what it takes to
make a difference.
Social Work
190
Typical entry requirements
A levels: BCC
IB: 28 points, 13 at higher level
Intake: 51
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: Interview; enhanced Criminal
Records Bureau disclosure and satisfactory health
screening are required
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Social Work
| L500 | 3 years
Located at Highfield Campus
“All the staff are so passionate in
their fields and they will go out of
their way to help in any way.”
Claire Fry
BSc Social Work student
A career in social work is demanding, but
extremely rewarding. As a social worker you will
work alongside nurses, teachers, physiotherapists
and other professionals, in a responsible position
which requires training and professionalism.
Our programme provides the academic knowledge,
experience and practical skills to ensure that you
are intellectually well equipped and professionally
competent for a career in any area of social work,
statutory, voluntary or independent.
The degree incorporates relevant foundation studies in
sociology, social policy and social statistics, providing
you with a thorough grounding in the academic and
professional discipline of social work, while placing
great emphasis on practical experience.
You will undertake 200 days of directed academic learning
and 200 placement days in practice, developing an
understanding of social work theory and research,
intervention methods, evaluation and reflection, and
research methodologies.
Practice learning experience takes place in years two
and three, and you will write a dissertation in your
final year.
This degree is accredited by the General Social Care
Council (GSCC), the governing body for social work in
England and Wales. Students are assessed against the
criteria set out in the National Occupational Standards.
More than 70 per cent of our recent graduates gained a
first- or upper second-class degree.

Social Work student studying
in the Hartley Library
Key facts
Involved in professional social work
training since 1937
Degree accredited by the General Social
Care Council, the governing body for
social work in England and Wales
Provides high-quality learning
opportunities in a range of statutory
and voluntary agencies as a result of
strong local partnership arrangements
with local social work agencies
Ranked in the top 10 UK universities for
teaching and learning resources in the
National Student Survey (2008)
Typical course content
−−Introductory social work
−−Collaborative working Transformations
of the modern world
−−Introduction to quantitative methods
−−Ethics, values and empowering practice
−−Social problems and social policy
−−Social work with adults
−−Social work with children and families
−−Social work law, practice and the courts
−−Research for social work
−−Practice methodologies I & II
Career opportunities
−−Excellent preparation for a career
in any area of social work
−−Nationally there is a high demand for
well-trained social workers
−−A social work qualification provides
excellent preparation for a career in a
variety of related professions, such as
counselling, public sector management
and personnel
Funding
The majority of our students receive
NHS bursaries. To find out more visit
www.nhsbsa.nhs.uk/students
What to do next
Contact Shirley Jackson,
Admissions Tutor, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 3202/2565
Email: swsucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/sws

How should we deal with educational
failure, crime, racism, poverty, homelessness?
Why do inequalities related to gender,
race and class persist? What role should
identity, family, community and the nation
state play in our globalising world?
Sociology & Social Policy
192
Typical entry requirements
A levels: ABB or ABBb (when an additional AS level
has been studied), plus GCSE mathematics and
English at grade C or above
IB: 33 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 50
Average applicants per place: 4
Selection process: UCAS application
(interview may be required)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Social Sciences) Sociology
| L300 | 3 years
BSc (Social Sciences) Sociology and Social Policy
| LL34 | 3 years
BA (Social Sciences) Philosophy and Sociology*
| VL53 | 3 years | see page 171
BSc (Social Sciences) Politics and Sociology
| LL32 | 3 years | see page 179
Located at Highfield Campus
*Located at Highfield and Avenue Campuses
If you have asked yourself such questions, then a
degree in sociology or social policy may be the right
choice for you. These two closely related disciplines
focus on social institutions, social inequalities and
social transformations.
Sociologists explore identity, representations,
power and interaction in society, while social policy
academics consider people’s needs and how they are
met (or not) by the state and the market.
Transferable skills are an integral component of our
programmes, making our degrees highly relevant and
valued in today’s evolving job market. Our graduates
are well placed in local government, policing, teaching,
retail and media-related careers.
“The Sociology and Social Policy Division is
full of extremely passionate academics who
really encourage you with your own studies.
They work hard to support you through your
degree, and are always very approachable if
you have a question.”
Sophie Forster
BSc (Social Sciences)
Sociology graduate, 2009

Second-year Sociology
and Social Policy lecture
BSc (Social Sciences) Sociology
L300
This programme will provide you
with an understanding of the nature
of the relationship between individuals,
groups and social institutions; the social
processes underpinning social change
and stability; the relationship between
sociological argument and evidence; and
the distinctive character of sociology in
relation to other forms of understanding.
−−Broad base of core materials
in year one
−−Research methods and optional
modules to reflect individual interests
in year two
−−Seminar-based optional modules,
drawing on individual reading, group
presentations and open discussion
of the latest research in year three
Students also complete a dissertation
on a research topic of their choice,
the best of which is awarded a prize
by the School.
BSc (Social Sciences) Sociology and
Social Policy LL34
Basic degree structure as for L300
This programme offers an awareness of
social diversity and inequality, and their
impact on people’s lives, as well as an
understanding of the key concepts and
theories used to comprehend human
needs and social welfare.
Key facts
In the 2008 RAE, Southampton was
ranked third in the country for social
policy and administration
100 per cent of our Sociology and Social
Policy final-year students said they would
recommend the University to a friend
or relative (UG Student Experience
Questionnaire, 2009)
Opportunities to study abroad through
the ERASMUS scheme in the EU,
and in the USA with the University of
Wisconsin, Madison
Typical course content
−−Sociology of everyday life
−−Transformations in the modern world
−−Analysing social policy
−−Social problems and social policy
−−Education and society
−−Crime and society
−−Gender and the mass media
−−Research methods and skills
−−Youth and society
−−The body and society
−−Race and society
Career opportunities
−−Civil service
−−Management
−−Police officer
−−Housing officer
−−Teacher
−−Social worker
−−Marketing executive
−−Chartered accountant
−−Media executive
−−Journalist
−−Health administrator
−−Political researcher
What to do next
Contact Nick Rayner, Admissions
Tutor, for more information.
A detailed course brochure is
available.
School of Social Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2512
Email: sspucas@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/sociology

At Southampton you can develop your
language skills to the full, and deepen your
understanding of Spanish- and Portuguesespeaking
societies and cultures.
Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies
194
Typical entry requirements
A levels: AAB, including grade B or above in Spanish
IB: 34 points, 17 at higher level (additional experience
and qualifications will be taken into account)
Selection process: UCAS application
and one-to-one interview
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BA Spanish
| R420 | 4 years
BA Spanish and Latin American Studies
| RTK7 | 4 years
BA Spanish and Portuguese | RR45 | 4 years
BA Politics and Spanish/Portuguese and Latin
American Studies | RL42 | 4 years
BA The Spanish-speaking World | R430 | 4 years
BSc Management Sciences and Spanish
| NR24 | 4 years
BA English and Spanish
| QR34 | 4 years | see page 102
BA Film and Spanish | RW46 | 4 years | see page 115
BA French and Portuguese
| RR15 | 4 years | see page 118
BA French and Spanish
| RR14 | 4 years | see page 118
BA German and Spanish
| RR24 | 4 years | see page 126
BA German and Spanish (Linguistic Studies)
| RRF4 | 4 years | see page 140
BA Spanish (Linguistic Studies)
| R401 | 4 years | see page 140
BA Spanish and History
| RV41 | 4 years | see page 133
BSc Mathematics with Spanish
| GR14 | 4 years | see page 149
BA Spanish and Music
| RW43 | 4 years | see page 158
BA Spanish and Philosophy
| RV45 | 4 years | see page 170
Located at Avenue Campus
For more combined honours language degrees,
including linguistics and European studies, please
see page 140
We offer a wide range of courses in three main
areas – Spanish studies, Spanish American studies
(including Latinos in the USA), and Portuguese
and Brazilian studies – focusing particularly on
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
We are strong in several major areas of Latin American
studies, in particular, cultural studies, sociolinguistics,
history and politics. Latin American courses are available
to all students who study Spanish and/or Portuguese, and
you may choose to spend your third year in Latin America.
Year one provides a foundation for further study.
You will be allocated to an appropriate stage of
language proficiency in our unique system of seven
language levels, enabling you to develop the four
fundamental practical skills of reading, writing,
listening and speaking.
“My degree at Southampton allowed
me to go to Alcalá de Henares, Madrid, as
an Erasmus student. I perfected my Spanish
in a lovely, historical city.”
Amel Nisrine Lamamra
BA Politics and Spanish
graduate, 2007

Cibeles Fountain, Madrid
You can spend your year abroad
as an English language assistant
in a school, studying at one of our
partner universities or on a work
placement. Countries where you
can spend this year include Spain,
Portugal, Mexico, Chile, Venezuela
and Brazil. If you study two languages,
you will normally spend the year
abroad in one country, rather than
splitting it between the two. The
administrative organisation of
your year abroad is carried out
by our International Exchange
Administrator, and you will be
assigned a supervisor who will
look after you during this year.
We place great importance on the
development of graduate skills vital
for future employment through
the integration of transferable
skills into learning and teaching,
in particular the language skills and
strategy training for all first-years.
Key facts
Modern languages at Southampton has
been ranked in the top five universities by
the Guardian for the last four years and
we were third in 2009
Rated in the top 10 modern languages
departments in the country in the
National Student Satisfaction
Survey (2008)
Opportunity to learn another language
from scratch, such as Chinese, Japanese,
Arabic, Russian or Polish
Modern languages at Southampton was
in the top two for European studies in
the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise
A wide range of learning and teaching
resources are available, including
multimedia labs, electronic whiteboards
and language-specific resource rooms
Typical course content
−−In all years of study you will benefit from
the wide range of resources (including
extensive electronic and televisual
facilities) offered by the Centre for
Language Study, which works closely
with the HEFCE National Subject
Centre for Language, Linguistics and
Area Studies, hosted at Southampton
−−Year one units provide an introduction to
the study of cultural forms, political and
historical issues, and linguistic issues
−−In years two and four you will have the
opportunity to concentrate on your
own particular interests, selecting
from a range of more specialised
units on Spanish- and Portuguesespeaking
societies
−−A special unit in year two will prepare
you for your year abroad in year three,
and for the academic work you will
complete during this year
−−Your year abroad is an opportunity
to improve your linguistic and cultural
proficiency in your chosen language,
and to demonstrate your ability to work
independently over a sustained period
Career opportunities
−−Employment figures from 2005 show
that more than 94 per cent of language
graduates found a job six months
after graduation
−−Recent graduates have found jobs
in management, banking, marketing,
public relations, European institutions,
local government, the civil service,
radio, television, publishing, translation
and teaching
−−Others go on to postgraduate courses
in European law, politics, international
finance, management, education,
translating, interpreting and librarianship
What to do next
Contact Irina Nelson, Admissions
Tutor, or Natasha Renwick-Meikle,
Admissions Coordinator, for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Humanities
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 2256
Email: humanities@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/ml

Sport plays a significant role in
contemporary society, demonstrated by
government policy, the size of the sports
economy and sports media, sport’s links
to health and wellbeing, and its role
in education and youth work. Also, with
the prospect of the Olympic Games on
our doorstep, sport has never been more
prominent in the UK.
Sport Studies
196
Typical entry requirements
A levels: BBB
IB: 30 points, 16 at higher level
Intake: 80–100
Average applicants per place: 8
Selection process: UCAS application (interview
possible); enhanced Criminal Records Bureau
disclosure may be required
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc (Hons) Sport Studies
| LN32 | 3 years
Located at Highfield Campus
Our sport degree was established in the early 1990s
and we have become one of the leading providers
of undergraduate sport courses in the region.
The programme enables students to study key
subjects within the area of sport according to their
particular interests and career aspirations. The
subject areas available are:
Sport and health science
The foundation of human performance and health is
explored through the study of physiology, psychology
and movement analysis, leading to an understanding
of how the body and mind work in relation to physical
activity, sport and health.
“Studying at Southampton gave me a solid
theoretical and practical understanding of
the interdisciplinary nature of sport studies.
It also gave me so many different skills,
which were key to making
me more employable
and enabled me to
continue my studies
at master’s level.”
Christopher Stock
BSc Sport Studies
graduate, 2006

Enhance your CV through volunteering
History and sociology of sport
This is studied through a variety of
topics covering sociology, history,
cultural and other sport issues.
Coaching and teaching
This is covered through the study
of topics that emphasise coaching
theory, practice and policy directly
relevant to sports coaches and
physical education teachers.
Management and development
of sport
This is explored through the study
of issues such as policy, strategy,
finance, marketing and sports
development.
Compulsory modules in year one
ensure that all students engage in all
key subject areas, providing a strong
foundation before selecting option
modules and pathway specialisms.
The programme prepares
students for a variety of potential
employment and further study
destinations, and gives students
sport-specific knowledge and key
skills for entry into sport-related
employment or further study. The
development of key transferable
skills also enables students to
pursue non-sport-related careers
(see career opportunities).
A key feature of the programme
is the opportunity to personalise
areas of the curriculum and to
pursue career-relevant experiences.
This can be achieved through the
Personal development planning
module, the choice of option
modules and the selection of topic
area for the final-year dissertation.
Key facts
All sport-related disciplines covered
Option to specialise
State of the art human performance
laboratory
Opportunity to enhance your CV
(vocational experience, volunteering,
coaching courses)
Access to the University’s excellent
sporting facilities
Typical course content
−−Sport science
−−Physical activity and health
−−Coaching theory and concepts
−−Policy and strategy of sport
−−Sports development
−−Management science
−−History and sociology of sport
−−Sport legislation and risk management
−−Research methods
Career opportunities
−−Sport science support posts
(laboratory technician, researcher)
−−Sports development officer
−−Employment with national governing
bodies or local government
−−Sports coaching
−−Fitness instructor
−−Teaching (following PGCE)
−−Sports promotion and marketing
−−Armed forces/police
−−Graduate scheme for managers
−−Further study (master’s or PhD)
What to do next
Contact the School of Education
for more information. A detailed
brochure is available.
School of Education
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7253
Email: educate@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/education

The FdA Working With Children is
designed for those working in a range of
educational support and care roles in early
years and primary school settings, offering
you the chance to further your learning
and career development.
Working With Children
Foundation Degree Arts
198
Typical entry requirements
Applicants will normally be employed as a teaching/
learning support/early years assistant, childminder,
playworker or similar, and have completed a core
qualification equivalent to NVQ3 in a relevant area.
Competence in English and mathematics is essential
(GCSE grade C or above). Applicants will demonstrate
readiness for undertaking the course and studying
at HE level
Intake: 40
Selection process: Applications are made directly
to the University; enhanced Criminal Records
Bureau disclosure may be required (if a placement
is needed outside the individual’s place of work)
Degree | Duration
FdA Working With Children
| 3 years (part-time)
The course requires attendance at college
or university one day per week through the
academic year
Located at a partner further education college
(part one) and Highfield Campus (part two)
An innovative programme when it was set up
six years ago, this FdA is now a well-established
part-time course. It responds to national policy
initiatives that require extended and enhanced
qualifications in all areas of support work with
children.
The course offers the opportunity to enhance your
professional skills and knowledge in a higher education
context, helping to prepare you for gaining the status
of a higher level teaching assistant or early years
professional. The programme provides progression
from relevant NVQ3 qualifications, and students who
successfully complete the foundation degree are able
to progress to the School of Education’s BA (Hons)
course. This includes an option to work towards
qualified teacher status (QTS) for suitable candidates.
“This course allows me to work and study
and still have quality time for family life.
Southampton has very good education
programmes – the lecturers are human
and very approachable. Go for it. It’s a
great way to gain an education and still
have fun.”
Theresa Meany
FdA Working With
Children graduate

Lead the way to a life of discovery
This programme will provide you
with the necessary knowledge and
understanding for the care and
education of children in early years
and primary settings. The course will
equip you with the professional and
practical skills and competencies
that are required by current
workforce development initiatives.
Part one units are taught at our
partner further education colleges,
where you will follow a generic
course underpinned by work-based
learning, focusing on learning and
development throughout early and
later childhood.
In part two you will follow a more
specialised programme at the
University, including a range of
optional units relating to early
years settings and the work of
primary schools.
You will also undertake a workbased
project.
Key facts
DfCSF Sure Start sector-endorsed
foundation degree
Highly experienced course tutors, with
wide-ranging subject knowledge and
teaching expertise
A carefully blended curriculum of
compulsory units and specialised options
Strong emphasis on work-based learning
throughout
Well-developed links with employers and
employer organisations
Typical course content
−−Children’s learning and development
−−Values in the care and education of
children
−−Policy contexts of working with children
−−Supporting children with special needs
−−Curriculum in the early and primary years
−−Behaviour management
−−Workplace organisation and
management
−−Curriculum subject courses
−−Managing the early years environment
−−Work-based project
Career opportunities
Successful completion of the course
will provide opportunities for significant
career enhancement. With improved
knowledge, skills and understanding,
you will be able to apply for a range of
more senior positions.
What to do next
Contact the School of Education
for more information. A detailed
departmental booklet is available.
School of Education
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7253
Email: educate@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/education

The BA (Hons) Working with Young
People in Communities leads to a nationally
recognised youth work qualification through
a part-time study route. The programme
will provide you with the specialist technical
knowledge and skills sought by employers.
Working With Young People in Communities
200
Typical entry requirements
Applicants will normally be employed for a
minimum of eight hours per week in a setting
where they are working directly with young people.
They will also normally have completed or be near
to completing a basic qualification (for example,
local youth work qualification) equivalent to NVQ
2/3. You will need the support of your employer,
who will be expected to provide supervision of
your work-based learning. Applicants will need
to demonstrate at interview their readiness to
undertake the course and to study at HE level
Intake: 30
Selection process: Applications are made directly
to the University; an enhanced Criminal Records
Bureau disclosure will be required
Degree | Duration
BA (Hons) Working with Young People in
Communities
| subject to validation | 4/5 years (part-time)
Attendance at the University is approximately
fortnightly through the academic year, plus an
additional three-day block each year
Located at Highfield Campus
Developed jointly by the School of Education and
local youth and community work providers, the
programme is designed to produce well-qualified
workers who are recognised for their competence and
professionalism. The BA (Hons) is a new innovative
programme which builds on the success of the highly
regarded Foundation Degree in Youth Work. It is
relevant for all those working with young people
in the full range of formal and informal settings.
The course will enhance your professional knowledge
and allow you to develop your practice within a higher
education framework. The programme provides
progression from local qualifications (for example,
at NVQ 2/3) and their equivalents.
“I wanted to expand my knowledge in order
to develop my practice with the young people
I meet in my job. It’s a great course and I’ve
learned a lot. The more you’re prepared to
put in, the more you will learn and enjoy.”
Peter Stokes
Youth Work student

Aeronautics and Astronautics graduates
are flying high! ©Airbus S.A.S - photo by
e x m company / P.Maschet
Working With Young People in
Communities (BA Hons) has a strong
emphasis on work-based learning
You will study a range of modules
exploring young people’s
development and the practice
of working with young people
in contemporary Britain.
−−Part one concentrates on faceto-face
practice and includes
work on equalities, group work
and developing young people’s
learning
−−Part two provides you with the
knowledge and understanding that
underpin high-quality youth work
and its management, including
working with other agencies
−−Part three will require you to
undertake a work-based project,
providing you with experience of
research skills and evidence-led
practice
−−Taught units are extended
through work-based learning,
which is supervised by an
experienced professional
Key facts
Professionally accredited by the National
Youth Agency
Highly experienced course tutors, with
wide-ranging professional and research
experience with young people
Strong emphasis on work-based learning
throughout
Highly relevant and up-to-date course
content linked to the full range of work
settings and incorporating current local
and national policy
Strong links with professional
organisations (statutory and voluntary)
providing services for young people
Typical course content
−−Equality, fair treatment and antidiscriminatory
practice
−−Young people’s learning and informal
education
−−Adolescent development
−−Working with individuals
−−Working with groups
−−Policy influencing young people’s lives
−−Community and global contexts when
working with young people
−−Interagency working
−−Managing people and resources
−−Creating and assuring quality
youth work
−−Work-based project
−−Ethical issues
Career opportunities
Successful completion of the course
will provide opportunities for significant
career enhancement. With improved
knowledge, skills and understanding,
you will be able to apply for a range of
more senior positions.
What to do next
Contact the School of Education
for more information. A detailed
departmental booklet is available.
School of Education
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7253
Email: educate@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/education

Zoology is the study of animals −
their molecular biology, cell biology and
physiology, as well as ‘whole organism’
aspects such as their behaviour and
ecology. Southampton offers an ideal
location for zoological studies.
Zoology
202
Typical entry requirements
GCSEs: Grades A–C in English, mathematics and
science. If you lack these formal qualifications, your
aptitude for the course will be assessed at interview.
International students whose first language is not
English must have already attained the necessary
standard in English, such as 6.5 in IELTS
A levels: If offering three science A levels: 300 points
from three A levels = BBB.
If offering two science A levels: 320 points from
three A levels = ABB
For zoology degrees biology must be offered
at A level (minimum grade B) with at least one
other A level science subject. A level science
subjects considered include chemistry, physics,
mathematics, psychology, environmental science
IB: 32 points, 16 at higher level, including biology
Intake: 30
Average applicants per place: 7
UCAS application (all applicants receiving an offer
are invited to visit the School)
Degree | UCAS code | Duration
BSc Zoology
| C300 | 3 years
BSc Zoology with Foundation Year
| C108 | 4 years | see page 186
Located at Highfield Campus
We provide training across a wide range of animal
biology (including invertebrates and humans),
in the pure aspects of zoology and its applications
to the many facets of modern life. You will explore
the subject at different levels, from molecules to
cells, individual organisms, populations, species and
ecosystems, right through to the global environment.
Teaching is research-led and our staff are involved in
a number of interdisciplinary projects, including foetal
development and health, animal conservation and
risk assessment of GM technology. Learning about
such exciting topics helps our students develop into
proficient, well-informed zoologists.
Over 50 per cent of our graduates embark on jobs or
further training in areas related to zoology, although the
range of key skills you will acquire, including written and
oral communication, numeracy and the ability to think
scientifically, are valued in many careers.
“I really enjoyed my Zoology course, particularly
the field trip to Spain, where I made most of my
friends. I really felt at home in Southampton
and the pastoral care at the School of Biological
Sciences was fantastic. I got all the help I needed
from my tutor and supervisor. It’s great
to know when you are starting
out that you’ll get support
like that.”
Andy Stewart
BSc Zoology graduate

Central American red-eyed
tree frog, Agalychnis callidryas
This degree provides broad training
in the zoological sciences. The
flexible nature of the programme
allows you to select units from other
disciplines, including oceanography,
computer sciences and languages,
with the opportunity to specialise
in cell/developmental or ecological/
evolutionary zoology in year three.
You can also choose between a
laboratory-based or field research
project, with fieldwork undertaken
in the UK or abroad.
Key facts
Flexible, interdisciplinary programme,
with opportunity to choose modules
from other disciplines and change
degree in year one
Field trip to Spain in year one
Year three project undertaken as part of
a research team working at the cutting
edge of zoology
Typical course content
−−Molecular basis of life
−−Field course in Spain
−−Cellular and genetic mechanisms
−−Diversity of life
−−Ecology and evolution
−−Animal behaviour
−−Biodiversity and conservation
−−Neuroscience
−−Animal development
−−Immunology
Career opportunities
−−Postgraduate study
−−Teacher training
−−Conservation and the environment
−−Agriculture
−−Industry
−−Journalism
Scholarships
For information on scholarships in
the School of Biological Sciences go to
www.southampton.ac.uk/scholarships
What to do next
Contact the Administrative
Assistant for Admissions for more
information. A detailed course
brochure is available.
School of Biological Sciences
Tel: +44 (0)23 8059 7755
Email: bsentry@southampton.ac.uk
www.southampton.ac.uk/biosci

How to get here
By road
Southampton M3 – exit M3 at junction 14,
following signs for Southampton (A33).
Follow the A33 into Bassett Avenue and
follow map/signs to University campuses.
M27 (west or east) – leave M27 at junction
5 (Southampton Airport) and follow map/
signs to University campuses.
Winchester M3 – exit M3 at junction
9 or 10.
By rail
Fast trains from London and
Bournemouth/Weymouth stop at
Winchester, Southampton Central and
Southampton Airport Parkway. Trains
from Portsmouth and Bristol/South
Wales stop at Southampton Central.
The uni-link U1 bus service runs between
Southampton Central and Southampton
Airport Parkway via the University.
By coach
Southampton coach station is at Western
Esplanade, in the city centre. uni-link
U1A buses connect the University’s
Southampton campuses and the city centre.
By air
Southampton International Airport is
about 20 minutes from the Southampton
campuses by bus or taxi. There is a full
UK domestic service, as well as flights to
mainland Europe and the Channel Islands.
204

Terms of use
The University of Southampton will use all reasonable efforts to deliver advertised programmes
and other services and facilities in accordance with the descriptions set out in the prospectuses,
student handbooks, welcome guides and website. It will provide students with the tuition and
learning support and other services and facilities so described with reasonable care and skill.
The University undertakes a continuous review of its programmes, services and facilities to ensure
quality enhancement. The University is also largely funded through public and charitable means
and is required to manage these funds in an efficient and cost-effective way for the benefit of the
whole of the University community.
The University, therefore, reserves the right if it considers it to be necessary:
−− to alter the timetable, location, number of classes, content or method of delivery of
programmes of study and/or examination processes, provided such alterations are reasonable;
−− to make reasonable variations to the content and syllabus of programmes of study
(including in relation to placements)
−− to suspend or discontinue programmes of study (for example, because a key member
of staff is unwell or leaves the University)
−− to make changes to its statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures which the
University reasonably considers necessary (for example, in the light of changes in the law or the
requirements of the University’s regulators). Such changes if significant will normally come into
force at the beginning of the following academic year or, if fundamental to the programme, will
normally come into force with effect from the next cohort of students
−− to discontinue programmes of study or to combine or merge them with others (for example,
because too few students apply to join the programme for it to be viable)
1. Change or discontinuance of programmes
If the University discontinues or combines a programme of study or changes it significantly:
A. In the event that the University has not made an offer of a place or before an applicant
has accepted an offer:
(i) The University will inform applicants at the earliest possible opportunity of the
discontinuation or change.
(ii) An applicant will be entitled to withdraw his or her application by informing the University
in writing within a reasonable time of being told of the discontinuation or change, failing which
the University will withdraw its offer of a place.
B. In the event that an offer has been accepted but prior to the student enrolling, the student may
either:
(i) withdraw from the University and be given an appropriate refund of tuition fees and
deposits, or
(ii) transfer to another available programme (if any) as may be offered by the University for
which the student is qualified
If in these circumstances the student wishes to withdraw from the University and to apply for a
programme at a different university, the University shall use its reasonable endeavours to assist
the student.
C. In the event that a student has enrolled, the University will use reasonable endeavours to
teach the programme out but cannot guarantee to do so. If the University cannot teach out a
programme of study, it will use its reasonable endeavours to facilitate the transfer of a student to
an equivalent programme for which the student is qualified and which has places available within
the University or at a different university.
2. Changes to services or facilities
The University will make available to students such learning support and other services and
facilities as it considers appropriate, but may vary what it provides from time to time (for example,
the University may consider it desirable to change the way it provides library or IT support).
3. Financial or other losses
The University will not be held liable for any direct or indirect financial or other losses or damage
arising from such discontinuations, changes to or mergers of any programme of study, service or
facility. Upon acceptance by an applicant of an offer of a place at the University, the relationship
between the applicant and the University becomes contractual. In entering into that contract, neither
the student nor the University intends that any of the terms of the contract will be enforceable by
virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person not a party to it.
Force majeure
The University will not be held
liable for any loss, damage or
expense resulting from any delay,
variation or failure in the provision
of programmes of study, services or
facilities arising from circumstances
beyond the University’s reasonable
control, including (but not limited to)
war or threat of war, riot, civil strife,
terrorist activity, industrial dispute,
natural or nuclear disaster, adverse
weather conditions, interruption
in power supplies or other services
for any reason, fire, boycott or
telecommunications failure.
In the event that such circumstances
beyond the reasonable control of
the University arise, it will use all
reasonable endeavours to minimise
disruption as far as it is practical to
do so provided that such endeavours
do not undermine the University’s
Quality Assurance requirements.
© University of Southampton
2010
A copy of this prospectus
and the University’s
current information for
students with disabilities
and specific learning
difficulties can be made
available, on request, in
alternative formats, such
as electronic, large print,
Braille or audio tape,
and, in some cases, other
languages. For further
information, please
contact the Enquiries
Office or Enabling
Services.

A
B
E
Index
Accommodation 36
Accounting (see Accounting
and Finance; Economics;
Management Sciences)
Accounting and Finance 54
Acoustical Engineering 56
Acoustics 56, 66
Acoustics and Music 57
Actuarial Science 85, 149
Advanced Materials
(see Aeronautics and
Astronautics; Mechanical
Engineering; Ship Science)
Advice and Information
Centre, Students’ Union 53
Aeronautics 58
Aerospace (see Mechanical
Engineering)
Aerospace Engineering 58
Air Squadron 52
Allowances and grants 45
Alumni 50
Ancillary Learning Support 50
Anthropology 60
Applied Social Sciences
– General Pathway 62
Applying to the University 46
Archaeology 64
Architecture 77
Art (see Fashion and Textile
Design; Fine Art; Graphic Arts)
Art galleries 28
Artificial Intelligence
(see Computer Science;
Electronic Engineering)
Arts and entertainment 26, 28
Assessment 49
Assistive Technology
Service 50
Astronautics 58
Astronomy 149, 172
Audiology 66
Automotive (see Mechanical
Engineering)
Biochemistry 68
Bioengineering (see
Mechanical Engineering)
Biology 70
Biomedical Sciences 72
British Studies 136
Bursaries 44
Business (see Entrepreneurship;
Management; Management
Sciences)
C
Campus tours 27
Campuses 24
Careers fairs (UCAS and
higher education) 27, 53
Career Destinations 50
Centre for Language Study 50
Chaplaincy 52
Chemistry 74
Children, Working With
(Foundation Degree) 198
Cinemas 26, 35
City of Southampton 34
Civil Engineering 76
Clubs and societies 26
Computer Science 78
Computer Science
Foundation Year 100
Computer Systems 97
Computing facilities 52
Concert Hall, Turner Sims 28
Contemporary
European Studies 141
Counselling Service 51
Criminology 80, 82
D
Defence Technical Undergraduate
Scheme (DTUS) 22, 44
Dental services 51
Design (see Fashion and Textile
Design; Fine Art, Graphic Arts
Directions, travel 204
Directory of services 50
Disability Service 51
Distributed Systems
and Networks 79
Doctors and dentists 51
Dyslexia services 51
Economics 84, 149, 171, 179
Education and Training
(Post-Compulsory) 88
Education and Training
(Primary) with Qualified
Teacher Status 90
Electrical Engineering 92
Electromechanical
Engineering 94
Electronic Engineering 96
Employability 22
Enabling services 51
Engineering Foundation
Year 100
Engineering Introduction 98
Engineering Management
(see Aeronautics and
Astronautics; Mechanical
Engineering; Ship Science)
English 102
English language
requirements 47
Enterprise and
entrepreneurship 14
Entrepreneurship 104
Environmental Engineering 106
Environmental Sciences 108
Erasmus exchange
programme 53
F
Fashion and Textile Design 110
Fashion Marketing 112
Fees and loans 42
Film 114
Finance (see Accounting
and Finance; Economics;
Mathematics)
Finances and living costs 43, 52
Fine Art 116
First Support Team 52
Foundation Year:
– Computer Science 100
– Engineering 100
– Geophysics 100
– International 136
– Physics 100
– Science 186
French 118
Freshers’ Week 27
206

G
Geography 120, 180
Geology 122
Geophysical Sciences 124
Geophysics 124
Geophysics Foundation
Year 100
German 126
Grants 44
Graphic Arts 128
Graphic Design 129
H
Halls of residence 36
Health and Social Care 130
Health practices 51
History 132
I
Illustration 129
Image and Multimedia
Systems 79
Information Technology
in Organisations 134
International English Language
Test Score (IELTS) 47
International Foundation
Year 136
International Relations 178
International students 40
IT facilities 52
L
Language and Society 141
Language Learning 141
Language Resource Centre 50
Language Studies 140
Latin American Studies 194
Law 138
Learning support 50
Library, Hartley 32
Library services 32
Linguistic Studies 140
Living costs 43
Loans 43
M
Maintenance grants 45
Management 142
Management Sciences 144
Maps 204
Marine Biology 146
Mathematics 148
Mature students 46, 52
Mechanical Engineering 152
Mechatronics (see Mechanical
Engineering)
Medicinal Science 74
Medicine 154
Meet and greet service 41
Midwifery 156
Military units 52
Mobile and Secure Systems 97
Modern History 132
Modern Languages
118, 126, 141, 194
Motion graphics 129
Multimedia Systems 79
Music 56, 158
N
Nanotechnology 97, 173
National Oceanography
Centre, Southampton 24, 32
Natural Sciences 160
Naval Architecture 189
Naval Engineering (see
Mechanical Engineering;
Ship Science)
New Forest 34
Nightline 52
Nursery 52
Nursing 162
O
Occupational Therapy 164
Ocean, Earth and Climate
Science 167
Ocean Chemistry 167
Oceanography 166
Officers’ Training Corps 52
Open days 27
Operational Research 151
Optical Communications 97
P
Painting 116
Pharmacology 168
Philosophy 170, 179
Photography 116
Photonics 173
Physical Geography 167
Physics 172
Physics Foundation Year 100
Physiotherapy 174
Podiatry 176
Politics 178
Population and Geography 180
Portuguese 194
Power Academy 92, 94, 97
Power Systems 97
Printmaking 116
Psychological Studies 82
Psychology 182
Q
Qualifications required 46
Qualified Teacher Status
(QTS) 90
R
Religion 52
Research centres 16
Robotics (see Mechanical
Engineering)
Royal Navy Unit 52
S
Scholarships 44
Science Foundation Year 186
Science Introduction 184
Sculpture 116
Ship Science 188
Social Policy 192
Social Work 190
Sociology 192
Software Engineering 78
Southampton and region 34
Space Science 173
Space Systems Engineering 59
Spanish 194
Sport Studies 196
Sports facilities 30, 53
Statistics (see Mathematics)
Student loans 43
Student Recruitment and
Outreach Team 53
Student Services Centre 53
Students’ Union 26, 53
Studying abroad 53
Sustainable Energy Systems
(see Mechanical Engineering)
T
Teaching 49
Temporary work 43
Terms of use 205
Textile design 110
Theatres 28
Thunderer Squadron 22
Tours, campus 27
Transport 53
Tuition fees 42
V
Visas 41
Visits 27
W
Welcome programme 41
Wessex Needs Assessment
Centre 53
Widening participation 46
Winchester School
of Art 24, 32
Winchester, City of 34
Wireless Communications 97
Working With Children
(Foundation Degree) 198
Working With Young People
in Communities 200
Y
Yacht and Small Craft
(see Ship Science)
Year abroad 53
Youth Work 200
Z
Zoology 202

prospenq@southampton.ac.uk
global@southampton.ac.uk
When finished with this document please recycle it.